Download Samsung DVD-P370 Manual de Usuario

Transcript
DVD Player
™Y™KEYH DVD
DVD ÔÎÂÈ˙
DVD-P370
DVD-P375
PRECAUTIONS
1. Setting up
- Refer to the identification label located on
the rear of your player for its proper operating voltage.
- Install your player in a cabinet with adequate ventilation holes. (7~10cm) Do not
block ventilation holes on any of the components for air circulation.
- Do not push the disc tray in by hand.
- Do not stack components.
- Be sure to turn all components off before
moving the player.
- Before connecting other components to this
player, be sure to turn them off.
- Be sure to remove the disc and turn off the
player after use, especially if you are not
going to use it for a long time.
- The mains plug is used as a disconnect
device and shall stay readily operable at
any time.
2. For your safety
- This product utilizes a laser. Use of controls
or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may
result in hazardous radiation exposure.
- Do not open covers and do not repair yourself. Refer servicing to qualified personal.
3. Caution
- Your player is not intended for industrial use
but for domestic purposes. Use of this product is for personal use only.
- Apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping
or splashing ang no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the
apparatus.
- Exterior influences such as lightning and
static electricity can affect normal operation
of this player. If this occurs, turn the player
off and on again with the POWER button, or
disconnect and then reconnect the AC
power cord to the AC power outlet. The
player will operate normally.
- When condensation forms inside the player
2
due to sharp changes in temperature, the
player may not operate correctly. If this
occurs, leave the player at room temperature until the inside of the player becomes
dry and operational.
4. Disc
- Do not clean disc using record-cleaning
sprays, benzene, thinner, or other volatile
solvents that may cause damage to the disc
surface.
- Do not touch the disc’s signal surface. Hold
by the edges or by one edge and the hole
in the center.
- Wipe the dirt away gently; never wipe a
cloth back and forth over the disc.
5. Environmental info
- The battery used in this product contains
chemicals that are harmful to the environ
ment.
- So, dispose of batteries in the proper man
ner, according to federal, state, and local
regulations.
The product unit accompanying this user manual is
licensed under certain intellectual property rights of
certain third parties. This license is limited to private
non-commercial use by end-user consumers for
licensed contents. No rights are granted for
commercial use. The license does not cover any
product unit other than this product unit and the
license does not extend to any unlicensed product
unit or process conforming to ISO/OUR 11172-3 or
ISO/OUR 13818-3 used or sold in combination with
this product unit. The license only covers the use of
this product unit to encode and/or decode audio files
conforming to the ISO/OUR 11172-3 or ISO/OUR
13818-3. No rights are granted under this license for
product features or functions that do not conform to
the ISO/OUR 11172-3 or ISO/OUR 13818-3.
CAUTION: USE OF ANY CONTROLS,
ADJUSTMENTS, OR PROCEDURES OTHER
THAN SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN
HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE.
BEFORE YOU
STAR T
-
User’s Manual
Batteries for Remote
Control (AAA Size)
Video/Audio
Cable
Install Batteries in the Remote control
1. Open the battery cover on the back of the remote
control.
2. Insert two AAA batteries.
Make sure that the
polarities (+ and -) are aligned correctly.
3. Replace the battery cover.
If remote control doesn’t operate
properly:
- Check the polarity + - of the batteries (Dry-Cell)
- Check if the batteries are drained.
- Check if remote control sensor is blocked by
obstacles.
- Check if there is any fluorescent lighting nearby.
Setup
General Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Disc Type and Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Tour of the Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Connections
Choosing a Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Basic Functions
Playing a Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Using the Search and Skip Functions . . . . . . . . . 16
Using the Display Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Using the Disc and Title Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Repeat Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Slow Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Advanced Functions
Adjusting the Aspect Ratio (EZ View) . . . . . . . . . 18
Selecting the Audio Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Selecting the Subtitle Language. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Changing the Camera Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Using the Instant Replay/Skip Function . . . . . . . . 20
Using the Bookmark Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Using the Zoom Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Clips Menu for MP3/WMA/JPEG/MPEG4/
CD Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Folder Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
MP3/WMA/CD Audio Playback. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
MPEG4 Playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Picture CD Playback. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Changing Setup Menu
Using the Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Setting Up the Language Features . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Setting Up the Audio Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Setting Up the Display Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Setting Up the Parental Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Reference
Firmware upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3
English
Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Before you start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Accessories
Remote Control
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
SETUP
General Features
Excellent Sound
Dolby Digital, a technology developed by Dolby
Laboratories, provides crystal clear sound reproduction.
Screen
Both regular and widescreen(16:9) pictures can be
viewed.
Slow Motion
An important scene can be viewed in slow motion.
Parental Control (DVD)
The parental control allows users to set the level
necessary to prohibit children from viewing harmful
movies such as those with violence, adult subject
matter, etc.
Various On-Screen Menu Functions
You can select various languages (Audio/Subtitle)
and screen angles while enjoying movies.
Progressive Scan
Progressive scanning creates an improved picture
with double the scan lines of a conventional interlaced picture.
EZ VIEW (DVD)
Easy View enables picture adjustment to match
your TV's screen size (16:9 or 4:3).
Digital Photo Viewer (JPEG)
You can view Digital Photos on your TV.
Repeat
You can repeat a song or movie simply by pressing
the REPEAT button.
MP3/WMA
This unit can play discs created from MP3/WMA
files.
Instant Replay (DVD)
This function is used to replay the previous 10
seconds of a movie from the current position.
Instant Skip (DVD)
This function skips playback ahead 10 seconds
MPEG4
This unit can play MPEG4 formats within an avi file.
4
Note
- Discs which cannot be played with this
player.
• DVD-ROM
• DVD-RAM
• CD-ROM
• CDV
• CDI
• CVD
• CDGs play audio only, not graphics.
- Ability to play back may depend on recording
conditions.
• DVD-R, +R
• CD-RW
• DVD+RW, -RW (V mode)
- The unit may not play certain CD-R, CD-RW
and DVD-R due to the disc type or recording
conditions.
COPY PROTECTION
Many DVD discs are encoded with copy protection.
Because of this, you should only connect your DVD
player directly to your TV, not to a VCR. Connecting
to a VCR results in a distorted picture from copyprotected DVD discs.
This product incorporates copyright protection
technology that is protected by methods claims of
certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property
rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other
rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be auzthorized by Macrovision
Corporation, and is intended for home and other
limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited.
PROGRESSIVE SCAN OUTPUTS
(525p)
“CONSUMERS SHOULD NOTE THAT NOT ALL
HIGH DEFINITION TELEVISION SETS ARE FULLY
COMPATIBLE WITH THIS PRODUCT AND MAY
CAUSE ARTIFACTS TO BE DISPLAYED IN THE
PICTURE, IN CASE OF 525 PROGRESSIVE
SCAN PICTURE PROBLEMS, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE USER SWITCH THE CONNECTION TO THE ‘STANDARD DEFINITION’ OUTPUT. IF THERE ARE QUESTIONS
REGARDING YOUR TV SET COMPATIBILITY
WITH THIS MODEL 525p DVD PLAYER, PLEASE
CONTACT SAMSUNG'S CUSTOMER SERVICE
CENTER.”
Disc Type and Characteristics
This DVD player is capable of playing the following types of discs with the corresponding logos:
Recording Types
DVD
Audio
+
Video
AUDIO-CD
Disc Size
Max. Playing Time
12 Cm
Single-sided 240 min.
Double-sided 480 min.
- DVD contains excellent sound and
video due to Dolby Digital and MPEG2 system.
8 Cm
Single-sided 80 min.
Double-sided 160 min.
- Various screen and audio functions
can be easily selected through the onscreen menu.
12 Cm
74 min.
8 Cm
20 min.
Audio
Characteristics
- CD is recorded as a Digital Signal
with better audio quality, less distortion and less deterioration of audio
quality over time.
Disc Markings
Region Number
~
PAL
Play Region Number
PAL broadcast system in U.K, France,
Germany, etc.
Dolby Digital disc
STEREO
DIGITAL
SOUND
Stereo disc
Digital Audio disc
Both the DVD player and the discs are coded
by region. These regional codes must match in
order for the disc to play. If the codes do not
match, the disc will not play.
The Region Number for this player is
described on the rear panel of the player.
DTS disc
MP3 disc
You must only insert one DVD disc at a time.
Inserting two or more discs will not allow to
play them back and it may cause damage to
the DVD player.
DivX Certification
DivX, DivX Certified,
and associated logos are trademarks of
DivXNetworks, Inc and are used under
license
5
English
Disc Types (Logos)
Description
Front Panel Controls
5
DVD-P370
1 2
6 7
4
3
8
6
8
6
5
DVD-P375
1 2
1.
STANDBY/ON (
4
3
)
5.
2.
6.
STANDBY indicator
OPEN/CLOSE (
) SEARCH
STOP (
)
Stops disc play.
Place the disc here.
4.
/
a disc. Use to skip the title, chapter or track.
7.
DISC TRAY
SKIP (
Allow you to search forward/backward through
When the unit is first plugged in, this indicator lights.
3.
DISPLAY
Operation indicators are displayed here.
When STANDBY/ON is pressed on, the indicator goes
out and the player is turned on.
6 7
)
Press to open and close the disc tray.
8.
PLAY/PAUSE (
)
Begin or pause disc play.
Front Panel Display
Total playing time/Displays various messages concerning operations such as PLAY,
STOP, LOAD ...
nodSC: No disc loaded.
OPEn: The disc tray is open.
LOAd: Player is loading disc information.
6
Rear Panel
2
English
3
2
1
1.
2.
3.
SCART JACK
- Connect to a TV scart input jack.
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT JACKS
- Use either an optical or coaxial digital cable to connect to a compatible Dolby Digital receiver.
- Use either an optical or coaxial digital cable to connect to an A/V Amplifier that contains a Dolby Digital,
MPEG2 or DTS decoder.
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT JACKS
- Use these jacks if you have a TV with Component
Video in jacks. These jacks provide PR, PB and Y
video.
- If P-SCAN Video Output is selected in Setup Menu,
progressive scan mode will work.
- If I-SCAN Video Output is selected in Setup Menu,
interlaced scan mode will work.
4.
5.
6.
4
5
6
AUDIO OUT JACKS
- Connect to the Audio input jacks of your television or
audio/video receiver.
VIDEO OUT JACK
- Use a video cable to connect to the Video input jack
on your television.
- The Video Output in Setup Menu must be set to
S-Video.
S-VIDEO OUT JACK
- Use the S-Video cable to connect this jack to the
S-Video jack on your television for higher picture
quality.
- The Video Output in Setup Menu must be set to
S-Video.
Note
- Consult your TV User’s Manual to find out if your TV supports Progressive Scan.
If Progressive Scan is supported, follow the TV User’s Manual regarding Progressive Scan settings in
the TV’s menu system.
- If P-SCAN Video Output is selected in Setup Menu, S-Video will not work.
- See pages 27 to get more information on how to use the setup menu.
7
Tour of the Remote Control
14
15
1
2
16
3
4
5
6
7
8
17
18
19
5.
INSTANT REPLAY Button
This function is used to replay the previous 10 seconds
of a movie from the current position.
6.
SKIP Buttons (
)
/
Use to skip the title, chapter or track.
7.
STOP Button (
8.
MENU Button
Brings up the DVD player’s menu.
9.
›/‚,¥/Š Buttons
ENTER/›
This button functions as a toggle switch.
)
10. EZ VIEW Button
The aspect ratio of a picture can easily be adjusted
according to the screen size of your TV (16:9 or 4:3).
11. DISC MENU Button
Brings up the Disc menu.
12. SUBTITLE Button
13. AUDIO Button
Use this button to access various audio functions on a disc.
9
14. ZOOM Button
Enlarge DVD Picture
10
11
20
21
12
13
22
23
15. OPEN/CLOSE (
) Button
To open and close the disc tray.
16. STEP Button
Advances play one frame at a time.
17. INSTANT SKIP Button
This function skips playback ahead 10 seconds.
18. PLAY/PAUSE Button (
Begin/Pause disc play.
19. RETURN Button
Returns to a previous menu.
)
20. INFO Button
Displays the current disc mode.
1.
DVD POWER Button
Turns the power on or off.
2.
NUMBER Buttons
21. CANCEL Button
Use to remove menus or status displays from the
screen.
22. REPEAT A-B Button
Allows you to repeat A-B disc.
3.
VIDEO SEL. Button
Selects video output formats
23. REPEAT Button
Allows you to repeat play a title, chapter, track, or disc.
4.
SEARCH Buttos (
)
/
Allow you to search forward/backward through a disc.
8
CONNECTIONS
The following shows examples of connections commonly used to connect the DVD player with a TV and
other components.
Before Connecting the DVD Player
- Always turn off the DVD player, TV, and other components before you connect or disconnect any cables.
- Refer to the user’s manual of the additional components you are connecting for more information on those
particular components.
Connecting to a TV (SCART)
- Using the SCART, connect the SCART (EXT) terminal on the rear of the DVD Player to the SCART (IN)
terminal of your TV.
- If your TV is not equipped with a SCART you can select one of the following alternative connections:
Connecting to a TV (VIDEO CVBS)
1
Using video/audio cables, connect the VIDEO
(yellow)/AUDIO (red and white) OUT terminals on the rear
of the DVD player to the VIDEO (yellow)/AUDIO (red and
white) IN terminals of TV.
2
Turn on the DVD player and TV.
RED
OR
SCART
Cable
WHITE YELLOW
Audio
Cable
Video
Cable
RED WHITE YELLOW
3
Press the input selector on your TV remote control until the
Video signal from the DVD player appears on the TV
screen.
Note
- Noise may be generated if the audio cable is too close to the power cable.
- If you want to connect to an Amplifier, please refer to the Amplifier connection page. (See pages 13 to 14)
- The number and position of terminals can vary depending on your TV set.
Please refer to the user's manual of the TV.
- If there is one audio input terminal on the TV, connect it to the [AUDIO OUT][left] (white) terminal of the
DVD player.
- Please do not connect Scart and Component Video (Y, Pb, Pr) output simultaneously, as they may interfere and degrade both video output quality.
9
English
Choosing a Connection
Connection to a TV (S-Video)
- Connecting to your TV using an S-Video cable.
- You will enjoy high quality images. S-Video separates the picture element into black and white(Y) and
color(C) signals to present clearer images than regular video input mode. (Audio signals aredelivered
through the audio output.)
1
Using an S-Video cable (not included), connect the SVIDEO OUT terminal on the rear of the DVD player to the
S-VIDEO IN terminal of TV.
2
Using the audio cables, connect the AUDIO (red and
white) OUT terminals on the rear of the DVD player to the
AUDIO (red and white) IN terminals of TV. Turn on the
DVD player and TV.
RED
3
Press the input selector on your TV remote control until the
S-Video signal from the DVD player appears on your TV
screen.
WHITE
Audio Cable
RED
S-Video Cable
(not included)
WHITE
4
Set the Video Output to S-Video in the Display Setup
menu. (See pages 27)
Note
- If you want to connect to an Amplifier, please refer to the Amplifier connection page. (See pages 13 to 14)
- The number and position of terminals can vary depending on the TV set.
Please refer to the user's manual of the TV.
- Please do not connect S-Video and Component Video (Y, Pb, Pr) output simultaneously, as they may
interfere and degrade both video output quality.
10
Connection to a TV (Interlace)
- Connecting to your TV using Component video cables.
English
- You will enjoy high quality and accurate color reproduction images. Component video separates the picture element into black and white(Y), blue(PB), red(PR) signals to present clear and clean images. (Audio
signals are delivered through the audio output.)
1
Using component video cables (not included), connect the
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT terminal on the rear of the
DVD player to the COMPONENT IN terminal of TV.
2
Using the audio cables, connect the AUDIO (red and
white) OUT terminals on the rear of the DVD player to the
AUDIO (red and white) IN terminals of TV. Turn on the
DVD player and TV.
RED
BLUE
GREEN
3
Press the input selector on your TV remote control until the
Component signal from the DVD player appears on the TV
screen.
RED
WHITE
Audio Cable
RED
WHITE
RED
BLUE
GREEN
Component cable
(not included)
4
Set the Video Output to I-SCAN in the Display Setup
menu. (See pages 27)
Note
- If Video output is incorrectly set to S-Video, with the Component cables connected, the screen will
turn red.
- If you want to connect to an Amplifier, please refer to the Amplifier connection page. (See pages 13 to 14)
- The component terminal of TV can be marked by “R-Y, B-Y, Y” or “Cr, Cb, Y” instead of “PR, PB, Y”
depending on the manufacturer. The number and position of terminals can vary depending on the TV set.
Please refer to the user's manual of the TV.
11
Connection to a TV (Progressive)
1
Using component video cables (not included), connect the
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT terminal on the rear of the
DVD player to the COMPONENT IN terminal of TV.
2
Using the audio cables, connect the AUDIO (red and
white) OUT terminals on the rear of the DVD player to the
AUDIO (red and white) IN terminals of TV. Turn on the
DVD player and TV.
RED
3
Press the input selector on your TV remote control until the
Component signal from the DVD player appears on the TV
screen.
BLUE
GREEN
WHITE
RED
Audio Cable
Component cable
(not included)
RED
WHITE
RED
BLUE
GREEN
4
Set the Video Output to P-SCAN in the Display Setup
menu. (See pages 27)
To see the progressive video output,
-You
Consult
TVsupporting
User’s Manual
to find out
need ayour
TV set
the progressive
scanif your TV supports Progressive Scan. If Progressive
Scan isfunction.
supported,
follow
TV up
User’s
Manual regarding Progressive Scan settings in the TV’s
input
And you
havethe
to set
the TV
menu system.
- Depending on your TV, the connection method may differ from the illustration above.
Note
- What is "Progressive Scan"?
Progressive scan has twice as many scanning lines as the interlace output method has. Progressive
scanning method can provide better and clearer picture quality.
12
Connection to an Audio System (2 Channel Amplifier)
1
English
Using the audio cables, connect the AUDIO (red and
white) OUT terminals on the rear of the DVD player to the
AUDIO (red and white) IN terminals of the Amplifier.
2
Using the video signal cable(s), connect the VIDEO, SVIDEO or COMPONENT OUT terminals on the rear of the
DVD player to the VIDEO, S-VIDEO or COMPONENT IN
terminal of your TV as described on pages 9 to 12.
3
RED
Turn on the DVD player, TV, and Amplifier.
WHITE
Audio Cable
RED
WHITE
4
Press the input select button of the Amplifier to select
external input in order to hear sound from the DVD player.
Refer to your Amplifier's user manual to set the Amplifier's
audio input.
Note
- Please turn the volume down when you turn on the Amplifier. Sudden loud sound may cause
damage to the speakers and your ears.
- Please set the audio in the menu screen according to the Amplifier. (See pages 26)
- The position of terminals can vary depending on the Amplifier.
Please refer to the user's manual of the Amplifier.
13
Connection to an Audio System (Dolby digital, MPEG2 or DTS Amplifier)
1
If using an optical cable (not included), connect the DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (OPTICAL) terminal on the rear of the
DVD player to the DIGITAL AUDIO IN (OPTICAL) terminal
of the Amplifier.
If using a coaxial cable (not included), connect the DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (COAXIAL) terminal on the rear of the
DVD player to the DIGITAL AUDIO IN (COAXIAL) terminal of the Amplifier.
2
Using the video signal cable(s), connect the VIDEO, SVIDEO or COMPONENT OUT terminals on the rear of the
DVD player to the VIDEO, S-VIDEO or COMPONENT IN
terminal of your TV as described on pages 9 to 12
or
Coaxial Cable
(not included)
Optical Cable
(not included)
3
Turn on the DVD player, TV, and Amplifier.
Dolby digital or
DTS amp
4
Press the input select button of the Amplifier to select
external input in order to hear sound from the DVD player.
Refer to your Amplifier's user manual to set the Amplifier's
audio input.
Note
- When you connect the DVD player to DTS Amplifier and play a DTS disc, set the DTS to On in
Audio Setup menu. If it is set to Off, sound doesn't come out or there will be a big noise.
- Please turn the volume down when you turn on the Amplifier. Sudden loud sound may cause
damage to the speakers and your ears.
- Please set the audio in the menu screen according to the Amplifier. (See pages 26)
- The position of terminals can vary depending on the Amplifier.
Please refer to the user's manual of the Amplifier.
- Please remove the dust cover before using the optical cable (not included) and put the cover on the cable
again when it's not used.
14
BASIC FUNCTIONS
Before Play
- Turn on your TV and set it to the correct Video
Input by pressing TV/VIDEO button on the TV
remote control.
- If you connected an external Audio System, turn
on your Audio System and set it to the correct
Audio Input.
After plugging in the player, the first time you press the DVD
POWER button, this screen comes up: If you want to select
a language, press a NUMBER button. (This screen will only
appear when you plug in the player for the first time.)
If the language for the startup screen is not set, the settings
may change whenever you turn the power on or off.
Therefore, make sure that you select the language you want
to use.
Once you select a menu language, you can change it by
pressing the
button on the front panel of the unit for
more than 5 seconds with no disc in the unit. Then the
SELECT MENU LANGUAGE window appears again where
you can reset your preferred language.
Press
1
for English
Touche
2
pour Français
Drücken Sie
3
für Deutsch
Pulsar
4
para Español
Premere
5
per Italiano
Druk op
6
voor Nederlands
Playback
1. Press the OPEN/CLOSE ( ) button. The STANDBY
indicator light goes out and the tray opens.
2. Place a disc gently into the tray with the disc’s label facing
up.
3. Press the PLAY/PAUSE ( ) button or OPEN/ CLOSE
( ) button to close the disc tray.
- When you stop disc play, the player remembers
where you stopped, so when you press
PLAY/PAUSE ( ) button again, it will pick up where
you left off.
) button during play.
5. Removing Disc
Press the OPEN/CLOSE (
English
4. Stopping Play
Press the STOP (
Playing a Disc
) button.
6. Pausing Play
Press the PLAY/PAUSE ( ) or STEP button on the
remote control during play.
- Screen stops, no sound.
To resume, press the PLAY/PAUSE ( )
button once again.
7. Step Motion Play (Except CD)
Press the STEP button on the remote control during play.
- Each time the button is pressed, a new frame will
appear.
- No sound is heard during STEP mode.
- Press the PLAY/PAUSE ( ) button to resume
normal play.
- You can only perform step motion play in the
forward direction.
8. Slow Motion Play
Press the SEARCH ( / ) button to choose the play
speed between 1/8, 1/4 and 1/2 of normal during PAUSE
or STEP mode.
- No sound is heard during slow mode.
- Press the PLAY/PAUSE ( ) button to resume
normal play.
Note
- If the player is left in the stop mode for more
than one minute without any user interaction, a
screen saver will be activated. Press the
PLAY/PAUSE ( ) button to resume normal play.
- If the player is left in the stop mode for more than
about 30 minutes, the power will automatically
shut off. (Automatic Power-Off Function)
- If the player is left for about 5 minutes in pause
mode, it will stop.
- This (
) icon indicates an invalid button press.
15
Using the Search and Skip
Functions
During play, you can search quickly through a chapter or
track, and use the skip function to jump to the next selection.
Using the Display Function
When Playing a DVD/MPEG4
1. During play, press the INFO button on the remote control.
2. Press the œ/ƒbuttons to select the desired item.
Searching through a Chapter or
Track
During play, press the SEARCH (
or
remote control for more than 1 second.
DVD
2X, 4X, 64X, 128X
CD
2X, 4X, 8X
3. Press the ¦/‹ buttons to make the desired setup and then
press the ENTER button.
- You may use the number buttons of the remote control
to directly access a title, chapter or to start the play
back from a desired time.
) button on the
4. To make the screen disappear, press the CANCEL button.
Note
Note
- The speed marked in this function may be
different from the actual playback speed.
- No sound is hearing during search mode
(Except CD).
Title
Chapter
Most DVD discs are recorded in chapters so
that you can quickly find a specific passage.
Time
Allows playback of the film from a desired
time. You must enter the starting time as a
reference.The time search function does not
operate on some disc.
Skipping Tracks
During play, press the SKIP (
or
) button.
- When playing a DVD, if you press the SKIP (
) button, it
moves to the next chapter. If you press the SKIP (
)
button, it moves to the beginning of the chapter. One more
press makes it move to the beginning of the previous
Audio
chapter.
- When playing a CD, if you press the SKIP (
) button, it
moves to the next track. If you press the SKIP (
) but
ton, it moves to the beginning of the track. One more
Subtitle
press makes it move to the beginning of the previous
track.
Shortcut
16
To access the desired title when there is
more than one in the disc. For example, if
there is more than one movie on a DVD,
each movie will be identified.
Refers to the language of the film soundtrack.
In the example, the soundtrack is played in
English 5.1CH. A DVD disc can have up to
eight different soundtracks.
Refers to the subtitle languages available in
the disc. You will be able to choose the
subtitle languages or, if you prefer, turn them
off from the screen. A DVD disc can have up
to 32 different subtitles.
To access the desired Bookmark or Angle
function.
Some DVD dics are have more angle function from any picture.
Bookmark function make you easily and
quickly to find a track or chapter from DVD.
Using the Disc Menu
1. During stop mode of a DVD disc, press the MENU button
on the remote control.
2. Press the œ/ƒ buttons to select Disc Menu, then press the
‹ or ENTER button.
Press ENTER key
for Disc Menu
Note
- Depending on a disc, the Disc Menu may not
work.
- You can also use the Disc Menu, using the
DISC MENU button on the remote control.
Repeat Play
Repeat the current track, chapter, title, a chosen
section (A-B), or all of the disc.
When playing a DVD
1. Press the REPEAT button on the remote control.
Repeat screen appears.
2. Press the ¦/‹ buttons to select Chapter, Title or A-B,
then press the ENTER button.
- DVD repeats play by chapter or title.
- Chapter ( ): repeats the chapter that is playing.
- Title ( ): repeats the title that is playing.
- A-B: repeats a segment of the disc that you select.
T
DVD
Off
01
T
01 A - B
ENTER REPEAT
Using the A-B Repeat function
Using the Title Menu
1. Press the REPEAT A-B button at the point where you
1. During the playback of a DVD disc, press the MENU button
on the remote control.
2. Press the REPEAT A-B button at the point where you
2. Press the œ/ƒ buttons to select Title Menu, then press the
‹ or ENTER button.
- To return to normal play, press the CANCEL button.
Press ENTER key
for Title Menu
want repeat play to start (A). B is automatically highlighted.
want the repeat play to stop (B).
3. To return to normal play, press REPEAT button again, then
press the ¦/‹ buttons to select Off and press ENTER
button.
DVD
Off
Note
- Depending on a disc, the Title Menu may not
work.
- Title Menu will only be displayed if there are at
least two titles in the disc.
01
T
01 A - B
ENTER REPEAT
Note
- A-B REPEAT allows you to set point (B) until at
least 5 seconds of play back time has elapsed
after point(A) has been set.
- Depending on a disc, the Repeat function may
not work.
17
English
Using the Disc and Title
Menu
Slow Play
This feature allows you slowly to repeat scenes containing sports, dancing, musical instruments being
played etc., so you can study them more closely.
ADVANCED
FUNCTIONS
When playing a DVD
1. During play, press the PLAY/PAUSE (
) button.
2. Press the SEARCH (
) button to choose the play
/
speed between 1/8, 1/4 and 1/2 of normal during PAUSE or
STEP mode.
Adjusting the Aspect Ratio
(EZ View)
To play back using aspect ratio
(DVD)
Press the EZ VIEW button.
- The screen size changes when the button is pressed
repeatedly.
- The screen zoom mode operates differently depending on the
screen setting in the Display Setup menu.
- To ensure correct operation of the EZ VIEW button, you
should set the correct aspect ratio in the Display Setup
menu. (See pages 27).
WIDE SCREEN
EZ VIEW
If you are using a 16:9 TV
For 16:9 aspect ratio discs
- WIDE SCREEN
Displays the content of the DVD title in 16:9 aspect ratio.
- SCREEN FIT
The top and bottom portions of the screen are cut off.
When playing a 2.35:1 aspect ratio disc, the black bars at
the top and bottom of the screen will disappear. The picture
will look vertically stretched. (Depending on a type of disc,
the black bars may not disappear completely.)
- ZOOM FIT
The top, bottom, left and right of the screen are cut off and
the central portion of the screen is enlarge
For 4:3 aspect ratio discs
- Normal Wide
Displays the content of the DVD title in 16:9 aspect ratio.
The picture will look horizontally stretched.
- SCREEN FIT
The top and bottom portions of the screen are cut off and
the full screen appears.
The picture will look vertically stretched.
- ZOOM FIT
The top, bottom, left and right portions of the screen are
cut off and the central portion of the screen is enlarged.
- Vertical Fit
When a 4:3 DVD is viewed on a 16:9 TV, black bars will
appear at the left and right of the screen in order to prevent
the picture from looking horizontally stretched.
18
If you are using a 4:3 TV
For 4:3 aspect ratio discs
- Normal Screen
Displays the content of the DVD title in 4:3 aspect ratio.
- SCREEN FIT
The top and bottom portions of the screen are cut off and the
full screen appears. The picture will look vertically stretched.
- ZOOM FIT
The top, bottom, left and right portions of the screen are cut
off and the central portion of the screen is enlarged.
2. To remove the AUDIO icon, press the CANCEL or RETURN
button.
Note
- This function depends on audio languages are
encoded on the disc and may not work.
- A DVD disc can contain up to 8 audio languages.
- To have the same audio language come up
whenever you play a DVD;
Refer to “Using the Audio Language” on page 25.
Selecting the Subtitle
Language
You can select a desired subtitle quickly and
easily with the SUBTITLE button.
Using the SUBTITLE button
(DVD/MPEG4)
1. Press the SUBTITLE button. The subtitle languages are
represented by abbreviations.
The subtitle changes when DVD
the button is pressed
Off
repeatedly.
SUBTITLE
Note
This function may behave differently depending on
the type of disc.
MPEG4
Subtitle Selection
Selecting the Audio
Language
External Subtitle Off
readme.TXT
External Subtitle option
will appear, depends on
the DivX disc.
Non-standard fonts are not supported
You can select a desired audio language quickly and
easily with the AUDIO button.
Using the AUDIO button
(DVD/MPEG4)
1. Press the AUDIO button. The Audio changes when the
button is pressed repeatedly.
The audio languages are DVD
represented by
ENG DOLBY DIGITAL 5.1CH
abbreviations.
AUDIO
Press Audio button at
remocon repeatedly to
select the desired Audio
on MPEG4 then press
the ENTER .
MPEG4
PCM 1/2
AUDIO
Enter
Press SUBTITLE button at
remocon repeatedly to
select the desired subtitle language on a
MPEG4 then press the
ENTER .
Return
Menu
MPEG4
Off
SUBTITLE
2. To remove the SUBTITLE icon, press the CANCEL or
RETURN button.
Note
- You have to change the desired subtitle in the
Disc Menu, according to discs. Press the DISC
MENU button.
- This function depends on what subtitles are
encoded on the disc and may not work on all DVDs.
- A DVD disc can contain up to 32 subtitle
languages.
- To have the same subtitle language come up
whenever you play a DVD; Refer to “Using the
Subtitle Language” on page 25.
19
English
For 16:9 aspect ratio discs
- 4:3 Letter Box
Displays the content of the DVD title in 16:9 aspect ratio. The
black bars will appear at the top and bottom of the screen.
- 4:3 Pan Scan
The left and right portions of the screen are cut off and the
central portion of the 16:9 screen is displayed.
- SCREEN FIT
The top and bottom portions of the screen are cut off and a
full screen appears. The picture will look vertically stretched.
- ZOOM FIT
The top, bottom, left and right of the screen are cut off and
the central portion of the screen is enlarged.
Changing the Camera
Angle
Using the Bookmark
Function
When a DVD contains multiple angles of a particular
scene, you can use the ANGLE function.
Using the ANGLE button (DVD)
If the disc contains multiple angles, the ANGLE
appears on the screen.
This feature lets you bookmark sections of a DVD
so you can quickly find them at a later time.
1. During play, press the INFO button on the remote control.
2. Press the œ/ƒ buttons to select Shortcut.
3. Press the ¦/‹ buttons to select Angle, then press the
ENTER button.
1. During play, press the INFO button on the remote control.
2. Press the œ/ƒ buttons to select Shortcut, then press the
ENTER button.
DVD
Using the Bookmark Function
(DVD)
3. Press the ¦/‹ buttons to select Bookmark, then press the
ENTER button.
4. Press the ¦/‹ buttons or you can use the number buttons
on the remote control to select the desired angle.
4. When you reach the scene you want to mark, press the
ENTER button. Up to three scenes may be marked at a time.
1 - -
4/6
Note
- If the disc has only one angle, this feature won’t
work. Currently, very few discs have this feature.
- Depending on the disc, these functions may not
work.
Using the Instant
Replay/Skip Function
Using the Instant Replay function
(DVD)
If you miss a scene, you can see it again using this
function.
If you press the INSTANT REPLAY button, the current scene
moves backward about 10 seconds, and plays back.
Using the Instant Skip function
(DVD)
Use this function to skip playback about 10 seconds
ahead of the current scene.
Press the INSTANT SKIP button.
- Playback will skip ahead 10 seconds.
Note
Depending on the disc, these functions may not
work.
20
Note
- Depending on a disc, the Bookmark function
may not work.
Recalling a Marked Scene
1~3. The first 1~3 steps are the same as those for “Using the
Bookmark Function” on page 20.
4. Press the ¦/‹ buttons to select a marked scene.
1 2 3
5. Press the PLAY/PAUSE (
scene.
) button to skip to the marked
Clearing a Bookmark
1~3. The first 1~3 steps are the same as those for “Using the
Bookmark Function” on page 20.
4. Press the ¦/‹ buttons to select the bookmark number you
want to delete.
5. Press the CANCEL button to delete a bookmark number.
1 2 3
-
: Name of currently playing file.
-
: Current Playback Time.
-
: Current Playback Mode : There are four
Using the Zoom Function
modes. They can be selected in order by
pressing the REPEAT button.
Using the Zoom Function (DVD)
- During DVD play, press ENTER to zoom in
2X/4X/2X/Normal in order.
English
- Off: Normal Playback
- Track: Repeats the current track.
1. During play or pause mode, press the ZOOM button on the
remote control, Press the ENTER button
2. Press the œ/ƒ or ¦/‹ buttons to select the part of the
screen you want to zoom in on.
- Folder: Repeats the current folder
- Random: Files in the disc will be played in
random order.
-
: MP3 file icon.
-
: CD Audio file icon.
-
: WMA file icon.
-
: Folder icon.
-
: JPEG file icon
-
: Current Folder icon.
-
: AVI file icon.
Folder Selection
The folder can be selected in Stop or Play mode.
Clips Menu for MP3/WMA/
JPEG/ MPEG4/CD Audio
CD Audio or discs with MP3/WMA/JPEG contain
individual songs and/or pictures that can be organized into folders as shown below. They are similar
to how you use your computer to put files into different folders.
Open the disc tray.
Place the disc on the tray.
Close the tray.
The tray closes and this
screen displays.
- To select the Parent Folder
Press the RETURN button to go to parent folder, or press the
œ/ƒ
ƒ buttons to select “..” and press ENTER to go to the
parent folder.
- To select the Peer Folder
ƒ buttons to select the desired folder, then
Press the œ/ƒ
press ENTER.
- To select the Sub-Folder
ƒ buttons to select the desired folder,
Press the œ/ƒ
then press ENTER.
Off
R oot
W MA
JPEG
P arent Fol der
MP 3
MU S IC
C urrent Fol der
1s t
S ub-Fol ders
2nd
S ON G FILE 1
P eer Fol ders
S ON G FILE 2
S ON G FILE 3
MP E G4 FILE S
21
MP3/WMA/CD Audio
Playback
1. Open the disc tray. Place the disc on the tray. Close the tray.
- Only one kind of file is played back when a disc or a
folder contains both MP3 and WMA files.
ƒ or ¦/‹
‹ buttons to select a song file.
2. Press the œ/ƒ
Press ENTER to begin playback of the song file.
Off
Play
00:00:23
B e c a u s e Yo u
...
B e c a u s e Yo u
Cactus
Sad Dayu
Wonderful
Enter
Return
REPEAT
Repeat
Repeat/Random playback
Press the REPEAT button to change the playback mode. There
are four modes, such as Off, Track, Folder and Random.
- Off: Normal Playback
- Track: Repeats the current song file.
- Folder: Repeats the song files which have the same
extension in the current folder.
- Random: Song files which have the same extension will be
played in random order.
To resume normal play, press the CANCEL button.
CD-R MP3/WMA file
When you record MP3 or WMA files on CD-R, please refer
to the following.
- Your MP3 or WMA files should be ISO 9660 or JOLIET
format.
ISO 9660 format and Joliet MP3 or WMA files are
compatible with Microsoft's DOS and Windows, and with
Apple's Mac. This format is the most widely used.
- When naming your MP3 or WMA files, do not exceed 8
characters, and enter “.mp3, .wma” as the file extension.
General name format : Title.mp3. or Title.wma. When
composing your title, make sure that you use 8 characters or
less, have no spaces in the name, and avoid the use of
special characters including: (.,/,\,=,+).
- Use a decompression transfer rate of at least 128 Kbps
when recording MP3 files.
Sound quality with MP3 files basically depends on the rate of
compression/decompression you choose. Getting CD audio
sound requires an analog/digital sampling rate, that is
conversion to MP3 format, of at least 128 Kbps and up to 160
Kbps. However, choosing higher rates, like 192 Kbps or more,
only rarely give better sound quality. Conversely, files with
decompression rates below 128 Kbps will not be played
properly.
22
- Use a decompression transfer rate of at least 64Kbps
when recording WMA files.
Sound quality with WMA files basically depends on the rate of
compression/decompression you choose.
Getting CD audio sound requires an analog/digital sampling
rate, that is conversion to WMA format, of at least 64Kbps
and up to 192Kbps. Conversely, files with decompression
rates below 64Kbps or over 192Kbps will not be played
properly.
- Do not try recording copyright protected MP3 files.
Certain "secured" files are encrypted and code protected to
prevent illegal copying. These files are of the following types:
TM
Windows Media (registered trade mark of Microsoft Inc) and
TM
SDMI (registered trade mark of The SDMI Foundation). You
cannot copy such files.
- Important:
The above recommendations cannot be taken as a
guarantee that the DVD player will play MP3 recordings, or as
an assurance of sound quality. You should note that certain
technologies and methods for MP3 file recording on CD-Rs
prevent optimal playback of these files on your DVD player
(degraded sound quality and in some cases, inability of the
player to read the files).
- This unit can play a maximum of 500 files and 500 folders
per disc.
MPEG4 Playback
MPEG4 Play Function
AVI files are used to contain the audio and video data. Only
AVI format files with the “.avi” extensions can be played.
1. Open the disc tray. Place the disc on the tray.
Close the tray.
ƒ or ¦/‹
‹ buttons to select an avi file
2. Press the œ/ƒ
(DivX/XviD) and then press ENTER button.
Off
Stop
/MPEG4
T
00:00:00
...
a01_divx51b-8
a02_divx505b-8
a03_divx502sp-8
a04_divx412-8
Enter
Return
Menu
Repeat playback
Press the REPEAT button to change playback mode. There are
3 modes, such as Off, Folder, Title an A-B (a distance between
two points appointed by user)
- Folder : repeats the AVI files which have the same extension
in the current folder.
- Title : repeats the title that is playing.
MPEG4 Function Description
Picture CD Playback
Description
Reference page
During play, press the
or
button, it moves forward
or backward 5 minutes.
During play, press the SEARCH
(
or
) button and press
Search
again to search at a faster
(
or
) speed. Allows you to search
at a faster speed in an AVI
file. (2X, 4X, 8X)
Allows you to search at a
Slow Motion slower speed in an AVI file.
Play
(1/8X, 1/4X, 1/2X)
Each time the STEP button
Step Motion is pressed, a new frame will
Play
appear.
(
Skip
or
ZOOM
)
2X/4X/2X/Normal in order
-
1. Select the desired folder.
‚ buttons to select a Picture file in the clips
2. Press the ›/‚
menu and then press the ENTER button.
3. Press the INFO button on the remote control to select the
menu you want to view and then press the ENTER button.
-
English
Function
ENTER RETURN
P 15
Note
- Press the STOP button to return to the clips menu.
- When playing a Kodak Picture CD, the unit
displays the Photo directly, not the clips menu.
P 15
P 21
- These functions may not work depending on MPEG4
file.
Rotation
CD-R AVI file
Zoom
This unit can play the following video compression formats
within the AVI file format:
- DivX 3.11 contents
- DivX 4 contents (Based on MPEG-4 Simple Profile)
- DivX 5 contents (MPEG-4 simple profile plus additional
features such as bi-directional frames. Qpel and GMC are
also supported.)
- XviD MPEG-4 compliant Contents.
‚ buttons to select the part of the
: Press the ›/‚
screen you want to zoom in on.
Press the ENTER button. Each time the ENTER button is pressed, the picture is enlarged up to 2X.
Slide Show
: Each time the ENTER button is pressed, the
picture rotates 90 degrees clockwise.
•
: The unit enters slide show mode.
• Before beginning the Slide Show, the picture interval must
be set.
This unit supports all resolutions up to maximum below.
DivX3.11 & DivX4 & XviD
DivX5
Bitrate may fluctuate:
Device may skip decoding
the high bitrate portions
and begin decoding again
when Bitrate returns to
normal.
720 x 480 @30fps
720 x 576 @25fps
: Maximum bitrate : 4Mbps
Note
• Some MPEG-4 files created on a personal computer
may not be play back. That is why Codec Type,
Version and Higher resolution over specification is
not supported.
• This unit supports CD-R/RW written in MPEG4 in
accordance with the “ISO9660 format”.
•
: When this icon is selected and ENTER is
pressed, the pictures change automatically
with about a 6 second interval.
•
: The pictures change automatically with
about a 12 second interval.
•
: The pictures change automatically with
about a 18 second interval.
Timer :
ENTER RETURN
Note
- Depending on a file size, the amount of time between
each picture may be different from the manual.
- If you don’t press any button, the slide show will
start automatically in about 10 seconds by default.
23
CD-R JPEG Disc
- Only files with the “.jpg” and “.JPG” extensions can be played.
- If the disc is not closed, it will take longer to start playing and
not all of the recorded files may be played.
- Only CD-R discs with JPEG files in ISO 9660 or Joliet format
can be played.
- The name of the JPEG file may not be longer than 8
characters and should contain no blank spaces or special
characters (. / = +).
- Only a consecutively written multi-session disc can be played.
If there is a blank segment in the multi-session disc, the disc
can be played only up to the blank segment.
- A maximum of 3000 images can be stored on a single CD.
- Kodak Picture CDs are recommended.
- When playing a Kodak Picture CD, only the JPEG files in the
pictures folder can be played.
- Kodak Picture CD: The JPEG files in the pictures folder can
be played automatically.
- Konica Picture CD: If you want to see the Picture, select the
JPEG files in the clips menu.
- Fuji Picture CD: If you want to see the Picture, select the
JPEG files in the clips menu.
- QSS Picture CD: The unit may not play QSS Picture CD.
- If the number of files in 1 Disc is over 500, only 500 JPEG
files can be played.
- If the number of folders in 1 Disc is over 500, only JPEG
files in 500 folders can be played
CHANGING SETUP
MENU
Using the Setup Menu
The Setup menu lets you customize your DVD player by
allowing you to select various language preferences, set up
a parental level, even adjust the player to the type of
television screen you have.
1. With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU button on the
ƒ buttons to select Setup, then
remote control. Use the œ/ƒ
press the ‹ or ENTER button.
Language Setup
‹
Audio Setup
‹
Display Setup
‹
Parental Setup :
‹
DivX(R) Registration
‹
❶ Language Setup: Setup of the Language.
❷ Audio Setup : Setup of the Audio Options.
❸ Display Setup : Setup of the Display Options. Use to
select which type of screen you want to
watch and several display options.
❹ Parental Setup : Setup of the Parental Level. Allows
users to set the level necessary to
prevent children from viewing unsuitable
movies such as those with violence,
adult subject matter, etc.
❺ Divx(R) Registration : Please use the Registration code
to register this player with the
DivX(R) Video On Demand
format. To learn more go to
www.divx.com/vod.
ƒ buttons to access the different features.
2. Press the œ/ƒ
Press the ‹ or ENTER button to access the sub features.
3. To make the setup screen disappear after setting up, press
the MENU button again.
Note
Depending on the disc, some Setup Menu
selections may not work.
24
If you set the player menu, disc menu, audio and subtitle
language in advance, they will come up automatically every
time you watch a movie.
Using the Player Menu Language
1. With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU button.
ƒ buttons to select Setup, then press the ‹
2. Press the œ/ƒ
or ENTER button.
ƒ buttons to select Language Setup, then
3. Press the œ/ƒ
press the ‹ or ENTER button.
ƒ buttons to select Player Menu, then press
4. Press the œ/ƒ
the ‹ or ENTER button.
ƒ buttons to select the desired language,
5. Press the œ/ƒ
then press the ‹ or ENTER button.
- The language is selected and the screen
returns to Language Setup menu.
- To make the setup menu disappear, press the MENU
button.
Using the Audio Language
1. With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU button.
ƒ buttons to select Setup, then press the ‹
2. Press the œ/ƒ
or ENTER button.
ƒ buttons to select Language Setup, then
3. Press the œ/ƒ
press the ‹ or ENTER button.
ƒ buttons to select Audio, then press the ‹
4. Press the œ/ƒ
or ENTER button.
ƒ buttons to select the desired language, then
5. Press the œ/ƒ
press the ‹ or ENTER button.
- Select “Original” if you want the default soundtrack
language to be the original language the disc is
recorded in.
- If the selected language is not recorded on the disc, the
original pre-recorded language is selected.
- The language is selected and the screen returns to
Language Setup menu.
- To make the setup menu disappear, press the
MENU button.
LANGUAGE SETUP
LANGUAGE SETUP
Using the Subtitle Language
Using the Disc Menu Language
This function changes the text language only on the disc
menu screens.
1. With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU button.
ƒ buttons to select Setup, then press the ‹
2. Press the œ/ƒ
or ENTER button.
ƒ buttons to select Language Setup, then
3. Press the œ/ƒ
press the ‹ or ENTER button.
ƒ buttons to select Disc Menu, then press
4. Press the œ/ƒ
the ‹ or ENTER button.
ƒ buttons to select the desired language,
5. Press the œ/ƒ
then press the ‹ or ENTER button.
- If the selected language is not recorded on the disc,
the original pre-recorded language is selected.
- The language is selected and the screen returns to
Language Setup menu.
- To make the setup menu disappear, press the MENU
button.
1. With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU button.
ƒ buttons to select Setup, then press the ‹
2. Press the œ/ƒ
or ENTER button.
ƒ buttons to select Language Setup, then
3. Press the œ/ƒ
press the ‹ or ENTER button.
ƒ buttons to select Subtitle, then press the ‹
4. Press the œ/ƒ
or ENTER button.
ƒ buttons to select the desired language,
5. Press the œ/ƒ
then press the ‹ or ENTER button.
- Select “Automatic” if you want the subtitle language to
be the same as the language selected as the audio
language.
- Some discs may not contain the language you select as
your initial language; in that case the disc will use its
original language setting.
- The language is selected and the screen returns to
setup menu.
- To make the setup menu disappear, press the MENU
button.
LANGUAGE SETUP
LANGUAGE SETUP
25
English
Setting Up the Language
Features
Using the DivX Subtitle Language
❶ Dolby Digital Out
- PCM : Converts to PCM(2CH) audio.
1. With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU button.
- Bitstream : Outputs Dolby Digital or DTS via the digital
ƒ buttons to select Setup, then press the ‹
2. Press the œ/ƒ
output. Select Bitstream when connecting to a
Dolby Digital or DTS Decoder.
or ENTER button.
ƒ buttons to select Language Setup, then
3. Press the œ/ƒ
Note
press the ‹ or ENTER button.
• There is no analog audio output when you play a DTS
ƒ buttons to select DivX Subtitle, then press
4. Press the œ/ƒ
sound disc.
❷ MPEG-2 Digital Out
the ‹ or ENTER button.
ƒ buttons to select the desired language,
5. Press the œ/ƒ
- PCM : Converts to PCM(2CH) audio.
then press the ‹ or ENTER button.
- Bitstream : Converts to MPEG-2 Digital Bitstream (5.1CH
or 8CH). Select Bitstream when using the
- The language is selected and the screen returns to
Digital Audio Output.
Language Setup menu.
❸ DTS
- To make the setup menu disappear, press the
Select On when connecting to a DTS Decoder.
MENU button.
- Off : Doesn’t output digital signal.
LANGUAGE SETUP
- On : Outputs DTS Bitstream via digital output.
Player Menu
: English
Disc Menu
: English
Audio
: English
❹ Dynamic Compression
- On : To select dynamic compression.
√ Unicode
Cyrillic
Greek
Subtitle
DivX Subtitle
- Off : To select the standard range.
❺ PCM Down Sampling
- On : Select this when the Amplifier connected to the player
Setting Up the Audio
Options
is not 96KHz compatible. In this case, the 96KHz
signals will be down converted to 48KHZ.
- Off : Select this when the Amplifier connected to the player
Audio Options allows you to setup the audio device
and sound status settings depending on the audio
system in use.
1. With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU button.
ƒ buttons to select Setup, then press the ‹
2. Press the œ/ƒ
or ENTER button.
ƒ buttons to select Audio Setup, then press
3. Press the œ/ƒ
the ‹ or ENTER button.
output without any changes.
Note :
Even when PCM Down sampling is Off
• Some discs will only output down sampled
audio through the digital outputs.
ƒ buttons to select the desired item, then
4. Press the œ/ƒ
• To make the Setup menu disappear, press the
MENU button.
press the ‹ or ENTER button.
Language Setup
‹
Audio Setup
‹
Display Setup
‹
Parental Setup :
‹
DivX(R) Registration
‹
AUDIO SETUP
Dolby Digital Out
: PCM
MPEG-2 Digital Out
: PCM
DTS
: Off
Dynamic Compression : On
PCM Down Sampling
26
is 96KHz compatible. In this case, all signals will be
: On
Manufactured under license from Dolby
Laboratories. “Dolby” and the double-D symbol
are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
“DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are trademarks of
Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
❺ TV System
- NTSC : In case of using NTSC disc
Display options enable you to set various video functions of
the player.
1. With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU button.
ƒ buttons to select Setup, then press the ‹
2. Press the œ/ƒ
or ENTER button.
ƒ buttons to select Display Setup, then press
3. Press the œ/ƒ
the ‹ or ENTER button.
ƒ buttons to select the desired item, then
4. Press the œ/ƒ
press the ‹ or ENTER button.
• If your TV system only has PAL-Video input, you
must choose “PAL”. When you choose “PAL”,
Interlace output format is PAL 60 Hz output.
• If your TV system only has NTSC, input you
must choose “NTSC ”.
- PAL : In case of using PAL disc
• If your TV system only has NTSC-Video input,
you must choose “NTSC”.
• If your TV system only has PAL input, you must
choose “PAL ”.
DISPLAY SETUP
Language Setup
‹
Audio Setup
‹
TV Aspect
Display Setup
‹
Still Mode
: Auto
Screen Messages
: On
Parental Setup :
‹
DivX(R) Registration
‹
: Wide
Black Level
: Off
TV System
NTSC
√ PAL
Video Output
❶ TV Aspect
Depending on a type of television you have, you
may want to adjust the screen setting (aspect ratio).
- 4:3 Letter Box : Select when you want to see
the total 16:9 ratio screen DVD
supplies, even though you have a TV with a 4:3
ratio screen. Black bars will appear at the top
and bottom of the screen.
- 4:3 Pan&Scan : Select this for conventional
size TVs when you want to see the central portion of the 16:9 screen. (Extreme left and right
side of movie picture will be cut off.)
➏ Video Output
Select Video Output.
- S-Video : Select when you want to use Video
and S-Video Out.
- I-SCAN : Select when you want to use
Component Interlace (525i) Out.
- P-SCAN : Select when you want to use
Component Progressive (525p) Out.
- SCART-RGB Output : Select when you want to
use Scart Out.
• If the Yes/No selection in the Display Setup
sub Menu is not made within 10 seconds, the
screen returns to the previous menu.
- 16:9 Wide : You can view the full 16:9
picture on your wide screen TV.
DISPLAY SETUP
DISPLAY SETUP
TV Aspect
4:3 Letter Box
4:3 Pan&Scan
Screen Message √ 16:9 Wide
Still Mode
Black Level
: Off
TV System
: PAL
Video Output
: SCART-RGB
TV Aspect
Still Mode
Screen Messages
Black Level
TV System
Video Output
❷ Still Mode
These options will help prevent picture shake in
still mode and display small text clearer.
- Auto : When selecting Auto, Field/Frame mode
will be automatically converted.
- Field : Select this feature when the screen
shakes in the Auto mode.
- Frame : Select this feature when you want to
see small letters more clearly in the Auto mode.
: Wide
: Auto
: On
S-Video
I-SCAN
P-SCAN
√ SCART-RGB
• Consult your TV User’s Manual to find
out if your TV supports Progressive Scan. If
Progressive Scan is supported, follow the TV
User’s Manual regarding Progressive Scan
settings in the TV’s menu system.
• If Video Output is set incorrectly, the screen
may be blocked.
❸ Screen Messages
Use to turn on-screen messages On or Off.
❹ Black Level
Adjusts the brightness of the screen.(On or Off) It
does not function in Progressive mode.
27
English
Setting Up the Display
Options
Setting Up the Parental
Control
To make the setup menu disappear, press the MENU
button. For example, if you select up to Level 6, discs
that contain Level 7,8 will not play.
The Parental Control function works in conjunction
with DVDs that have been assigned a rating, which
helps you control the types of DVDs that your family
watches. There are up to 8 rating levels on a disc.
Setting Up the Rating Level
1. With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU button.
ƒ buttons to select Setup, then press the ‹
2. Press the œ/ƒ
or ENTER button.
Changing the Password
1. With the unit in Stop mode, press the MENU button.
ƒ buttons to select Setup, then press the ‹
2. Press the œ/ƒ
or ENTER button.
Language Setup
‹
Audio Setup
‹
Language Setup
‹
Display Setup
‹
Audio Setup
‹
Parental Setup :
‹
Display Setup
‹
DivX(R) Registration
‹
Parental Setup :
‹
DivX(R) Registration
‹
ƒ buttons to select Parental Setup, then
3. Press the œ/ƒ
press the ‹ or ENTER button.
Language Setup
‹
Audio Setup
‹
Display Setup
‹
Parental Setup :
‹
DivX(R) Registration
‹
ƒ buttons to select Rating Level, then press
4. Press the œ/ƒ
the ‹ or ENTER button.
ƒ buttons to select Parental Setup, then
3. Press the œ/ƒ
press the ‹ or ENTER button. The Enter Password screen
appears. Enter your password.
Language Setup
‹
Audio Setup
‹
Display Setup
‹
Parental Setup :
‹
DivX(R) Registration
‹
ƒ button to select Change Password, then
4. Press the œ/ƒ
press the ‹ or ENTER button. Enter your new password
again.
PARENTAL SETUP
Rating Level
PARENTAL SETUP
: Kids Safe
Rating Level
Change Password
:Kids Safe
Change Password
5. Enter your password.
- By default, password is set to 0000.
PARENTAL SETUP
Rating Level
:Kids Safe
PARENTAL SETUP
Rating Level
Change Password
: Kids Safe
Change Password
Enter Password
Enter Password
Setup
Enter
Setup
Enter
Return
Return
Menu
Menu
PARENTAL SETUP
ƒ buttons to select the Rating Level you want,
6. Press the œ/ƒ
then press the ‹ or ENTER button.
e.g) Setting up in Kids Safe.
Rating Level
:Kids Safe
Change Password
Enter New Password
PARENTAL SETUP
Setup
Rating Level
√ Kids Safe
Change Passwor
Level 2
Level
Level
Level
Level
28
3
4
5
6
Enter
Return
Menu
Note
If you have forgotten your password, see
“Forgot Password” in the Troubleshooting Guide.
REFERENCE
Firmware upgrade
2. Press the ¦/‹ buttons to select Total, then press the
ENTER button.
English
Introduction
Samsung will often support the software upgrade to
improve the performance of this unit to the latest
status, through Samsung Internet Site
(www.samsung.com).
Because the specially new mpeg4 codec continues and
it is appearing. What improvements are made depends
on the upgrade software you are using as well as the
software that your DVD-player contained before the
upgrade.
How to make an upgrade disc
Write the downloaded file onto a blank CD-R or CDRW disc, using the following settings:
Firmware upgrade starts
- In the middle of the writing, the tray will open
automatically. After taking out the disc, please wait for
about 2 minutes.
- If the unit was succesfully updated, the unit will turn off
and on after closing the tray automatically. When the
unit turns on, this screen will display.
3. Press the number buttons to select the desired language
1. You have to download a new file through Download Center
of Samsung Internet Site (www.samsung.com).
2. Write the file to Disc using CD-RW of your computer.
Note
- File System CD-ROM ISO Level
- Character set ISO 9660
- Finalized, single session
- Write speed low
Upgrade procedure
1. Open the disc tray. Place the disc on the tray. Close the
tray. The Firmware upgrade screen appears.
Press
Touche
Drücken Sie
Pulsar
Premere
Druk op
1
2
3
4
5
6
for English
pour Français
für Deutsch
para Español
per Italiano
voor Nederlands
Note
- If the “Select Menu Language” doesn’t appear,
please contact to “Samsung Service Center”.
- Do not press any button and unplug the power
cord during upgrade.
- The upgrade procedure may change, refer to
the web site (www.samsung.com).
Firmware upgrade
appears on the display
29
Troubleshooting
Before requesting service (troubleshooting), please check the following.
Action
Problem
Page
No operations can be
performed with the
remote control.
• Check the batteries in the remote control.
They may need replacing.
• Operate the remote control at a distance of no more than 20 feet.
• Remove batteries and hold down one or more buttons for several minutes to drain
the microprocessor inside the remote control to reset it. Reinstall batteries and try
to operate the remote control again.
P3
Disc does not play.
• Ensure that the disc is installed with the label side facing up.
• Check the region number of the DVD.
P5
5.1 channel sound is
not being reproduced.
The
icon appears
on screen.
• 5.1 channel sound is reproduced only when the following conditions are met. :
1) The DVD player is connected with the proper Amplifier
2) The disc is recorded with 5.1 channel sound.
• Check whether the disc being played has the “5.1 ch” mark on the outside.
• Check if your audio system is connected and working properly.
• In a SETUP Menu, is the Audio Output set to Bitstream?
• The features or action cannot be completed at this time because:
1. The DVD’s software restricts it.
2. The DVD’s software doesn’t support the feature (e.g., angles).
3. The feature is not available at the moment.
4. You’ve requested a title or chapter number or search time that is out of range.
P13-14
P26
Disc Menu doesn’t appear. • Check if the disc has a Menu.
Play mode differs from the
Setup Menu selection.
• Some of the functions selected in the Setup Menu may not work properly if the
disc is not encoded with the corresponding function.
The screen ratio
cannot be changed.
• The Screen Ratio is fixed on your DVDs.
No audio.
• Make sure you have selected the correct Digital Output in the Audio Options
Menu.
The screen is blocked
Forgot password
• Press the
button (in front panel) for more than 5 seconds under no disc
inside. All settings will revert to the factory settings.
• Press the
button (in front panel ) for more than 5 seconds
under no disc inside. All settings including the password will revert to the factory
settings. Don't use this unless absolutely necessary.
If you experience
other problems.
• Go to the contents and find the section of the instruction book that contains the
explanations regarding the current problem, and follow the procedure once again.
• If the problem still cannot be solved, please contact your nearest authorized service center.
The picture is noisy or
distorted
• Make sure that the disc is not dirty or scratched.
• Clean the disc.
30
P24~28
P27
P26
P15
P28
P2
Specifications
AC 110-240 V ~ 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption
9W
Weight
Dimensions
1.7 Kg
430mm (W) X 207mm (D) X 37mm (H)
Operating Temperature Range
+5°C to +35°C
Operating Humidity Range
10 % to 75 %
DVD
(DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC)
English
General
Power Requirements
Reading Speed : 3.49 ~ 4.06 m/sec.
Approx. Play Time
(Single Sided, Single Layer Disc) : 135 min.
Disc
CD : 12Cm
(COMPACT DISC)
CD : 8Cm
(COMPACT DISC)
Composite Video
Reading Speed : 4.8 ~ 5.6 m/sec.
Maximum Play Time : 74 min.
Reading Speed : 4.8 ~ 5.6 m/sec.
Maximum Play Time : 20 min.
1 channel : 1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
R(Red) : 0.7 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
SCART Jack
G(Green) : 0.7 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
B(Blue) : 0.7 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Composite Video : 1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Luminance Signal : 1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Video
Color Signal : 0.3 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Output
Y : 1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Component Video
Pr : 0.70 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Pb : 0.70 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
S-Video
SCART Jack
2 Channel
Audio
Output
Luminance Signal : 1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Chrominance Signal : 0.3 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
2 Channel : L(1/L), R(2/R)
L(1/L), R(2/R)
48 kHz Sampling : 4 Hz to 22 kHz
*Frequency Response
96 kHz Sampling : 4 Hz to 44 kHz
*S/N Ratio
110 dB
*Dynamic Range
100 dB
*Total Harmonic Distortion
0.004 %
*: Nominal specification
- Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd reserves the right to change the specifications with out notice.
- Weight and dimensions are approximate.
31
Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE
If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products, please contact the SAMSUNG
customer care centre.
Region
North America
Country
CANADA
MEXICO
U.S.A
ARGENTINE
BRAZIL
Latin America
CHILE
COSTA RICA
ECUADOR
EL SALVADOR
GUATEMALA
JAMAICA
PANAMA
PUERTO RICO
REP. DOMINICA
TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
VENEZUELA
COLOMBIA
BELGIUM
CZECH REPUBLIC
DENMARK
FINLAND
FRANCE
Europe
CIS
GERMANY
HUNGARY
ITALIA
LUXEMBURG
NETHERLANDS
NORWAY
POLAND
PORTUGAL
SLOVAKIA
SPAIN
SWEDEN
U.K
Republic of Ireland
Switzerland
RUSSIA
KAZAHSTAN
UZBEKISTAN
UKRAINE
LITHUANIA
LATVIA
ESTONIA
AUSTRALIA
CHINA
HONG KONG
INDIA
Asia Pacific
INDONESIA
JAPAN
MALAYSIA
PHILIPPINES
SINGAPORE
THAILAND
TAIWAN
VIETNAM
SOUTH AFRICA
Middle East & Africa
U.A.E
Customer Care Center
1-800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
01-800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
1-800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
0800-333-3733
0800-124-421
4004-0000
800-726-7864 (SAMSUNG)
0-800-507-7267
1-800-10-7267
800-6225
1-800-299-0013
1-800-234-7267
800-7267
1-800-682-3180
1-800-751-2676
1-800-7267-864
0-800-100-5303
01-8000112112
02 201 2418
844 000 844
Distributor pro Českou republiku :
Samsung Zrt., česka organizační složka
Vyskočilova 4, 14000 Praha 4
38 322 887
09 693 79 554
3260 SAMSUNG or
08 25 08 65 65 (€ 0,15/Min)
01805 - 121213 (€ 0,14/Min)
06-80-SAMSUNG (7267864)
800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
0032 (0)2 201 24 18
0900 20 200 88 (€ 0,10/Min)
231 627 22
0 801 801 881
80 8 200 128
0800-SAMSUNG (726786)
902 10 11 30
08 585 367 87
0870 SAMSUNG (7267864)
0818 717 100
0800-7267864
8-800-200-0400
8-800-080-1188
8-800-120-0400
8-800-502-0000
8-800-77777
800-7267
800-7267
1300 362 603
800-810-5858, 010-6475 1880
3698 - 4698
3030 8282
1800 110011
0800-112-8888
0120-327-527
1800-88-9999
1800-10-SAMSUNG (7267864)
1800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
1800-29-3232
02-689-3232
0800-329-999
1 800 588 889
0860 7267864 (SAMSUNG)
800SAMSUNG (7267864)
8000-4726
Web Site
www.samsung.com/ca
www.samsung.com/mx
www.samsung.com
www.samsung.com/ar
www.samsung.com/br
www.samsung.com/cl
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com.co
www.samsung.com/be
www.samsung.com/cz
www.samsung.com/dk
www.samsung.com/fi
www.samsung.com/fr
www.samsung.de
www.samsung.com/hu
www.samsung.com/it
www.samsung.lu
www.samsung.com/nl
www.samsung.com/no
www.samsung.com/pl
www.samsung.com/pt
www.samsung.com/sk
www.samsung.com/es
www.samsung.com/se
www.samsung.com/uk
www.samsung.com/uk
www.samsung.com/ch
www.samsung.ru
www.samsung.kz
www.samsung.uz
www.samsung.com/ur
www.samsung.lt
www.samsung.com/lv/index.htm
www.samsung.ee
www.samsung.com/au
www.samsung.com.cn
www.samsung.com/hk
www.samsung.com/in
www.samsung.com/id
www.samsung.com/jp
www.samsung.com/my
www.samsung.com/ph
www.samsung.com/sg
www.samsung.com/th
www.samsung.com/tw
www.samsung.com/vn
www.samsung.com/za
www.samsung.com/mea
Correct Disposal of This Product
(Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment)
Household users should contact either the retailer where they purchased this product, or their local government
office, for details of where and how they can take this item for environmentally safe recycling.
Business users should contact their supplier and check the terms and conditions of the purchase contract. This product should not be mixed with other commercial wastes for disposal.
English
(Applicable in the European Union and other European countries with separate collection systems)
This marking shown on the product or its literature, indicates that it should not be disposed with other household
wastes at the end of its working life. To prevent possible harm to the environment or human health from uncontrolled
waste disposal, please separate this from other types of wastes and recycle it responsibly to promote the sustainable
reuse of material resources.
¶ÚÔÊ˘Ï¿ÍÂȘ
1. ∂ÁηٿÛÙ·ÛË
-∞Ó·ÙÚ¤ÍÙ ÛÙËÓ ÂÙÈΤٷ Ù·˘ÙfiÙËÙ·˜ ÛÙÔ ›Ûˆ
̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜ ÁÈ· Ó· ‰Â›Ù ÙË ÛˆÛÙ‹ Ù¿ÛË
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜.
-ΔÔÔıÂÙ‹ÛÙ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ Û ÓÙÔ˘Ï¿È Ô˘ Ó·
‰È·ı¤ÙÂÈ Â·ÚΛ˜ ÙÚ‡˜ ÂÍ·ÂÚÈÛÌÔ‡ (7~10cm).
ªËÓ ÎÏ›ÛÂÙ ÙȘ ÙÚ‡˜ ÂÍ·ÂÚÈÛÌÔ‡ Ì οÔÈÔ
·fi Ù· ÂÍ·ÚÙ‹Ì·Ù·, ÁÈ· Ó· ΢ÎÏÔÊÔÚ› Ô ·¤Ú·˜.
-ªË ÛÚÒ¯ÓÂÙ ÙË ı‹ÎË ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘ Ì ÙÔ ¯¤ÚÈ.
-ªËÓ ÛÙÔÈ‚¿˙ÂÙ ٷ ÂÍ·ÚÙ‹Ì·Ù·.
-μ‚·Èˆı›Ù fiÙÈ fiÏ· Ù· ÂÍ·ÚÙ‹Ì·Ù· Â›Ó·È ÂÎÙfi˜
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ ÚÈÓ ÌÂÙ·ÎÈÓ‹ÛÂÙ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹.
-¶ÚÈÓ Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÂÙ ¿ÏÏ· ÂÍ·ÚÙ‹Ì·Ù· ÛÙËÓ Û˘Û΢‹
‚‚·Èˆı›Ù fiÙÈ Â›Ó·È ÂÎÙfi˜ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜.
-μ‚·Èˆı›Ù ˆ˜ ÌÂÙ¿ ÙË ¯Ú‹ÛË, ·Ê·ÈÚ¤Û·Ù ÙÔ
‰›ÛÎÔ Î·È Û‚‹Û·Ù ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ÂÎÙfi˜, ÂȉÈο ·Ó
‰ÂÓ ÛÎÔ‡ÂÙ ӷ ÙËÓ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ‹ÛÂÙ ÁÈ·
·ÚÎÂÙfi ‰È¿ÛÙËÌ·.
-ΔÔ ÊȘ Ú‡̷ÙÔ˜ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÂ›Ù·È ˆ˜ Û˘Û΢‹
·ÔÛ˘Ó‰ÂÛ˘ Î·È ı· Ú¤ÂÈ Ó· Â›Ó·È ¤ÙÔÈÌÔ ÁÈ·
¯Ú‹ÛË, ·Ó¿ ¿Û· ÛÙÈÁÌ‹.
2. °È· ÙËÓ ·ÛÊ¿ÏÂÈ¿ Û·˜
-ΔÔ ÚÔ˚fiÓ ·˘Ùfi ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ› laser. ∏ ¯Ú‹ÛË
¿ÏÏˆÓ ‰È·‰ÈηÛÈÒÓ ÂϤÁ¯Ô˘, Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂˆÓ ‹
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁÈÒÓ, ÂÎÙfi˜ ·fi ·˘Ù¤˜ Ô˘
ÂÚÈÁÚ¿ÊÔÓÙ·È ÛÙÔ ·ÚfiÓ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚ›‰ÈÔ, ÌÔÚ› Ó·
ÚÔηϤÛÂÈ ÙËÓ ¤ÎÏ˘ÛË ÂÈ‚Ï·‚Ô‡˜
·ÎÙÈÓÔ‚ÔÏ›·˜.
-ªËÓ ·ÓÔ›ÁÂÙ ٷ ÚÔÛٷ٢ÙÈο ηχÌÌ·Ù· ηÈ
ÌËÓ Î¿ÓÂÙ ÂÈÛ΢¤˜ ÌfiÓÔ˜ Û·˜. ∞Ó·ı¤ÛÙ ÙȘ
˘ËÚÂۛ˜ ÂÈÛ΢‹˜ Û ÂÍÂȉÈÎÂ˘Ì¤ÓÔ
ÚÔÛˆÈÎfi.
3. ¶ÚÔÛÔ¯‹
-∏ Û˘Û΢‹ ÚÔÔÚ›˙ÂÙ·È ÁÈ· ÔÈÎȷ΋ ¯Ú‹ÛË Î·È fi¯È
ÁÈ· ÂÌÔÚÈ΋. ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÚÔ˚fiÓ ÌfiÓÔ ÁÈ·
ÚÔÛˆÈ΋ ¯Ú‹ÛË.
-ªËÓ ‚Ú¤¯ÂÙÂ Î·È ÌËÓ ÈÙÛÈÏ¿Ù ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ÌÂ
˘ÁÚ¿! ∂›Û˘, ÌËÓ ÙÔÔıÂÙ›Ù ‰Ô¯Â›· Ì ˘ÁÚ¿,
fiˆ˜ .¯. ‚¿˙, Â¿Óˆ ÛÙË Û˘Û΢‹ .
-∂͈ÙÂÚÈÎÔ› ·Ú¿ÁÔÓÙ˜ fiˆ˜ ÔÈ ÎÂÚ·˘ÓÔ› Î·È Ô
ÛÙ·ÙÈÎfi˜ ËÏÂÎÙÚÈÛÌfi˜, Èı·ÓfiÓ Ó· ÂËÚ¿ÛÔ˘Ó
ÙËÓ Î·ÓÔÓÈ΋ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜. ∂¿Ó οÙÈ
Ù¤ÙÔÈÔ Û˘Ì‚Â›, Û‚‹ÛÙÂ Î·È ·Ó¿„Ù ͷӿ ÙË
Û˘Û΢‹ ·fi ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ ‹
·ÔÛ˘Ó‰¤ÛÙÂ Î·È Í·Ó·Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÙ ÙÔ Î·ÏÒ‰ÈÔ
Ú‡̷ÙÔ˜ Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜ ÛÙËÓ Ú›˙·. ∏ Û˘Û΢‹
ı· ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ‹ÛÂÈ Î·ÓÔÓÈο.
-∏ Û˘Û΢‹ Èı·ÓfiÓ Ó· ÌËÓ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ‹ÛÂÈ ÛˆÛÙ¿
fiÙ·Ó, ÌÂÙ¿ ·fi ·fiÙÔ̘ ·ÏÏ·Á¤˜ ÛÙËÓ
ıÂÚÌÔÎÚ·Û›·, ÚÔ·„ÂÈ Û˘ÁΤÓÙÚˆÛË ˘‰Ú·ÙÌÒÓ
2
ÛÙÔ ÂÛˆÙÂÚÈÎfi Ù˘. ∂¿Ó Û˘Ì‚Â› οÙÈ Ù¤ÙÔÈÔ,
·Ê‹ÛÙ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ Û ıÂÚÌÔÎÚ·Û›· ‰ˆÌ·Ù›Ô˘
̤¯ÚÈ Ó· ÛÙÂÁÓÒÛÂÈ ÙÔ ÂÛˆÙÂÚÈÎfi Ù˘ Î·È Ó·
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ‹ÛÂÈ Í·Ó¿.
4. ¢›ÛÎÔ˜
-ªËÓ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔț٠ÛÚ¤È Î·ı·ÚÈÛÌÔ‡ ‰›ÛΈÓ,
‚ÂÓ˙›ÓË, ‰È·Ï˘ÙÈÎfi ‹ ¿ÏÏÔ˘˜ ÙËÙÈÎÔ‡˜ ‰È·Ï‡Ù˜
Ô˘ ÌÔÚ› Ó· ÚÔηϤÛÔ˘Ó ˙ËÌÈ¿ ÛÙËÓ
ÂÈÊ¿ÓÂÈ· ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘.
-ªËÓ ·ÁÁ›˙ÂÙ ÙËÓ ÂÈÊ¿ÓÂÈ· ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘.
∫Ú·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔÓ ·fi ÙȘ ¿ÎÚ˜ ‹ ·fi ÙË Ì›· ¿ÎÚË
Î·È ÙËÓ ÙÚ‡· ÛÙÔ Î¤ÓÙÚÔ.
-™ÎÔ˘›ÛÙ ÙË ÛÎfiÓË ÚÔÛÂÎÙÈο. ¶ÔÙ¤ ÌËÓ
ÛÎÔ˘›˙ÂÙ ÙËÓ ÂÈÊ¿ÓÂÈ· ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘, ÙÚ›‚ÔÓÙ·˜
ÌÂ ¤Ó· ·Ó› ÌÚÔ˜ ›Ûˆ.
5. ¶ÏËÚÔÊÔڛ˜ ÁÈ· ÙÔ ÂÚÈ‚¿ÏÏÔÓ
-ΔÔ ÚÔ˚fiÓ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ› Ì·Ù·Ú›Â˜ ÔÈ Ôԛ˜
ÂÚȤ¯Ô˘Ó
¯ËÌÈο ÂÈΛӉ˘Ó· ÁÈ· ÙÔ ÂÚÈ‚¿ÏÏÔÓ.
-°È· ÙÔ ÏfiÁÔ ·˘ÙfiÓ, Ó· ·ÔÚÚ›ÙÂÙ ÙȘ
Ì·Ù·Ú›Â˜ Û‡Ìʈӷ
Ì ÙÔ˘˜ ÙÔÈÎÔ‡˜ ‹ ÂıÓÈÎÔ‡˜ ηÓÔÓÈÛÌÔ‡˜.
ΔÔ ÚÔ˚fiÓ ÙÔ ÔÔ›Ô Û˘Óԉ‡ÂÈ ·˘Ùfi ÙÔ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚ›‰ÈÔ
¯Ú‹Û˘ ·Ú¤¯ÂÙ·È Ì ÔÚÈṲ̂ӷ ‰ÈηÈÒÌ·Ù·
ÓÂ˘Ì·ÙÈ΋˜ ȉÈÔÎÙËÛ›·˜ ÙÚ›ÙˆÓ. ∏ ·ÚÔ‡Û· ¿‰ÂÈ·
¯Ú‹Û˘ ÂÚÈÔÚ›˙ÂÙ·È ÛÙËÓ È‰ÈˆÙÈ΋, ÌË ÂÌÔÚÈ΋
¯Ú‹ÛË ·fi ÙÂÏÈÎÔ‡˜ ¯Ú‹ÛÙ˜, ÁÈ· ÙÔ˘ ÂÚȯÔ̤ÓÔ˘
ÁÈ· ÙÔ ÔÔ›Ô ·Ú¤¯ÂÙ·È ¿‰ÂÈ· ¯Ú‹Û˘. ¢ÂÓ
·Ú¤¯ÔÓÙ·È ‰ÈηÈÒÌ·Ù· ÂÌÔÚÈ΋˜ ¯Ú‹Û˘. ∏ ¿‰ÂÈ·
¯Ú‹Û˘ ‰ÂÓ Î·Ï‡ÙÂÈ Î·Ó¤Ó· ¿ÏÏÔ ÚÔ˚fiÓ ÂÎÙfi˜
·fi ÙÔ Û˘ÁÎÂÎÚÈ̤ÓÔ Î·È ‰ÂÓ ÂÂÎÙ›ÓÂÙ·È ÒÛÙ ӷ
ηχ„ÂÈ ÔÔÈÔ‰‹ÔÙ ÚÔ˚fiÓ ¯ˆÚ›˜ ¿‰ÂÈ· ¯Ú‹Û˘ ‹
‰È·‰Èηۛ· Û‡ÌʈÓË Ì ÙÔ ÚfiÙ˘Ô ISO/OUR 111723 ‹ ISO/OUR 13818-3, ÙÔ ÔÔ›Ô ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÂ›Ù·È ‹
ˆÏÂ›Ù·È ÛÂ Û˘Ó‰˘·ÛÌfi Ì ÙÔ Û˘ÁÎÂÎÚÈ̤ÓÔ ÚÔ˚fiÓ.
∏ ¿‰ÂÈ· ¯Ú‹Û˘ ηχÙÂÈ ÙË ¯Ú‹ÛË ÙÔ˘ ÚÔ˚fiÓÙÔ˜
ÌfiÓÔ ÁÈ· ÙËÓ Îˆ‰ÈÎÔÔ›ËÛË/·ÔΈ‰ÈÎÔÔ›ËÛË
·Ú¯Â›ˆÓ ‹¯Ô˘, Û‡Ìʈӷ Ì ÙÔ ÚfiÙ˘Ô ISO/OUR
11172-3 ‹ ISO/OUR 13818-3. ∏ ·ÚÔ‡Û· ¿‰ÂÈ·
¯Ú‹Û˘ ‰ÂÓ ÂίˆÚ› ηӤӷ ‰Èη›ˆÌ· ÁÈ·
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›Â˜ ‹ ¯·Ú·ÎÙËÚÈÛÙÈο ÙÔ˘ ÚÔ˚fiÓÙÔ˜ Ô˘
‰ÂÓ Â›Ó·È Û‡Ìʈӷ Ì ÙÔ ÚfiÙ˘Ô ISO/OUR 11172-3
‹ ISO/OUR 13818-3.
¶ƒ√™√Ã∏: ∏ Ã∏™∏ ∞§§ø¡ ¢π∞¢π∫∞™πø¡,
∂§∂°Ãø¡ ◊ ƒÀ£ªπ™∂ø¡ ∞¶√ ∞ÀΔ∂™ ¶√À
¶∂ƒπ°ƒ∞º√¡Δ∞π ™Δ√ ∂°Ã∂πƒπ¢π√ ∞ÀΔ√ ª¶√ƒ∂π
¡∞ ¶ƒ√∫∞§∂™∂π Δ∏¡ ∂∫§À™∏ ∂¶πμ§∞μ√À™
∞∫Δπ¡√μ√§π∞™.
¶ÚÔÊ˘Ï¿ÍÂȘ
1. ∂ÁηٿÛÙ·ÛË
-∞Ó·ÙÚ¤ÍÙ ÛÙËÓ ÂÙÈΤٷ Ù·˘ÙfiÙËÙ·˜ ÛÙÔ ›Ûˆ
̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜ ÁÈ· Ó· ‰Â›Ù ÙË ÛˆÛÙ‹ Ù¿ÛË
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜.
-ΔÔÔıÂÙ‹ÛÙ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ Û ÓÙÔ˘Ï¿È Ô˘ Ó·
‰È·ı¤ÙÂÈ Â·ÚΛ˜ ÙÚ‡˜ ÂÍ·ÂÚÈÛÌÔ‡ (7~10cm).
ªËÓ ÎÏ›ÛÂÙ ÙȘ ÙÚ‡˜ ÂÍ·ÂÚÈÛÌÔ‡ Ì οÔÈÔ
·fi Ù· ÂÍ·ÚÙ‹Ì·Ù·, ÁÈ· Ó· ΢ÎÏÔÊÔÚ› Ô ·¤Ú·˜.
-ªË ÛÚÒ¯ÓÂÙ ÙË ı‹ÎË ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘ Ì ÙÔ ¯¤ÚÈ.
-ªËÓ ÛÙÔÈ‚¿˙ÂÙ ٷ ÂÍ·ÚÙ‹Ì·Ù·.
-μ‚·Èˆı›Ù fiÙÈ fiÏ· Ù· ÂÍ·ÚÙ‹Ì·Ù· Â›Ó·È ÂÎÙfi˜
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ ÚÈÓ ÌÂÙ·ÎÈÓ‹ÛÂÙ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹.
-¶ÚÈÓ Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÂÙ ¿ÏÏ· ÂÍ·ÚÙ‹Ì·Ù· ÛÙËÓ Û˘Û΢‹
‚‚·Èˆı›Ù fiÙÈ Â›Ó·È ÂÎÙfi˜ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜.
-μ‚·Èˆı›Ù ˆ˜ ÌÂÙ¿ ÙË ¯Ú‹ÛË, ·Ê·ÈÚ¤Û·Ù ÙÔ
‰›ÛÎÔ Î·È Û‚‹Û·Ù ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ÂÎÙfi˜, ÂȉÈο ·Ó
‰ÂÓ ÛÎÔ‡ÂÙ ӷ ÙËÓ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ‹ÛÂÙ ÁÈ·
·ÚÎÂÙfi ‰È¿ÛÙËÌ·.
-ΔÔ ÊȘ Ú‡̷ÙÔ˜ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÂ›Ù·È ˆ˜ Û˘Û΢‹
·ÔÛ˘Ó‰ÂÛ˘ Î·È ı· Ú¤ÂÈ Ó· Â›Ó·È ¤ÙÔÈÌÔ ÁÈ·
¯Ú‹ÛË, ·Ó¿ ¿Û· ÛÙÈÁÌ‹.
2. °È· ÙËÓ ·ÛÊ¿ÏÂÈ¿ Û·˜
-ΔÔ ÚÔ˚fiÓ ·˘Ùfi ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ› laser. ∏ ¯Ú‹ÛË
¿ÏÏˆÓ ‰È·‰ÈηÛÈÒÓ ÂϤÁ¯Ô˘, Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂˆÓ ‹
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁÈÒÓ, ÂÎÙfi˜ ·fi ·˘Ù¤˜ Ô˘
ÂÚÈÁÚ¿ÊÔÓÙ·È ÛÙÔ ·ÚfiÓ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚ›‰ÈÔ, ÌÔÚ› Ó·
ÚÔηϤÛÂÈ ÙËÓ ¤ÎÏ˘ÛË ÂÈ‚Ï·‚Ô‡˜
·ÎÙÈÓÔ‚ÔÏ›·˜.
-ªËÓ ·ÓÔ›ÁÂÙ ٷ ÚÔÛٷ٢ÙÈο ηχÌÌ·Ù· ηÈ
ÌËÓ Î¿ÓÂÙ ÂÈÛ΢¤˜ ÌfiÓÔ˜ Û·˜. ∞Ó·ı¤ÛÙ ÙȘ
˘ËÚÂۛ˜ ÂÈÛ΢‹˜ Û ÂÍÂȉÈÎÂ˘Ì¤ÓÔ
ÚÔÛˆÈÎfi.
3. ¶ÚÔÛÔ¯‹
-∏ Û˘Û΢‹ ÚÔÔÚ›˙ÂÙ·È ÁÈ· ÔÈÎȷ΋ ¯Ú‹ÛË Î·È fi¯È
ÁÈ· ÂÌÔÚÈ΋. ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÚÔ˚fiÓ ÌfiÓÔ ÁÈ·
ÚÔÛˆÈ΋ ¯Ú‹ÛË.
-ªËÓ ‚Ú¤¯ÂÙÂ Î·È ÌËÓ ÈÙÛÈÏ¿Ù ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ÌÂ
˘ÁÚ¿! ∂›Û˘, ÌËÓ ÙÔÔıÂÙ›Ù ‰Ô¯Â›· Ì ˘ÁÚ¿,
fiˆ˜ .¯. ‚¿˙, Â¿Óˆ ÛÙË Û˘Û΢‹ .
-∂͈ÙÂÚÈÎÔ› ·Ú¿ÁÔÓÙ˜ fiˆ˜ ÔÈ ÎÂÚ·˘ÓÔ› Î·È Ô
ÛÙ·ÙÈÎfi˜ ËÏÂÎÙÚÈÛÌfi˜, Èı·ÓfiÓ Ó· ÂËÚ¿ÛÔ˘Ó
ÙËÓ Î·ÓÔÓÈ΋ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜. ∂¿Ó οÙÈ
Ù¤ÙÔÈÔ Û˘Ì‚Â›, Û‚‹ÛÙÂ Î·È ·Ó¿„Ù ͷӿ ÙË
Û˘Û΢‹ ·fi ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ ‹
·ÔÛ˘Ó‰¤ÛÙÂ Î·È Í·Ó·Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÙ ÙÔ Î·ÏÒ‰ÈÔ
Ú‡̷ÙÔ˜ Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜ ÛÙËÓ Ú›˙·. ∏ Û˘Û΢‹
ı· ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ‹ÛÂÈ Î·ÓÔÓÈο.
-∏ Û˘Û΢‹ Èı·ÓfiÓ Ó· ÌËÓ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ‹ÛÂÈ ÛˆÛÙ¿
fiÙ·Ó, ÌÂÙ¿ ·fi ·fiÙÔ̘ ·ÏÏ·Á¤˜ ÛÙËÓ
ıÂÚÌÔÎÚ·Û›·, ÚÔ·„ÂÈ Û˘ÁΤÓÙÚˆÛË ˘‰Ú·ÙÌÒÓ
2
ÛÙÔ ÂÛˆÙÂÚÈÎfi Ù˘. ∂¿Ó Û˘Ì‚Â› οÙÈ Ù¤ÙÔÈÔ,
·Ê‹ÛÙ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ Û ıÂÚÌÔÎÚ·Û›· ‰ˆÌ·Ù›Ô˘
̤¯ÚÈ Ó· ÛÙÂÁÓÒÛÂÈ ÙÔ ÂÛˆÙÂÚÈÎfi Ù˘ Î·È Ó·
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ‹ÛÂÈ Í·Ó¿.
4. ¢›ÛÎÔ˜
-ªËÓ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔț٠ÛÚ¤È Î·ı·ÚÈÛÌÔ‡ ‰›ÛΈÓ,
‚ÂÓ˙›ÓË, ‰È·Ï˘ÙÈÎfi ‹ ¿ÏÏÔ˘˜ ÙËÙÈÎÔ‡˜ ‰È·Ï‡Ù˜
Ô˘ ÌÔÚ› Ó· ÚÔηϤÛÔ˘Ó ˙ËÌÈ¿ ÛÙËÓ
ÂÈÊ¿ÓÂÈ· ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘.
-ªËÓ ·ÁÁ›˙ÂÙ ÙËÓ ÂÈÊ¿ÓÂÈ· ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘.
∫Ú·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔÓ ·fi ÙȘ ¿ÎÚ˜ ‹ ·fi ÙË Ì›· ¿ÎÚË
Î·È ÙËÓ ÙÚ‡· ÛÙÔ Î¤ÓÙÚÔ.
-™ÎÔ˘›ÛÙ ÙË ÛÎfiÓË ÚÔÛÂÎÙÈο. ¶ÔÙ¤ ÌËÓ
ÛÎÔ˘›˙ÂÙ ÙËÓ ÂÈÊ¿ÓÂÈ· ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘, ÙÚ›‚ÔÓÙ·˜
ÌÂ ¤Ó· ·Ó› ÌÚÔ˜ ›Ûˆ.
5. ¶ÏËÚÔÊÔڛ˜ ÁÈ· ÙÔ ÂÚÈ‚¿ÏÏÔÓ
-ΔÔ ÚÔ˚fiÓ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ› Ì·Ù·Ú›Â˜ ÔÈ Ôԛ˜
ÂÚȤ¯Ô˘Ó
¯ËÌÈο ÂÈΛӉ˘Ó· ÁÈ· ÙÔ ÂÚÈ‚¿ÏÏÔÓ.
-°È· ÙÔ ÏfiÁÔ ·˘ÙfiÓ, Ó· ·ÔÚÚ›ÙÂÙ ÙȘ
Ì·Ù·Ú›Â˜ Û‡Ìʈӷ
Ì ÙÔ˘˜ ÙÔÈÎÔ‡˜ ‹ ÂıÓÈÎÔ‡˜ ηÓÔÓÈÛÌÔ‡˜.
ΔÔ ÚÔ˚fiÓ ÙÔ ÔÔ›Ô Û˘Óԉ‡ÂÈ ·˘Ùfi ÙÔ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚ›‰ÈÔ
¯Ú‹Û˘ ·Ú¤¯ÂÙ·È Ì ÔÚÈṲ̂ӷ ‰ÈηÈÒÌ·Ù·
ÓÂ˘Ì·ÙÈ΋˜ ȉÈÔÎÙËÛ›·˜ ÙÚ›ÙˆÓ. ∏ ·ÚÔ‡Û· ¿‰ÂÈ·
¯Ú‹Û˘ ÂÚÈÔÚ›˙ÂÙ·È ÛÙËÓ È‰ÈˆÙÈ΋, ÌË ÂÌÔÚÈ΋
¯Ú‹ÛË ·fi ÙÂÏÈÎÔ‡˜ ¯Ú‹ÛÙ˜, ÁÈ· ÙÔ˘ ÂÚȯÔ̤ÓÔ˘
ÁÈ· ÙÔ ÔÔ›Ô ·Ú¤¯ÂÙ·È ¿‰ÂÈ· ¯Ú‹Û˘. ¢ÂÓ
·Ú¤¯ÔÓÙ·È ‰ÈηÈÒÌ·Ù· ÂÌÔÚÈ΋˜ ¯Ú‹Û˘. ∏ ¿‰ÂÈ·
¯Ú‹Û˘ ‰ÂÓ Î·Ï‡ÙÂÈ Î·Ó¤Ó· ¿ÏÏÔ ÚÔ˚fiÓ ÂÎÙfi˜
·fi ÙÔ Û˘ÁÎÂÎÚÈ̤ÓÔ Î·È ‰ÂÓ ÂÂÎÙ›ÓÂÙ·È ÒÛÙ ӷ
ηχ„ÂÈ ÔÔÈÔ‰‹ÔÙ ÚÔ˚fiÓ ¯ˆÚ›˜ ¿‰ÂÈ· ¯Ú‹Û˘ ‹
‰È·‰Èηۛ· Û‡ÌʈÓË Ì ÙÔ ÚfiÙ˘Ô ISO/OUR 111723 ‹ ISO/OUR 13818-3, ÙÔ ÔÔ›Ô ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÂ›Ù·È ‹
ˆÏÂ›Ù·È ÛÂ Û˘Ó‰˘·ÛÌfi Ì ÙÔ Û˘ÁÎÂÎÚÈ̤ÓÔ ÚÔ˚fiÓ.
∏ ¿‰ÂÈ· ¯Ú‹Û˘ ηχÙÂÈ ÙË ¯Ú‹ÛË ÙÔ˘ ÚÔ˚fiÓÙÔ˜
ÌfiÓÔ ÁÈ· ÙËÓ Îˆ‰ÈÎÔÔ›ËÛË/·ÔΈ‰ÈÎÔÔ›ËÛË
·Ú¯Â›ˆÓ ‹¯Ô˘, Û‡Ìʈӷ Ì ÙÔ ÚfiÙ˘Ô ISO/OUR
11172-3 ‹ ISO/OUR 13818-3. ∏ ·ÚÔ‡Û· ¿‰ÂÈ·
¯Ú‹Û˘ ‰ÂÓ ÂίˆÚ› ηӤӷ ‰Èη›ˆÌ· ÁÈ·
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›Â˜ ‹ ¯·Ú·ÎÙËÚÈÛÙÈο ÙÔ˘ ÚÔ˚fiÓÙÔ˜ Ô˘
‰ÂÓ Â›Ó·È Û‡Ìʈӷ Ì ÙÔ ÚfiÙ˘Ô ISO/OUR 11172-3
‹ ISO/OUR 13818-3.
¶ƒ√™√Ã∏: ∏ Ã∏™∏ ∞§§ø¡ ¢π∞¢π∫∞™πø¡,
∂§∂°Ãø¡ ◊ ƒÀ£ªπ™∂ø¡ ∞¶√ ∞ÀΔ∂™ ¶√À
¶∂ƒπ°ƒ∞º√¡Δ∞π ™Δ√ ∂°Ã∂πƒπ¢π√ ∞ÀΔ√ ª¶√ƒ∂π
¡∞ ¶ƒ√∫∞§∂™∂π Δ∏¡ ∂∫§À™∏ ∂¶πμ§∞μ√À™
∞∫Δπ¡√μ√§π∞™.
Accessories
¶ÚÔÊ˘Ï¿ÍÂȘ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
¶ÚÈÓ ÍÂÎÈÓ‹ÛÂÙÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË
°ÂÓÈο ÷ڷÎÙËÚÈÛÙÈο . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Δ‡Ô˜ Î·È ¯·Ú·ÎÙËÚÈÛÙÈο ‰›ÛÎÔ˘ . . . . . . . . . . . .5
¶ÂÚÈÁÚ·Ê‹ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
¶ÂÚÈÁÚ·Ê‹ ÙÔ˘ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙËÚ›Ô˘ . . . . . . . . . . . .8
-
ΔËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙ‹ÚÈÔ
∂Á¯ÂÈÚ›‰ÈÔ
¯Ú‹Û˘
¶π¡∞∫∞™
¶∂ƒπ∂Ã√ª∂¡ø¡
ª·Ù·Ú›Â˜ ÁÈ· ÙÔ
ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙ‹ÚÈÔ
(ª¤ÁÂıÔ˜ AAA)
∫·ÏÒ‰ÈÔ
μ›ÓÙÂÔ/◊¯Ô˘
ΔÔÔı¤ÙËÛË ÙˆÓ Ì·Ù·ÚÈÒÓ ÛÙÔ
ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙ‹ÚÈÔ
1. ∞ÓÔ›ÍÙ ÙÔ Î¿Ï˘ÌÌ· ÙˆÓ Ì·Ù·ÚÈÒÓ ÛÙÔ ›Ûˆ
̤ÚÔ˜ ÙÔ˘ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙËÚ›Ô˘.
2. ΔÔÔıÂÙ‹ÛÙ ‰‡Ô Ì·Ù·Ú›Â˜ AAA.
ºÚÔÓÙ›ÛÙ ӷ ¢ı˘ÁÚ·ÌÌ›ÛÂÙ ÙÔ˘˜ fiÏÔ˘˜
(+ Î·È -).
3. ∫Ï›ÛÙ ÙÔ Î¿Ï˘ÌÌ· ÙˆÓ Ì·Ù·ÚÈÒÓ.
∂¿Ó ÙÔ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙ‹ÚÈÔ ‰ÂÓ
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ› ηÓÔÓÈο
- ∂ϤÁÍÙ ÙËÓ ÔÏÈÎfiÙËÙ· + - ÙˆÓ Ì·Ù·ÚÈÒÓ (ÍËÚÔ‡
ÎÂÏÈÔ‡)
- ∂ϤÁÍÙ ̋ˆ˜ ÔÈ Ì·Ù·Ú›Â˜ ¤¯Ô˘Ó ÂÍ·ÓÙÏËı›.
- ∂ϤÁÍÙ ̋ˆ˜ ˘¿Ú¯Ô˘Ó ÂÌfi‰È· ÌÚÔÛÙ¿ ÛÙÔÓ
·ÈÛıËÙ‹Ú· ÙÔ˘ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙËÚ›Ô˘.
™˘Ó‰¤ÛÂȘ
∂ÈÏÔÁ‹ ÌÈ·˜ Û‡Ó‰ÂÛ˘ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
μ·ÛÈΤ˜ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›Â˜
∞Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
ÃÚ‹ÛË ÙˆÓ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁÈÒÓ ∞Ó·˙‹ÙËÛË Î·È SKIP . . .16
ÃÚ‹ÛË Ù˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
ÃÚ‹ÛË ÙˆÓ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Disc Î·È Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
∂·Ó¿ÏË„Ë ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
∞ÚÁ‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
∂ÍÂÏÈÁ̤Ó˜ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›Â˜
ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË ÙÔ˘ ÏfiÁÔ˘ Ï¢ÚÒÓ (EZ VIEW) . . . . . . .18
∂ÈÏÔÁ‹ Ù˘ ÁÏÒÛÛ·˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ‹¯Ô˘ . . . .19
∂ÈÏÔÁ‹ Ù˘ ÁÏÒÛÛ·˜ ÙˆÓ ˘fiÙÈÙÏˆÓ . . . . . . . . .19
∞ÏÏ·Á‹ Ù˘ ÁˆÓ›·˜ Ï‹„˘ Ù˘ οÌÂÚ·˜ . . . . . . .20
ÃÚ‹ÛË Ù˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ ÕÌÂÛ˘ Â·Ó¿Ï˄˘
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜/SKIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
ÃÚ‹ÛË Ù˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ Bookmark . . . . . . . . . . . .20
ÃÚ‹ÛË Ù˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ Zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
ªÂÓÔ‡ ÎÏÈ ÁÈ· MP3/WMA/JPEG/MPEG4/
CD Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
∂ÈÏÔÁ‹ ʷΤÏÔ˘ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
∞Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ MP3/WMA/CD Audio . . . . . . . . . .22
∞Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ MPEG4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
∞Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘ CD Ì ÂÈÎfiÓ˜ . . . . . . . . .23
∞ÏÏ·Á‹ ÙÔ˘ ªÂÓÔ‡ ÂÁηٿÛÙ·Û˘
ÃÚ‹ÛË ÙÔ˘ ÌÂÓÔ‡ ƒ˘ıÌ›ÛÂˆÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË ÙˆÓ ¯·Ú·ÎÙËÚÈÛÙÈÎÒÓ Ù˘ ÁÏÒÛÛ·˜ . . .25
ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË ÙˆÓ ÂÈÏÔÁÒÓ ‹¯Ô˘ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË ÙˆÓ ÂÈÏÔÁÒÓ ÚÔ‚ÔÏ‹˜ . . . . . . . . . . . .27
ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË ÙÔ˘ ÁÔÓÈÎÔ‡ ÂϤÁ¯Ô˘ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
¶·Ú·ÔÌ¤˜
∞Ó·‚¿ıÌÈÛË ˘ÏÈÎÔÏÔÁÈÛÌÈÎÔ‡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
∞ÓÙÈÌÂÙÒÈÛË ÚÔ‚ÏËÌ¿ÙˆÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Δ¯ÓÈΤ˜ ÚԉȷÁڷʤ˜ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
∂ÁÁ‡ËÛËWarranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
- ∂ϤÁÍÙÂ Â¿Ó ˘¿Ú¯ÂÈ ÎÔÓÙ¿ ʈÙÈÛÌfi˜ ÊıÔÚ›Ô˘.
3
Greek
¶ÚÈÓ ÍÂÎÈÓ‹ÛÂÙÂ
ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË
°ÂÓÈο ¯·Ú·ÎÙËÚÈÛÙÈο
ÕÚÈÛÙÔ˜ ‹¯Ô˜
∏ Ù¯ÓÔÏÔÁ›· Dolby Digital, Ô˘ ·Ó·Ù‡¯ıËΠ·fi ÙËÓ
ÂÙ·ÈÚ›· Dolby Laboratories, ÚÔÛʤÚÂÈ ÎÚ˘ÛÙ¿ÏÏÈÓË
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ‹¯Ô˘.
√ıfiÓË
ªÔÚ›Ù ӷ ‰Â›Ù ÙfiÛÔ ÙȘ ηÓÔÓÈΤ˜ ÂÈÎfiÓ˜, fiÛÔ Î·È ÙȘ
ÂÈÎfiÓ˜ ¢Ú›·˜ ÔıfiÓ˘ (16:9).
∞ÚÁ‹ ΛÓËÛË
ªÔÚ›Ù ӷ ‰Â›Ù ÌÈ· ÛËÌ·ÓÙÈ΋ ÛÎËÓ‹ Û ·ÚÁ‹ ΛÓËÛË.
∞Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ Ì ÚfiÁÚ·ÌÌ· (CD)
ªÔÚ›Ù ӷ ÚÔÁÚ·ÌÌ·Ù›ÛÂÙ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ÎÔÌÌ·ÙÈÒÓ
Ì ÙË ÛÂÈÚ¿ Ô˘ ÂÈı˘Ì›ÙÂ.
°ÔÓÈÎfi˜ ¤ÏÂÁ¯Ô˜ (DVD)
√ ÁÔÓÈÎfi˜ ¤ÏÂÁ¯Ô˜ ÂÈÙÚ¤ÂÈ ÛÙÔ˘˜ ¯Ú‹ÛÙ˜ Ó· Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÔ˘Ó ÙÔ
··Ú·›ÙËÙÔ Â›Â‰Ô ÚÔÛÙ·Û›·˜ ÙˆÓ ·È‰ÈÒÓ ·fi ÙËÓ
·Ú·ÎÔÏÔ‡ıËÛË ÂÈΛӉ˘ÓˆÓ Ù·ÈÓÈÒÓ fiˆ˜ ·˘ÙÒÓ Ô˘
ÂÚȤ¯Ô˘Ó ‚›·, ¿ÛÂÌÓ˜ ÛÎËÓ¤˜ Î.Ï.
¢È¿ÊÔÚ˜ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›Â˜ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Â› Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘
ªÔÚ›Ù ӷ ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ‰È¿ÊÔÚ˜ ÁÏÒÛÛ˜ (‹¯Ô˘/˘ÔÙ›ÙψÓ)
ηıÒ˜ Î·È ÁˆÓ›Â˜ Ï‹„˘ ηٿ ÙË ‰È¿ÚÎÂÈ· Ù˘
·Ú·ÎÔÏÔ‡ıËÛ˘ Ù·ÈÓÈÒÓ.
¶ÚÔԉ¢ÙÈ΋ ·Ó›¯Ó¢ÛË
∏ ÚÔԉ¢ÙÈ΋ ·Ó›¯Ó¢ÛË ‚ÂÏÙÈÒÓÂÈ ÙËÓ ÂÈÎfiÓ·, ηıÒ˜
‰ÈÏ·ÛÈ¿˙ÂÈ ÙȘ ÁÚ·Ì̤˜ Û¿ÚˆÛ˘ ÌÈ·˜ Û˘Ì‚·ÙÈ΋˜ ÂÈÎfiÓ·˜.
EZ VIEW (DVD)
∏ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Easy View (∂‡ÎÔÏË ı¤·ÛË) ÂÈÙÚ¤ÂÈ ÙËÓ
Ú‡ıÌÈÛË Ù˘ ÂÈÎfiÓ·˜ Û‡Ìʈӷ Ì ÙÔ Ì¤ÁÂıÔ˜ ̤ÁÂıÔ˜ Ù˘
ÔıfiÓ˘ Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘ (16:9 ‹ 4:3).
¶ÚfiÁÚ·ÌÌ· ÚÔ‚ÔÏ‹˜ „ËÊÈ·ÎÒÓ
ʈÙÔÁÚ·ÊÈÒÓ (JPEG)
ªÔÚ›Ù ӷ ÚÔ‚¿ÏÏÂÙ „ËÊȷΤ˜ ʈÙÔÁڷʛ˜ ÛÙËÓ
ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË Û·˜.
∂·Ó¿ÏË„Ë
ªÔÚ›Ù ӷ Â·Ó·Ï¿‚ÂÙ ¤Ó· ÙÚ·ÁÔ‡‰È ‹ ÌÈ· Ù·ÈÓ›· ·Ï¿
·ÙÒÓÙ·˜ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› REPEAT.
MP3/WMA
∏ ÌÔÓ¿‰· ·˘Ù‹ ÌÔÚ› Ó· ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÈ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘˜ Ô˘
ÂÚȤ¯Ô˘Ó ·Ú¯Â›· Ù‡Ô˘ MP3/WMA.
ÕÌÂÛË Â·Ó¿ÏË„Ë ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ (DVD)
∏ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ·˘Ù‹ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÂ›Ù·È ÁÈ· ÙËÓ Â·Ó¿ÏË„Ë
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ÙˆÓ ÙÂÏÂ˘Ù·›ˆÓ 10 ‰Â˘ÙÂÚÔϤÙˆÓ ÌÈ·˜
Ù·ÈÓ›·˜ ·fi ÙÔ ÛËÌÂ›Ô fiÔ˘ ‚Ú›ÛÎÂÙ·È.
ÕÌÂÛË SKIP (DVD)
∏ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ·˘Ù‹ ÌÂٷʤÚÂÈ ÙËÓ ‰È·‰Èηۛ· ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜
10 ‰Â˘ÙÂÚfiÏÂÙ· ÌÚÔÛÙ¿ ·fi ÙËÓ ÙÚ¤¯Ô˘Û· ı¤ÛË.
MPEG4
∏ ÌÔÓ¿‰· ·˘Ù‹ ÌÔÚ› Ó· ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÈ ÊÔÚÌ¿ MPEG4 Û ¤Ó·
·Ú¯Â›Ô avi.
4
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ¢›ÛÎÔÈ Ô˘ ‰ÂÓ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁÔ‡Ó Û ·˘Ù‹ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹.
ñ DVD-ROM
ñ DVD-RAM
ñ CD-ROM
ñ CDV
ñ CDI
ñ CVD
ñ Super Audio CD (ÂÎÙfi˜ ·fi ÙË ÛÙÚÒÛË CD)
ñ √È ‰›ÛÎÔÈ CDG ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÔ˘Ó ÌfiÓÔ ‹¯Ô Î·È fi¯È ÁÚ·ÊÈο.
- ∏ ‰˘Ó·ÙfiÙËÙ· ·ÓÙ›ÛÙÚÔÊ˘ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ÂÍ·ÚÙ¿Ù·È ·fi
ÙȘ Û˘Óı‹Î˜ ÂÁÁÚ·Ê‹˜.
ñ DVD-R, +R
ñ CD-RW
ñ DVD+RW, -RW (ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· V)
- ∏ Û˘Û΢‹ Èı·ÓfiÓ Ó· ÌËÓ ÌÔÚ› Ó· ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÈ
Û˘ÁÎÂÎÚÈ̤ÓÔ˘˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘˜ CD-R, CD-RW Î·È DVD-R, ÂÍ·ÈÙ›·˜
ÙÔ˘ Ù‡Ô˘ ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘ Î·È ÙˆÓ Û˘ÓıËÎÒÓ ÂÁÁÚ·Ê‹˜.
¶ƒ√™Δ∞™π∞ ∞¶√ ∞¡Δπ°ƒ∞º∏
¶ÔÏÏÔ› ‰›ÛÎÔÈ DVD ¤¯Ô˘Ó Έ‰ÈÎÔÔ›ËÛË ÁÈ· ÚÔÛÙ·Û›· ·fi
·ÓÙÈÁÚ·Ê‹. °È’ ·˘Ùfi ÙÔ ÏfiÁÔ, ı· Ú¤ÂÈ Ó· Û˘Ó‰¤ÂÙ ÙË
Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD ηÙ¢ı›·Ó ÛÙËÓ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË
Î·È fi¯È ÛÙÔ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ. ∏ Û‡Ó‰ÂÛË Ì ÙÔ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ ¤¯ÂÈ ˆ˜
·ÔÙ¤ÏÂÛÌ· ÙËÓ ·Ú·ÌfiÚʈÛË Ù˘ ÂÈÎfiÓ·˜ Ô˘
·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÙ·È ·fi ¤Ó·Ó ‰›ÛÎÔ DVD Ì ÚÔÛÙ·Û›· ·fi ÙËÓ
·ÓÙÈÁÚ·Ê‹.
ΔÔ Û˘ÁÎÂÎÚÈ̤ÓÔ ÚÔ˚fiÓ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ› Ù¯ÓÔÏÔÁ›·
ÚÔÛÙ·Û›·˜ ÓÂ˘Ì·ÙÈÎÒÓ ‰ÈÎ·ÈˆÌ¿ÙˆÓ Î·È ÂÚÈÏ·Ì‚¿ÓÂÈ
·ÍÈÒÛÂȘ Ô˘ ·ÔÚÚ¤Ô˘Ó ·fi Û˘ÁÎÂÎÚÈ̤Ó˜ ·Ù¤ÓÙ˜ ηÈ
¿ÏÏ· ÓÂ˘Ì·ÙÈο ‰ÈηÈÒÌ·Ù· ȉÈÔÎÙËÛ›·˜ Ù˘ Macrovision
Corporation Î·È ¿ÏÏˆÓ Î·Ùfi¯ˆÓ ‰ÈηȈ̿وÓ. ∏ ¯Ú‹ÛË ·˘Ù‹˜
Ù˘ Ù¯ÓÔÏÔÁ›·˜ ÚÔÛÙ·Û›·˜ ÓÂ˘Ì·ÙÈÎÒÓ ‰ÈηȈ̿وÓ
¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÂ›Ù·È Î·ÙfiÈÓ ¯ÔÚ‹ÁËÛ˘ ¿‰ÂÈ·˜ ¯Ú‹Û˘ ·fi ÙËÓ
ÂÙ·ÈÚ›· Macrovision Corporation Î·È ÚÔÔÚ›˙ÂÙ·È ÁÈ· ÔÈÎȷΤ˜
ÚÔ‚ÔϤ˜ Î·È ¿ÏϘ ¯Ú‹ÛÂȘ ÂÚÈÔÚÈṲ̂Ó˘ ¤ÎÙ·Û˘, ÂÎÙfi˜
Â¿Ó Ë Macrovision Corporation ¤¯ÂÈ ·Ú·¯ˆÚ‹ÛÂÈ ¿‰ÂÈ· ÁÈ·
οÙÈ ‰È·ÊÔÚÂÙÈÎfi. ∏ ·ÓÙ›ÛÙÚÔÊË ÂÂÍÂÚÁ·Û›· Î·È Ë
·ÔÛ˘Ì›ÏËÛË ··ÁÔÚ‡ÂÙ·È.
∞¶√Δ∂§∂™ª∞Δ∞ ¶ƒ√√¢∂ÀΔπ∫∏™
™∞ƒø™∏™ (525p)
“√π ∫∞Δ∞¡∞§øΔ∂™ £∞ ¶ƒ∂¶∂π ¡∞ °¡øƒπ∑√À¡ √Δπ √§∂™
√π Δ∏§∂√ƒ∞™∂π™ Àæ∏§∏™ ∞¡∞§À™∏™ ¢∂¡ ∂π¡∞π
™Àªμ∞Δ∂™ ª∂ Δ√ ™À°∫∂∫ƒπª∂¡√ ¶ƒ√´√¡ ∫∞π ™Δ∏¡
¶∂ƒπ¶Δø™∏ ¶√À À¶∞ƒ•√À¡ ¶ƒ√μ§∏ª∞Δ∞ ™Δ∏¡ ∂π∫√¡∞
∞¶√ Δ∏¡ ¶ƒ√√¢∂ÀΔπ∫∏ ™∞ƒø™∏ ∂π∫√¡∞™ 525,
™À¡π™Δ∞Δ∞π √ Ã∏™Δ∏™ ¡∞ ª∂Δ∞º∂ƒ∂π Δ∏ ™À¡¢∂™∏
™Δ∏¡ ∂•√¢√ ‘STANDARD DEFINITION’ °π∞ ΔÀÃ√¡
∞¶√ƒπ∂™ ™Ã∂Δπ∫∞ ª∂ Δ∏ ™Àªμ∞Δ√Δ∏Δ∞ Δ∏™
Δ∏§∂√ƒ∞™∏™ ™∞™ ª∂ Δ√ ª√¡Δ∂§√ Δ∏™ ™À™∫∂À∏™
∞¡∞¶∞ƒ∞°ø°∏™ ¢π™∫ø¡ DVD 525p DVD, ∂¶π∫√π¡ø¡∏™Δ∂
Δ√ Δª∏ª∞ ∂•À¶∏ƒ∂Δ∏™∏™ ¶∂§∞Δø¡ Δ∏™ SAMSUNG.”
Δ‡Ô˜ Î·È ¯·Ú·ÎÙËÚÈÛÙÈο ‰›ÛÎÔ˘
Δ‡ÔÈ ‰›ÛÎˆÓ (§ÔÁfiÙ˘·)
Δ‡ÔÈ ÂÁÁÚ·Ê‹˜
DVD
◊¯Ô˜
+
∂ÈÎfiÓ·
AUDIO-CD
ª¤ÁÂıÔ˜
‰›ÛÎÔ˘
ª¤ÁÈÛÙÔ˜ ¯ÚfiÓÔ˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜
÷ڷÎÙËÚÈÛÙÈο
12 Cm
ªÈ·˜ fi„˘ 240 ÏÂÙÒÓ
¢ÈÏ‹˜ fi„˘ 480
ÏÂÙÒÓ
- √ ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ DVD ÂÚȤ¯ÂÈ ¿ÚÈÛÙÔ ‹¯Ô
Î·È ÂÈÎfiÓ· ÏfiÁˆ ÙˆÓ Û˘ÛÙËÌ¿ÙˆÓ
Dolby Digital Î·È MPEG-2.
8 Cm
ªÈ·˜ fi„˘ 80 ÏÂÙÒÓ
¢ÈÏ‹˜ fi„˘ 160
ÏÂÙÒÓ
- ªÔÚ›Ù ӷ ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ‡ÎÔÏ·
‰È¿ÊÔÚ˜ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›Â˜ ÔıfiÓ˘ ηÈ
‹¯Ô˘, ̤ۈ ÙˆÓ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Â› Ù˘
ÔıfiÓ˘.
12 Cm
74 min.
8 Cm
20 min.
◊¯Ô˜
- √ ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ CD Â›Ó·È ÂÁÁÂÁÚ·Ì̤ÓÔ˜
ˆ˜ „ËÊÈ·Îfi Û‹Ì· Ì ηχÙÂÚË
ÔÈfiÙËÙ· ‹¯Ô˘, ÌÈÎÚfiÙÂÚË
·Ú·ÌfiÚʈÛË Î·È ÌÈÎÚfiÙÂÚË Ì›ˆÛË
Ù˘ ÔÈfiÙËÙ·˜ ÙÔ˘ ‹¯Ô˘ Ì ÙÔ ¯ÚfiÓÔ.
™ËÌ¿ÓÛÂȘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘
∞ÚÈıÌfi˜ ÂÚÈÔ¯‹˜
~
PAL
∞ÚÈıÌfi˜ ÂÚÈÔ¯‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜
™‡ÛÙËÌ· ÂÎÔÌ‹˜ PAL ÁÈ· ÙÔ ∏ӈ̤ÓÔ
μ·Û›ÏÂÈÔ, ÙË °·ÏÏ›·, ÙË °ÂÚÌ·Ó›· Î.Ï.
¢›ÛÎÔ˜ Dolby Digital
STEREO
™ÙÂÚÂÔʈÓÈÎfi˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ˜
DIGITAL
SOUND
¢›ÛÎÔ˜ „ËÊÈ·ÎÔ‡ ‹¯Ô˘
¢›ÛÎÔ˜ DTS
¢›ÛÎÔ˜ MP
£· Ú¤ÂÈ Ó· ÂÈÛ¿ÁÂÙ ÌfiÓÔ ¤Ó· ‰›ÛÎÔ
DVD ÙË ÊÔÚ¿. ∂¿Ó ÂÈÛ·¯ıÔ‡Ó ‰‡Ô ‹
ÂÚÈÛÛfiÙÂÚÔÈ ‰›ÛÎÔÈ, Ë ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ı·
Â›Ó·È ·‰‡Ó·ÙË Î·È ı· ÚÔÍÂÓËıÔ‡Ó
˙ËÌȤ˜ ÛÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD
.
ΔfiÛÔ Ë Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ‰›ÛÎˆÓ DVD
fiÛÔ Î·È ÔÈ ‰›ÛÎÔÈ Â›Ó·È Îˆ‰ÈÎÔÔÈË̤ÓÔÈ Î·Ù¿
ÂÚÈÔ¯‹. ∞˘ÙÔ› ÔÈ Îˆ‰ÈÎÔ› ÂÚÈÔ¯ÒÓ ı· Ú¤ÂÈ Ó·
Û˘ÌʈÓÔ‡Ó, ÚÔÎÂÈ̤ÓÔ˘ Ó· ÌÔÚ› Ó·
·Ó··Ú·¯ı› Ô ‰›ÛÎÔ˜. ∂¿Ó ÔÈ Îˆ‰ÈÎÔ› ‰ÂÓ
Û˘ÌʈÓÔ‡Ó, Ô ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ ‰ÂÓ ı· ·Ó··Ú·¯ı›.
√ ·ÚÈıÌfi˜ ÂÚÈÔ¯‹˜ ÁÈ· ÙË Û˘ÁÎÂÎÚÈ̤ÓË
Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó·ÁÚ¿ÊÂÙ·È ÛÙÔ ›Ûˆ ̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘
Û˘Û΢‹˜.
¶ÈÛÙÔÔ›ËÛË DivX
ΔÔ DivX, ÙÔ DivX Certified Î·È Ù· Û¯ÂÙÈο
ÏÔÁfiÙ˘· Â›Ó·È ÂÌÔÚÈο Û‹Ì·Ù· Ù˘
DivXNetworks Î·È ··ÈÙÂ›Ù·È ¿‰ÂÈ·
¯Ú‹Û˘.
5
Greek
∏ Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ‰›ÛÎˆÓ DVD ÌÔÚ› Ó· ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÈ ÙÔ˘˜ ·Ú·Î¿Ùˆ Ù‡Ô˘˜
‰›ÛÎˆÓ Ì ٷ ·ÓÙ›ÛÙÔȯ· ÏÔÁfiÙ˘·
¶ÂÚÈÁÚ·Ê‹
∫Ô˘ÌÈ¿ ÂϤÁ¯Ô˘ ÛÙËÓ ÚfiÛÔ„Ë
5
DVD-P370
1 2
6 7
4
3
8
6
8
6
5
DVD-P375
1 2
1.
STANDBY/ON (
4
3
)
5.
¤Ó‰ÂÈÍË Û‚‹ÓÂÈ Î·È Ë Û˘Û΢‹ Â›Ó·È Û ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·.
3.
6.
SKIP (
/
) SEARCH (∞Ó·˙‹ÙËÛË)
∂ÈÙÚ¤ÂÈ ÙËÓ ·Ó·˙‹ÙËÛË Û ¤Ó· ‰›ÛÎÔ ÚÔ˜ Ù· ÂÌÚfi˜
ŒÓ‰ÂÈÍË STANDBY
∏ ¤Ó‰ÂÈÍË ·˘Ù‹ ·Ó¿‚ÂÈ, fiÙ·Ó Ë Û˘Û΢‹ Û˘Ó‰Âı› ÁÈ·
‹ ÚÔ˜ Ù· ›Ûˆ. ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÂ›Ù·È ÁÈ· ÙËÓ SKIP
ÚÒÙË ÊÔÚ¿.
(¶·Ú¿ÏÂÈ„Ë) Ù›ÙÏÔ˘, ÎÂÊ·Ï·›Ô˘ ‹ ÎÔÌÌ·ÙÈÔ‡.
DISC TRAY (£‹ÎË ‰›ÛÎÔ˘)
7.
OPEN/CLOSE (
)
ÕÓÔÈÁÌ· Î·È ÎÏ›ÛÈÌÔ Ù˘ ı‹Î˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘
¢π∞∫√¶∏ (
)
¢È·ÎfiÙÂÈ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘.
∂‰Ò ÙÔÔıÂÙÂ›Ù·È Ô ‰›ÛÎÔ˜.
4.
DISPLAY (√ıfiÓË)
∂‰Ò ÂÌÊ·Ó›˙ÔÓÙ·È ÔÈ ÂӉ›ÍÂȘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜.
ŸÙ·Ó ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› STANDBY/ON Â›Ó·È ·ÙË̤ÓÔ, Ë
2.
6 7
8.
∞¡∞¶∞ƒ∞°ø°∏/¶∞À™∏ (
)
•ÂÎÈÓ¿ ‹ ÛÙ·Ì·Ù¿ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘.
√ıfiÓË ÛÙËÓ ÚfiÛÔ„Ë
™˘ÓÔÏÈÎfi˜ ¯ÚfiÓÔ˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ / ∂ÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÈ ‰È¿ÊÔÚ· ÌËӇ̷ٷ Û¯ÂÙÈο ÌÂ
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›Â˜ fiˆ˜ PLAY, STOP, LOAD ...
nodSC: ¢ÂÓ ˘¿Ú¯ÂÈ ÙÔÔıÂÙË̤ÓÔ˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ˜.
OPEN: ∏ ı‹ÎË ‰›ÛÎÔ˘ Â›Ó·È ·ÓÔÈÎÙ‹.
LOAD: ∏ Û˘Û΢‹ ‰È·‚¿˙ÂÈ ÙȘ ÏËÚÔÊÔڛ˜ ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘.
6
¶›Ûˆ fi„Ë
2
Greek
3
2
1
1.
2.
3.
μÀ™ª∞ SCART
- ™˘Ó‰¤ÂÙ·È Û ÌÈ· ˘Ô‰Ô¯‹ SCART Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘.
μÀ™ª∞Δ∞ ∂•√¢√À æ∏ºπ∞∫√À
∏Ã√À (DIGITAL AUDIO OUT)
- ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ‹ÛÙÂ ¤Ó· ÔÙÈÎfi ‹ ÔÌÔ·ÍÔÓÈÎfi „ËÊÈ·Îfi
ηÏÒ‰ÈÔ ÁÈ· Û‡Ó‰ÂÛË Ì ¤Ó· Û˘Ì‚·Ùfi ‰¤ÎÙË Dolby
Digital.
- ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ‹ÛÙÂ ¤Ó· ÔÙÈÎfi ‹ ÔÌÔ·ÍÔÓÈÎfi „ËÊÈ·Îfi
ηÏÒ‰ÈÔ ÁÈ· Û‡Ó‰ÂÛË Ì ¤Ó·Ó ·Ó·ÏÔÁÈÎfi ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹
Ô˘ Ó· ÂÚȤ¯ÂÈ ·ÔΈ‰ÈÎÔÔÈËÙ‹ Dolby Digital,
MPEG2 ‹ DTS.
μÀ™ª∞Δ∞ ∂•√¢√À ™∏ª∞Δ√™
μπ¡Δ∂√ ™À¡π™Δø™ø¡ (COMPONENT
VIDEO OUT)
- ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ‹ÛÙ ·˘Ù¿ Ù· ‚‡ÛÌ·Ù· Â¿Ó ¤¯ÂÙÂ
ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË Ì ˘Ô‰Ô¯¤˜ Component Video. √È
˘Ô‰Ô¯¤˜ ·˘Ù¤˜ ·Ú¤¯Ô˘Ó ‚›ÓÙÂÔ PR, PB Î·È Y.
- ∏ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ÚÔԉ¢ÙÈ΋˜ Û¿ÚˆÛ˘ ı·
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ‹ÛÂÈ Â¿Ó ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ·fi ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡
Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂˆÓ ÙËÓ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô Component (P-SCAN) Video.
4
5
6
- ∏ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ‰ÈÂÌÏÂÎfiÌÂÓ˘ Û¿ÚˆÛ˘ ı·
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ‹ÛÂÈ Â¿Ó ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ·fi ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡
Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂˆÓ ÙËÓ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô Component (I-SCAN) Video.
4.
μÀ™ª∞Δ∞ ∂•√¢√À ∏Ã√À
(AUDIO OUT)
™˘Ó‰¤ÔÓÙ·È ÛÙȘ ˘Ô‰Ô¯¤˜ ‹¯Ô˘ Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘ Û·˜ ‹
ÙÔ˘ ‰¤ÎÙË ‹¯Ô˘/‚›ÓÙÂÔ.
5.
μÀ™ª∞ ∂•√¢√À μπ¡Δ∂√ (VIDEO OUT)
- ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ‹ÛÙ ¤Ó· ηÏÒ‰ÈÔ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ Î·È Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÙÂ
ÙÔ ÛÙËÓ ˘Ô‰Ô¯‹ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘ Û·˜.
- ™ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂˆÓ Ë Â›ÛÔ‰Ô˜ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ ı· Ú¤ÂÈ Ó·
Â›Ó·È Ú˘ıÌÈṲ̂ÓË ÛÙÔ COMPOSITE/S-VIDEO.
6.
μÀ™ª∞ ∂•√¢√À S-VIDEO
- °È· ηχÙÂÚË ÔÈfiÙËÙ· ÂÈÎfiÓ·˜, ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ‹ÛÙ ÙÔ
ηÏÒ‰ÈÔ S-Video ÁÈ· Ó· Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÂÙ ÙÔ ‚‡ÛÌ· ÛÙËÓ
˘Ô‰Ô¯‹ S-Video Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘ Û·˜ .
- ™ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂˆÓ Ë Â›ÛÔ‰Ô˜ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ ı· Ú¤ÂÈ Ó·
Â›Ó·È Ú˘ıÌÈṲ̂ÓË ÛÙÔ COMPOSITE/S-VIDEO.
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ™˘Ì‚Ô˘Ï¢Ù›Ù ÙÔ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚ›‰ÈÔ ¯Ú‹Û˘ Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘ Û·˜ ÁÈ· Ó· ‰È·ÈÛÙÒÛÂÙ ·Ó ˘ÔÛÙËÚ›˙ÂÈ
ÚÔԉ¢ÙÈ΋ ·Ó›¯Ó¢ÛË (P-SCAN).
∂¿Ó ˘ÔÛÙËÚ›˙ÂÈ ÚÔԉ¢ÙÈ΋ Û¿ÚˆÛË, ·ÎÔÏÔ˘ı‹ÛÙ ÙȘ Ô‰ËÁ›Â˜ ÙÔ˘ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚȉ›Ô˘ ÁÈ· Ó· οÓÂÙ ÙȘ
·ÓÙ›ÛÙÔȯ˜ Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂȘ ÛÙÔ Û‡ÛÙËÌ· ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û‹˜ Û·˜.
- ∂¿Ó ÛÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂˆÓ Â›Ó·È ÂÈÏÂÁ̤ÓË Ë ¤ÍÔ‰Ô˜ Component (P-SCAN) Video, ÙfiÙ ÔÈ ¤ÍÔ‰ÔÈ
Video Î·È S-video ‰ÂÓ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁÔ‡Ó.
- °È· ÂÚÈÛÛfiÙÂÚ˜ ÏËÚÔÊÔڛ˜ Û¯ÂÙÈο Ì ÙË ¯Ú‹ÛË ÙÔ˘ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ú˘ı̛ۈÓ, ‰Â›Ù ÙȘ ÛÂÏ›‰Â˜ 27.
7
¶ÂÚÈÁÚ·Ê‹ ÙÔ˘ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙËÚ›Ô˘
14
15
1
6.
7.
8.
2
16
3
9.
10.
4
5
6
7
8
17
18
19
11.
12.
13.
9
10
11
20
21
12
13
22
23
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
8
∫Ô˘Ì› DVD POWER
ŒÓ·ÚÍË ‹ ÙÂÚÌ·ÙÈÛÌfi˜ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜.
∞ÚÈıÌËÙÈο ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿
∫Ô˘Ì› VIDEO SEL.
∫Ô˘ÌÈ¿ SEARCH (
)
/
∂ÈÙÚ¤ÂÈ ÙËÓ ÚÔ˜ Ù· ÂÌÚfi˜ ‹ ÚÔ˜ Ù· ›Ûˆ
·Ó·˙‹ÙËÛË Û ¤Ó· ‰›ÛÎÔ.
∫Ô˘Ì› INSTANT REPLAY
22.
23.
∏ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ·˘Ù‹ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÂ›Ù·È ÁÈ· ÙËÓ Â·Ó¿ÏË„Ë
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ÙˆÓ ÙÂÏÂ˘Ù·›ˆÓ 10 ‰Â˘ÙÂÚÔϤÙˆÓ
ÌÈ·˜ Ù·ÈÓ›·˜ ·fi ÙËÓ ÙÚ¤¯Ô˘Û· ı¤ÛË.
∫Ô˘ÌÈ¿ SKIP (
)
/
ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÂ›Ù·È ÁÈ· ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· SKIP (¶·Ú¿ÏÂÈ„Ë) ÙÔ˘
Ù›ÙÏÔ˘, ÙÔ˘ ÎÂÊ·Ï·›Ô˘ ‹ ÙÔ˘ ÌÔ˘ÛÈÎÔ‡ ÎÔÌÌ·ÙÈÔ‡
∫Ô˘Ì› STOP (
)
∫Ô˘Ì› MENU
∂ÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÈ ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜
DVD.
›/‚,¥/Š
∫Ô˘ÌÈ¿ ENTER/›
ΔÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ·˘Ùfi ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ› ˆ˜ ‰È·ÎfiÙ˘.
∫Ô˘Ì› EZ VIEW
√ ÏfiÁÔ˜ ÙˆÓ Ï¢ÚÒÓ ÌÈ·˜ ÂÈÎfiÓ·˜ ÌÔÚ› ‡ÎÔÏ· Ó·
Ú˘ıÌÈÛÙ› ÁÈ· ÙȘ ‰È·ÛÙ¿ÛÂȘ Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘ Ù˘
ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘ Û·˜ (16:9 ‹ 4:3).
∫Ô˘Ì› DISC MENU
∂ÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÈ ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘.
∫Ô˘Ì› SUBTITLE
∫Ô˘Ì› AUDIO
ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÂ›Ù·È ÁÈ· ÙËÓ ÂÈÏÔÁ‹ ‰È·ÊfiÚˆÓ
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁÈÒÓ ‹¯Ô˘ Û ¤Ó· ‰›ÛÎÔ.
∫Ô˘Ì› ZOOM
∫Ô˘Ì› OPEN/CLOSE (
)
∞ÓÔ›ÁÂÈ Î·È ÎÏ›ÓÂÈ ÙË ı‹ÎË ‰›ÛÎÔ˘
∫Ô˘Ì› STEP
¶ÚÔˆı› ÙËÓ Ù·ÈÓ›· ¤Ó· ηڤ ÙË ÊÔÚ¿.
∫Ô˘Ì› INSTANT SKIP
∏ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ·˘Ù‹ ÌÂٷʤÚÂÈ ÙËÓ ‰È·‰Èηۛ·
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ 10 ‰Â˘ÙÂÚfiÏÂÙ· ÌÚÔÛÙ¿ ·fi ÙÔ
ÛËÌÂ›Ô fiÔ˘ ‚Ú›ÛÎÂÙ·È.
∫Ô˘Ì› PLAY/PAUSE (
)
•ÂÎÈÓ¿ÂÈ ‹ ÛÙ·Ì·Ù¿ÂÈ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘.
∫Ô˘Ì› RETURN
∂ÈÛÙÚ¤ÊÂÈ Û ÚÔËÁÔ‡ÌÂÓÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡.
∫Ô˘Ì› INFO
∂ÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÈ ÙËÓ ÙÚ¤¯Ô˘Û· ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘.
∫Ô˘Ì› CANCEL
∫Ú‡‚ÂÈ Ù· ÌÂÓÔ‡ Î·È ÙȘ ÂӉ›ÍÂȘ ηٿÛÙ·Û˘ ·fi ÙËÓ
ÔıfiÓË.
∫Ô˘Ì› REPEAT A-B
∂ÈÙÚ¤ÂÈ ÙËÓ Â·Ó¿ÏË„Ë ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘ A-B.
∫Ô˘Ì› REPEAT
∂ÈÙÚ¤ÂÈ ÙËÓ Â·Ó¿ÏË„Ë ÂÓfi˜ Ù›ÙÏÔ˘, ÎÂÊ·Ï·›Ô˘,
ÎÔÌÌ·ÙÈÔ‡ ‹ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘.
™˘Ó‰¤ÛÂȘ
Δ· ·Ú·Î¿Ùˆ ·Ú·‰Â›ÁÌ·Ù· ·ÚÔ˘ÛÈ¿˙Ô˘Ó ÙȘ Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÂȘ Ô˘ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÔ‡ÓÙ·È Û˘Ó‹ıˆ˜ ÁÈ· ÙË Û‡Ó‰ÂÛË
ÌÈ·˜ Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD Û ÌÈ· ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË ‹ ¿ÏϘ Û˘Û΢¤˜.
¶ÚÈÓ Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÂÙ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD
- ∏ Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD, Ë ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË ‹ ÔÔÈ·‰‹ÔÙ ¿ÏÏË Û˘Û΢‹, ı· Ú¤ÂÈ ¿ÓÙ· Ó· ›ӷÈ
ÂÎÙfi˜ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ ÚÈÓ ·fi ÙËÓ Û‡Ó‰ÂÛË ‹ ÙËÓ ·ÔÛ‡Ó‰ÂÛË Î·Ïˆ‰›ˆÓ.
-
∞Ó·ÙÚ¤ÍÙ ÛÙÔ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚ›‰È· ¯Ú‹Û˘ ÙˆÓ ¿ÏÏˆÓ Û˘Û΢ÒÓ (fiˆ˜ Ë ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË) Ô˘ ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ
Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÂÙÂ, ÁÈ· ÂÚÈÛÛfiÙÂÚ˜ ÏÂÙÔ̤ÚÂȘ Û¯ÂÙÈο Ì ·˘Ù¤˜.
™‡Ó‰ÂÛË Ì ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË (SCART)
- ™˘Ó‰¤ÛÙ ÙÔ ¤Ó· ¿ÎÚÔ ÙÔ˘ ηψ‰›Ô˘ SCART ÛÙËÓ ˘Ô‰Ô¯‹ SCART (EXT) ÛÙÔ ›Ûˆ ̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘
Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD Î·È ÙÔ ¿ÏÏÔ ÛÙËÓ ˘Ô‰Ô¯‹ SCART(IN) Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘.
-
∂¿Ó Ë ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û‹ Û·˜ ‰ÂÓ ‰È·ı¤ÙÂÈ SCART, ÌÔÚ›Ù ӷ ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÌÈ· ·fi ÙȘ ·Ú·Î¿Ùˆ ÂÓ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈΤ˜
Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÂȘ:
™‡Ó‰ÂÛË Ì ΔËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË (Video CVBS)
1
™˘Ó‰¤ÛÙ ٷ ¿ÎÚ· ÙˆÓ Î·Ïˆ‰›ˆÓ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ/‹¯Ô˘, ·fi ÙË ÌÈ·
ÏÂ˘Ú¿ ÛÙËÓ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô VIDEO (ΛÙÚÈÓÔ)/AUDIO (ÎfiÎÎÈÓÔ Î·È
¿ÛÚÔ) ÛÙË ›Ûˆ ÏÂ˘Ú¿ Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜
DVD Î·È ·fi ÙËÓ ¿ÏÏË ÛÙËÓ Â›ÛÔ‰Ô VIDEO
(ΛÙÚÈÓÔ)/AUDIO (ÎfiÎÎÈÓÔ Î·È ¿ÛÚÔ) Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘.
2
∞Ó¿„Ù ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD Î·È ÙËÓ
ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË.
∫√∫∫π¡√
§∂À∫√ ∫πΔƒπ¡√
∫·ÏÒ‰ÈÔ
‹¯Ô˘
∫√∫∫π¡√
∫·ÏÒ‰ÈÔ Û‹Ì·ÙÔ˜
‚›ÓÙÂÔ
§∂À∫√ ∫πΔƒπ¡√
3
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔÓ ÂÈÏÔÁ¤· ËÁ‹˜ ÂÈÛfi‰Ô˘ ÛÙÔ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙ‹ÚÈÔ
̤¯ÚÈ Ó· ÂÌÊ·ÓÈÛÙ› ÛÙËÓ ÔıfiÓË Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘ ÙÔ Û‹Ì·
‚›ÓÙÂÔ Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜.
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ∞Ó ÙÔ Î·ÏÒ‰ÈÔ ‹¯Ô˘ Â›Ó·È Ôχ ÎÔÓÙ¿ ÛÙÔ Î·ÏÒ‰ÈÔ ·ÚÔ¯‹˜ Ú‡̷ÙÔ˜, ÌÔÚ› Ó· ‰ËÌÈÔ˘ÚÁËı›
ıfiÚ˘‚Ô˜.
- ∂¿Ó ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÂÙ ¤Ó·Ó ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹, ·Ó·ÙÚ¤ÍÙ ÛÙËÓ ÂÓfiÙËÙ· “™‡Ó‰ÂÛË ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹” (‚Ï. ÛÂÏ›‰Â˜ 13
Î·È 14).
- √ ·ÚÈıÌfi˜ Î·È Ë ı¤ÛË ÙˆÓ ˘Ô‰Ô¯ÒÓ ÌÔÚ› Ó· ‰È·Ê¤ÚÔ˘Ó, ·Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔÓ Ù‡Ô Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘.
∞Ó·ÙÚ¤ÍÙ ÛÙÔ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚ›‰ÈÔ ¯Ú‹Û˘ Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û‹˜ Û·˜.
- ∂¿Ó ˘¿Ú¯ÂÈ Ì›· ÌfiÓÔ ˘Ô‰Ô¯‹ ‹¯Ô˘ ÛÙËÓ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË Û·˜, Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÙ ÙËÓ ÛÙËÓ ˘Ô‰Ô¯‹ [AUDIO
OUT][·ÚÈÛÙÂÚ‹] (Ï¢΋) Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD.
9
Greek
∂ÈÏÔÁ‹ ÌÈ·˜ Û‡Ó‰ÂÛ˘
™‡Ó‰ÂÛË Ì ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË (S-Video)
- ™‡Ó‰ÂÛË Ì ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË Ì ÙË ¯Ú‹ÛË Î·Ïˆ‰›Ô˘ S-Video.
- £· ·ÔÏ·‡ÛÂÙ ÂÈÎfiÓ˜ ˘„ËÏ‹˜ ÔÈfiÙËÙ·˜. ∏ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· S-Video ·Ô‰›‰ÂÈ Î·ı·ÚfiÙÂÚ˜ ÂÈÎfiÓ˜ ·fi ÙÔ
Û˘ÓËıÈṲ̂ÓÔ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ, ηıÒ˜ ‰È·¯ˆÚ›˙ÂÈ Ù· ÛÙÔȯ›· Ù˘ ÂÈÎfiÓ·˜ Û ·ÛÚfiÌ·˘ÚÔ (Y) Î·È Û ¤Á¯ÚˆÌÔ (C)
Û‹Ì·. (Δ· Û‹Ì·Ù· ‹¯Ô˘ ·Ú¤¯ÔÓÙ·È Ì¤Ûˆ Ù˘ ÂÍfi‰Ô˘ ‹¯Ô˘.)
1
ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÒÓÙ·˜ ¤Ó· ηÏÒ‰ÈÔ S-Video (‰ÂÓ
ÂÚÈÏ·Ì‚¿ÓÂÙ·È), Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÙ ÙËÓ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô S-VIDEO OUT ÛÙÔ
›Ûˆ ̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ Ì ÙËÓ Â›ÛÔ‰Ô
S-VIDEO IN Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û‹˜ Û·˜.
2
ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÒÓÙ·˜ Ù· ηÏ҉ȷ ‹¯Ô˘, Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÙ ÙËÓ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô
AUDIO (ÎfiÎÎÈÓË Î·È Ï¢΋) OUT ÛÙÔ ›Ûˆ ̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘
Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD Ì ÙËÓ Â›ÛÔ‰Ô AUDIO
(ÎfiÎÎÈÓË Î·È Ï¢΋) IN Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘. ∞Ó¿„Ù ÙË
Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD Î·È ÙËÓ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË.
∫√∫∫π¡√
3
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔÓ ÂÈÏÔÁ¤· ËÁ‹˜ ÂÈÛfi‰Ô˘ ÛÙÔ
ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙ‹ÚÈÔ, ̤¯ÚÈ Ó· ÂÌÊ·ÓÈÛÙ› ÛÙËÓ ÔıfiÓË Ù˘
ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘ ÙÔ Û‹Ì·
S-Video Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜.
§∂À∫√
∫·ÏÒ‰ÈÔ ‹¯Ô˘
∫√∫∫π¡√
∫·ÏÒ‰ÈÔ S-Video
(‰ÂÓ ÂÚÈÏ·Ì‚¿ÓÂÙ·È)
§∂À∫√
4
™ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ ÂÌÊ¿ÓÈÛ˘ ÙˆÓ Ú˘ı̛ۈÓ, Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÙ ÙËÓ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô
ÙÔ˘ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ Û COMPOSITE/S-VIDEO (‚Ï. ÛÂÏ›‰Â˜ 27).
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ∂¿Ó ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÂÙ ¤Ó·Ó ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹, ·Ó·ÙÚ¤ÍÙ ÛÙËÓ ÂÓfiÙËÙ· “™‡Ó‰ÂÛË ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹” (‚Ï.
ÛÂÏ›‰Â˜ 13 Î·È 14).
- √ ·ÚÈıÌfi˜ Î·È Ë ÙÔÔıÂÛ›· ÙˆÓ ˘Ô‰Ô¯ÒÓ ÌÔÚ› Ó· ‰È·Ê¤ÚÔ˘Ó, ·Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔÓ Ù‡Ô Ù˘
ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘. ∞Ó·ÙÚ¤ÍÙ ÛÙÔ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚ›‰ÈÔ ¯Ú‹Û˘ Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û‹˜ Û·˜.
10
™‡Ó‰ÂÛË Û ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË (¢ÈÂÌÏÂÎfiÌÂÓË)
- ™‡Ó‰ÂÛË Ì ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË Ì ÙË ¯Ú‹ÛË Î·Ïˆ‰›ˆÓ Component.
Greek
- £· ·ÔÏ·‡ÛÂÙ ÂÈÎfiÓ˜ ˘„ËÏ‹˜ ÔÈfiÙËÙ·˜ Î·È ÈÛÙfiÙËÙ·˜ ¯ÚÒÌ·ÙÔ˜. ΔÔ Û‹Ì· ‚›ÓÙÂÔ Component
(Û˘ÓÈÛÙˆÛÒÓ) ‰È·¯ˆÚ›˙ÂÈ Ù· ÛÙÔȯ›· Ù˘ ÂÈÎfiÓ·˜ Û ·ÛÚfiÌ·˘ÚÔ (Y), ÌÏ (PB), Î·È ÎfiÎÎÈÓÔ (PR) Û‹Ì·,
ÁÈ· ÙËÓ ·ÂÈÎfiÓÈÛË Î·ı·ÚfiÙÂÚˆÓ ÂÈÎfiÓˆÓ. (Δ· Û‹Ì·Ù· ‹¯Ô˘ ·Ú¤¯ÔÓÙ·È Ì¤Ûˆ Ù˘ ÂÍfi‰Ô˘ ‹¯Ô˘.)
1
ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÒÓÙ·˜ ηÏ҉ȷ component video (‰ÂÓ
ÂÚÈÏ·Ì‚¿ÓÔÓÙ·È), Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÙ ÙËÓ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô COMPONENT
VIDEO OUT ÛÙÔ ›Ûˆ ̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ Ì ÙËÓ Â›ÛÔ‰Ô COMPONENT IN Ù˘
ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û‹˜ Û·˜.
2
ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÒÓÙ·˜ Ù· ηÏ҉ȷ ‹¯Ô˘, Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÙ ÙȘ
ÂÍfi‰Ô˘˜ AUDIO (ÎfiÎÎÈÓË Î·È Ï¢΋) OUT ÛÙÔ ›Ûˆ ̤ÚÔ˜
Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD ÛÙȘ ÂÈÛfi‰Ô˘˜ AUDIO
(ÎfiÎÎÈÓË Î·È Ï¢΋) IN Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘. ∞ÓÔ›ÍÙ ÙË
Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD Î·È ÙËÓ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË.
∫√∫∫π¡√
ª¶§∂
¶ƒ∞™π¡√
3
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔÓ ÂÈÏÔÁ¤· ËÁ‹˜ ÂÈÛfi‰Ô˘ ÛÙÔ
ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙ‹ÚÈÔ Ì¤¯ÚÈ Ó· ÂÌÊ·ÓÈÛÙ› ÛÙËÓ ÔıfiÓË Ù˘
ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘ ÙÔ Û‹Ì· Component Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜.
∫√∫∫π¡√
§∂À∫√
∫·ÏÒ‰ÈÔ ‹¯Ô˘
∫√∫∫π¡√
§∂À∫√
∫√∫∫π¡√
ª¶§∂
¶ƒ∞™π¡√
∫·Ï҉ȷ Û‹Ì·ÙÔ˜ Û˘ÓÈÛÙˆÛÒÓ
(‰ÂÓ ÂÚÈÏ·Ì‚¿ÓÂÙ·È)
4
™ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ú‡ıÌÈÛ˘ Ù˘ ÚÔ‚ÔÏ‹˜, Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÙ ÙËÓ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô
ÙÔ˘ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ Û Component (I-SCAN) (‚Ï. ÛÂÏ›‰Â˜ 27).
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ∂¿Ó Ë ¤ÍÔ‰Ô˜ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ Â›Ó·È Ï·Óı·Ṳ̂ӷ Ú˘ıÌÈṲ̂ÓË Û COMPOSITE/S-VIDEO ÂÓÒ Â›Ó·È Û˘Ó‰Â‰Â̤ӷ
ηÏ҉ȷ Component, Ë ÔıfiÓË ı· Á›ÓÂÈ ÎfiÎÎÈÓË.
- ∂¿Ó ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÂÙ ¤Ó·Ó ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹, ·Ó·ÙÚ¤ÍÙ ÛÙËÓ ÂÓfiÙËÙ· “™‡Ó‰ÂÛË ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹” (‚Ï. ÛÂÏ›‰Â˜ 13
Î·È 14).
- ∏ ˘Ô‰Ô¯‹ component Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘ Û·˜, ·Ó¿ÏÔÁ· ÙÔÓ Î·Ù·Û΢·ÛÙ‹, Èı·ÓfiÓ Ó· ·Ó·ÁÚ¿ÊÂÈ “R-Y,
B-Y, Y” ‹ “Cr, Cb, Y” ·ÓÙ› ÁÈ· “PR, PB, Y”. √ ·ÚÈıÌfi˜ Î·È Ë ı¤ÛË ÙˆÓ ˘Ô‰Ô¯ÒÓ ÌÔÚ› Ó· ‰È·Ê¤ÚÔ˘Ó,
·Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔÓ Ù‡Ô Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘. ∞Ó·ÙÚ¤ÍÙ ÛÙÔ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚ›‰ÈÔ ¯Ú‹Û˘ Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û‹˜ Û·˜.
11
™‡Ó‰ÂÛË Û ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË (¶ÚÔԉ¢ÙÈ΋)
1
ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÒÓÙ·˜ ηÏ҉ȷ component video (‰ÂÓ
ÂÚÈÏ·Ì‚¿ÓÔÓÙ·È), Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÙ ÙËÓ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô COMPONENT
VIDEO OUT ÛÙÔ ›Ûˆ ̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜
Ì ÙËÓ Â›ÛÔ‰Ô COMPONENT IN Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û‹˜ Û·˜.
2
ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÒÓÙ·˜ Ù· ηÏ҉ȷ ‹¯Ô˘, Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÙ ÙȘ ÂÍfi‰Ô˘˜
AUDIO (ÎfiÎÎÈÓË Î·È Ï¢΋) OUT ÛÙÔ ›Ûˆ ̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘
Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD ÛÙȘ ÂÈÛfi‰Ô˘˜ AUDIO
(ÎfiÎÎÈÓË Î·È Ï¢΋) IN Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘. ∞Ó¿„Ù ÙË
Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD Î·È ÙËÓ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË.
∫√∫∫π¡√
3
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔÓ ÂÈÏÔÁ¤· ËÁ‹˜ ÂÈÛfi‰Ô˘ ÛÙÔ
ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙ‹ÚÈÔ Ì¤¯ÚÈ Ó· ÂÌÊ·ÓÈÛÙ› ÛÙËÓ ÔıfiÓË
Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘ ÙÔ Û‹Ì· Component Ù˘
Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜.
∫√∫∫π¡√
ª¶§∂
¶ƒ∞™π¡√
§∂À∫√
∫·ÏÒ‰ÈÔ ‹¯Ô˘
∫√∫∫π¡√
§∂À∫√
∫√∫∫π¡√
ª¶§∂
¶ƒ∞™π¡√
∫·Ï҉ȷ Û‹Ì·ÙÔ˜ Û˘ÓÈÛÙˆÛÒÓ
(‰ÂÓ ÂÚÈÏ·Ì‚¿ÓÂÙ·È)
4
™ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ ÂÌÊ¿ÓÈÛ˘ ÙˆÓ Ú˘ı̛ۈÓ, Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÙÂ
ÙËÓ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô ÙÔ˘ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ Û Component (P-SCAN)
(‚Ï. ÛÂÏ›‰Â˜ 27).
°È· Ó· ‚Ú›Ù ÙËÓ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô ‚›ÓÙÂÔ progressive,
- ™˘Ì‚Ô˘Ï¢Ù›ÙÂ
ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚ›‰ÈÔ
Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘
Û·˜ ÁÈ· Ó· ‰È·ÈÛÙÒÛÂÙ ·Ó ˘ÔÛÙËÚ›˙ÂÈ
You need a TV setÙÔsupporting
the¯Ú‹Û˘
progressive
scan
ÚÔԉ¢ÙÈ΋
Û¿ÚˆÛË
(P-SCAN).
input
function.
And you
have to set up the TV
∂¿Ó ˘ÔÛÙËÚ›˙ÂÈ ÚÔԉ¢ÙÈ΋ Û¿ÚˆÛË ·ÎÔÏÔ˘ı‹ÛÙ ÙȘ Ô‰ËÁ›Â˜ ÙÔ˘ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚȉ›Ô˘ ÁÈ· Ó· Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂÙ ÙȘ
·ÓÙ›ÛÙÔȯ˜ Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂȘ ÛÙÔ Û‡ÛÙËÌ· ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘ Û·˜.
- ∏ ‰È·‰Èηۛ· Û‡Ó‰ÂÛ˘ ÛÙËÓ ·Ú·¿Óˆ ·ÂÈÎfiÓÈÛË ÌÔÚ› Ó· ‰È·Ê¤ÚÂÈ ·Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙËÓ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË
Û·˜.
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ΔÈ Â›Ó·È Ë “¶ÚÔԉ¢ÙÈ΋ Û¿ÚˆÛË”;
∏ ̤ıÔ‰Ô˜ ÚÔԉ¢ÙÈ΋˜ Û¿ÚˆÛ˘ ‰È·ı¤ÙÂÈ ÙȘ ‰ÈÏ¿ÛȘ ÁÚ·Ì̤˜ Û¿ÚˆÛ˘ ·fi ÙËÓ Ì¤ıÔ‰Ô Ù˘
‰ÈÂÌÏÂÎfiÌÂÓ˘ ·ÂÈÎfiÓÈÛ˘. ∏ ̤ıÔ‰Ô˜ ·ÂÈÎfiÓÈÛ˘ ÚÔԉ¢ÙÈ΋˜ Û¿ÚˆÛ˘ ·Ô‰›‰ÂÈ Î·Ï‡ÙÂÚ˘ ηÈ
ηı·ÚfiÙÂÚ˘ ÔÈfiÙËÙ·˜ ÂÈÎfiÓ˜.
12
™‡Ó‰ÂÛË Ì ¤Ó· ˯ÔÛ‡ÛÙËÌ· (ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹ 2 ηӷÏÈÒÓ)
1
Greek
ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÒÓÙ·˜ Ù· ηÏ҉ȷ ‹¯Ô˘, Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÙ ÙȘ
ÂÍfi‰Ô˘˜ AUDIO (ÎfiÎÎÈÓË Î·È Ï¢΋) OUT ÛÙÔ ›Ûˆ
̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD ÛÙȘ ÂÈÛfi‰Ô˘˜
AUDIO (ÎfiÎÎÈÓË Î·È Ï¢΋) IN ÙÔ˘ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹.
2
ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÒÓÙ·˜ ÙÔ Î·ÏÒ‰ÈÔ(·) Û‹Ì·ÙÔ˜ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ,
Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÙ ÙȘ ˘Ô‰Ô¯¤˜ ÂÍfi‰Ô˘ VIDEO, S-VIDEO ‹ COMPONENT OUT ÛÙÔ ›Ûˆ ̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD ÛÙËÓ ˘Ô‰Ô¯‹ ÂÈÛfi‰Ô˘ VIDEO, SVIDEO ‹ COMPONENT IN Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘, fiˆ˜
ÂÚÈÁÚ¿ÊÂÙ·È ÛÙȘ ÛÂÏ›‰Â˜ 9 ˆ˜ 12.
∫√∫∫π¡√
3
§∂À∫√
∫·ÏÒ‰ÈÔ ‹¯Ô˘
∞Ó¿„Ù ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD, ÙËÓ
ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË Î·È ÙÔÓ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹.
∫√∫∫π¡√
§∂À∫√
™ÙÂÚÂÔʈÓÈÎfi˜
ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹˜ 2 ηӷÏÈÒÓ
4
°È· Ó· ·ÎÔ‡ÛÂÙ ‹¯Ô ·fi ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜
DVD, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ÂÈÏÔÁ‹˜ ÂÈÛfi‰Ô˘ ÙÔ˘ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹
Î·È ÂÈϤÍÙ external input (Â͈ÙÂÚÈ΋ ›ÛÔ‰Ô˜).
∞Ó·ÙÚ¤ÍÙ ÛÙÔ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚ›‰ÈÔ ¯Ú‹Û˘ ÙÔ˘ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹ ÁÈ· Ó·
Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂÙ ÙËÓ Â›ÛÔ‰Ô ‹¯Ô˘ ÙÔ˘ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹.
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ÷ÌËÏÒÛÙ ÙËÓ ¤ÓÙ·ÛË fiÙ·Ó ·ÓÔ›ÍÂÙ ÙÔÓ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹. ŒÓ·˜ ·ÈÊÓ›‰ÈÔ˜, ‰˘Ó·Ùfi˜ ‹¯Ô˜ ÌÔÚ› Ó·
ÚÔηϤÛÂÈ ‚Ï¿‚Ë ÛÙ· ˯›· Î·È Ó· ÙÚ·˘Ì·Ù›ÛÂÈ Ù· ·˘ÙÈ¿ Û·˜.
- ƒ˘ıÌ›ÛÙ ÙÔÓ ‹¯Ô ÛÙË Û¯ÂÙÈ΋ Ì ÙÔÓ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹ ÔıfiÓË ÙÔ˘ ÌÂÓÔ‡. (¢Â›Ù ÙȘ ÛÂÏ›‰Â˜ 26)
- √È ı¤ÛÂȘ ÙˆÓ ˘Ô‰Ô¯ÒÓ ÌÔÚ› Ó· ‰È·Ê¤ÚÔ˘Ó, ·Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔÓ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹. ∞Ó·ÙÚ¤ÍÙ ÛÙÔ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚ›‰ÈÔ
¯Ú‹Û˘ ÙÔ˘ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹ Û·˜.
13
™‡Ó‰ÂÛË Ì ¤Ó· ˯ÔÛ‡ÛÙËÌ· (ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹ Dolby digital, MPEG2 ‹ DTS)
1
v∂¿Ó ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÂ›Ù·È ÔÙÈÎfi ηÏÒ‰ÈÔ (‰ÂÓ
ÂÚÈÏ·Ì‚¿ÓÂÙ·È), Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÙ ÙËÓ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô DIGITAL AUDIO
OUT (OPTICAL) ÛÙÔ ›Ûˆ ̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD Ì ÙËÓ Â›ÛÔ‰Ô DIGITAL AUDIO IN
(OPTICAL) ÙÔ˘ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹. ∂¿Ó ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÂ›Ù·È ÔÌÔ·ÍÔÓÈÎfi
ηÏÒ‰ÈÔ (‰ÂÓ ÂÚÈÏ·Ì‚¿ÓÂÙ·È), Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÙ ÙËÓ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (COAXIAL) ÛÙÔ ›Ûˆ ̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD Ì ÙËÓ Â›ÛÔ‰Ô DIGITAL AUDIO IN
(COAXIAL) ÙÔ˘ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹.
2
ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÒÓÙ·˜ ÙÔ Î·ÏÒ‰ÈÔ(·) Û‹Ì·ÙÔ˜ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ,
Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÙ ÙȘ ˘Ô‰Ô¯¤˜ ÂÍfi‰Ô˘ VIDEO, S-VIDEO ‹ COMPONENT OUT ÛÙÔ ›Ûˆ ̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD ÛÙËÓ ˘Ô‰Ô¯‹ ÂÈÛfi‰Ô˘ VIDEO, SVIDEO ‹ COMPONENT IN Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘, fiˆ˜
ÂÚÈÁÚ¿ÊÂÙ·È ÛÙȘ ÛÂÏ›‰Â˜ 9 ˆ˜ 12.
‹
√ÙÈÎfi ηÏÒ‰ÈÔ
(‰ÂÓ ÂÚÈÏ·Ì‚¿ÓÂÙ·È)
√ÌÔ·ÍÔÓÈÎfi ηÏÒ‰ÈÔ
(‰ÂÓ ÂÚÈÏ·Ì‚¿ÓÂÙ·È)
3
∞Ó¿„Ù ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD, ÙËÓ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË
Î·È ÙÔÓ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹.
∂ÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹˜ Dolby
Digital ‹ DTS
4
°È· Ó· ·ÎÔ‡ÛÂÙ ‹¯Ô ·fi ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD,
·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ÂÈÏÔÁ‹˜ ÂÈÛfi‰Ô˘ ÙÔ˘ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹ ηÈ
ÂÈϤÍÙ external input (Â͈ÙÂÚÈ΋ ›ÛÔ‰Ô˜).
∞Ó·ÙÚ¤ÍÙ ÛÙÔ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚ›‰ÈÔ ¯Ú‹Û˘ ÙÔ˘ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹ ÁÈ· Ó·
Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂÙ ÙËÓ Â›ÛÔ‰Ô ‹¯Ô˘ ÙÔ˘ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹.
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ŸÙ·Ó ¤¯ÂÙÂ Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÂÈ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD Ì ¤Ó·Ó ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹ DTS Î·È ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÙ ¤Ó·Ó
‰›ÛÎÔ DTS, Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÙ ÙÔ DTS ÛÙË ı¤ÛË On ÛÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂˆÓ ‹¯Ô˘. ∂¿Ó Â›Ó·È Ú˘ıÌÈṲ̂ÓÔ ÛÙË ı¤ÛË
Off, Ô ‹¯Ô˜ ›Ù ‰ÂÓ ı· ·ÎÔ‡ÁÂÙ·È Â›Ù ı· ·ÎÔ‡ÁÂÙ·È Ôχ ‰˘Ó·Ù¿.
- ÷ÌËÏÒÛÙ ÙËÓ ¤ÓÙ·ÛË fiÙ·Ó ·ÓÔ›ÍÂÙ ÙÔÓ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹. ŒÓ·˜ ·ÈÊÓ›‰ÈÔ˜, ‰˘Ó·Ùfi˜ ‹¯Ô˜ ÌÔÚ› Ó·
ÚÔηϤÛÂÈ ‚Ï¿‚Ë ÛÙ· ˯›· Î·È Ó· ÙÚ·˘Ì·Ù›ÛÂÈ Ù· ·˘ÙÈ¿ Û·˜.
- ƒ˘ıÌ›ÛÙ ÙÔÓ ‹¯Ô ÛÙËÓ ·ÓÙ›ÛÙÔÈ¯Ë ÔıfiÓË ÙÔ˘ ÌÂÓÔ‡, ·Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔÓ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹ (‚Ï. ÛÂÏ›‰Â˜ 26).
- √È ı¤ÛÂȘ ÙˆÓ ˘Ô‰Ô¯ÒÓ ÌÔÚ› Ó· ‰È·Ê¤ÚÔ˘Ó ·Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔÓ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹. ∞Ó·ÙÚ¤ÍÙ ÛÙÔ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚ›‰ÈÔ
¯Ú‹Û˘ ÙÔ˘ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹ Û·˜.
14
μ·ÛÈΤ˜ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›Â˜
¶ÚÈÓ ·fi ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹
- ∞Ó¿„Ù ÙËÓ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË Î·È Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÙ ÙË ÛˆÛÙ‹
›ÛÔ‰Ô ‚›ÓÙÂÔ ·fi ÙÔ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙ‹ÚÈÔ Ù˘
ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘.
- ∂¿Ó ¤¯ÂÙÂ Û˘Ó‰Â‰Â̤ÓÔ ¤Ó· Â͈ÙÂÚÈÎfi Û‡ÛÙËÌ·
‹¯Ô˘, ·Ó¿„Ù ÙÔ Î·È Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÙ ÙË ÛˆÛÙ‹ ›ÛÔ‰Ô
‹¯Ô˘.
ªÂÙ¿ ÙË Û‡Ó‰ÂÛË Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ DVD, ÙËÓ
ÚÒÙË ÊÔÚ¿ Ô˘ ı· ·Ù‹ÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› POWER,
ÂÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÙ·È ·˘Ù‹ Ë ÔıfiÓË: ∂¿Ó ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ ÂÈϤÍÂÙÂ
ÁÏÒÛÛ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ¤Ó· ∞ƒπ£ª∏Δπ∫√ ÎÔ˘Ì›. (∏ ÔıfiÓË ·˘Ù‹
ÂÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÙ·È ÌfiÓÔ ÙËÓ ÚÒÙË ÊÔÚ¿ Ô˘ Û˘Ó‰¤ÂÙ ÙËÓ
Û˘Û΢‹.)
∂¿Ó ‰ÂÓ ¤¯ÂÈ Ú˘ıÌÈÛÙ› Ë ÁÏÒÛÛ· Ù˘ ·Ú¯È΋˜ ÔıfiÓ˘, ÔÈ
Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂȘ ÌÔÚ› Ó· ·ÏÏ¿˙Ô˘Ó Î¿ı ÊÔÚ¿ Ô˘ ·Ó·‚ÔÛ‚‹ÓÂÙ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹. °È’ ·˘Ùfi ‚‚·Èˆı›Ù ˆ˜ ÂÈϤͷÙÂ
ÙË ÁÏÒÛÛ· Ô˘ ÂÈı˘Ì›Ù ӷ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ›ÙÂ.
∞ÊÔ‡ ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙË ÁÏÒÛÛ· ÙˆÓ ÌÂÓÔ‡, ÌÔÚ›Ù ӷ ÙËÓ
·ÏÏ¿Í·ÙÂ, ·ÙÒÓÙ·˜ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
ÛÙËÓ ÚfiÛÔ„Ë Ù˘
Û˘Û΢‹˜, Â› 5 ‰Â˘ÙÂÚfiÏÂÙ·, ¯ˆÚ›˜ Ó· ˘¿Ú¯ÂÈ ‰›ÛÎÔ˜
̤۷. ŒÙÛÈ ı· ÂÌÊ·ÓÈÛÙ› Í·Ó¿ ÙÔ ·Ú¿ı˘ÚÔ SELECT
MENU LANGUAGE fiÔ˘ Î·È ÌÔÚ›Ù ӷ Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂÙ ÙËÓ
ÂÈı˘ÌËÙ‹ ÁÏÒÛÛ·.
Press
1
for English
Touche
2
pour Français
Drücken Sie
3
für Deutsch
Pulsar
4
para Español
Premere
5
per Italiano
Druk op
6
voor Nederlands
∞Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹
1. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› OPEN/CLOSE ( ).
∏ ÂÓ‰ÂÈÎÙÈ΋ Ï˘¯Ó›· STAND-BY Û‚‹ÓÂÈ Î·È Ë ı‹ÎË ·ÓÔ›ÁÂÈ.
2. ΔÔÔıÂÙ‹ÛÙ ÚÔÛÂÎÙÈο ¤Ó·Ó ‰›ÛÎÔ ÛÙË ı‹ÎË ‰›ÛΈÓ, ÌÂ
ÙËÓ ÂÙÈΤٷ ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘ ÛÙÚ·Ì̤ÓË ÚÔ˜ Ù· ¿Óˆ.
3. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› PLAY/PAUSE (
)‹
OPEN/CLOSE ( ) ÁÈ· Ó· ÎÏ›ÛÂÙ ÙË ı‹ÎË ÙÔ˘
- ∏ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· RESUME (™˘Ó¤¯ÈÛË)
ŸÙ·Ó ‰È·ÎfiÙÂÙ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹, Ë Û˘Û΢‹
ı˘Ì¿Ù·È Û ÔÈfi ÛËÌÂ›Ô ÙËÓ ‰È·Îfi„·ÙÂ, ¤ÙÛÈ fiÙ·Ó
·Ù¿Ù ¿ÏÈ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ∞Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹/¶·‡ÛË ( ) ı·
Û˘Ó¯›ÛÂÈ ·fi ÂΛ Ô˘ ÛÙ·Ì¿ÙËÛ (ÂÎÙfi˜ ¿Ó
·Ê·ÈÚ¤ÛÂÙ ÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ, ·ÔÛ˘Ó‰¤ÛÂÙ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ‹
·Ù‹ÛÂÙ ‰‡Ô ÊÔÚ¤˜ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› STOP ( )).
4. ΔÂÚÌ·ÙÈÛÌfi˜ Ù˘ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜
∫·Ù¿ ‰È¿ÚÎÂÈ· Ù˘ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
STOP ( ) (ΔÂÚÌ·ÙÈÛÌfi˜).
5. ∞Ê·›ÚÂÛË ‰›ÛÎÔ˘
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› OPEN/CLOSE (
).
6. ¶ÚÔÛˆÚÈÓ‹ ‰È·ÎÔ‹ Ù˘ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜
∫·Ù¿ ÙË ‰È¿ÚÎÂÈ· ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
PLAY/PAUSE ( ) ‹ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› STEP ÛÙÔ
ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙ‹ÚÈÔ.
- ∏ ÔıfiÓË ÛÙ·Ì·Ù¿, ηӤӷ˜ ‹¯Ô˜.
°È· Ó· Û˘Ó¯›ÛÂÙÂ, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› PLAY/PAUSE
( ) ÌÈ· ÊÔÚ¿ ·ÎfiÌË.
7. ∞Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ Û ΛÓËÛË STEP (∂ÎÙfi˜ ·fi CD)
∫·Ù¿ ÙË ‰È¿ÚÎÂÈ· ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
STEP ÙÔ˘ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙËÚ›Ô˘.
- ∫¿ı ÊÔÚ¿ Ô˘ ·Ù¿Ù ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›, ÂÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÙ·È
ηÈÓÔ‡ÚÁÈÔ Î·Ú¤.
- ™ÙÔÓ ÙÚfiÔ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ STEP ‰ÂÓ
·ÎÔ‡ÁÂÙ·È ‹¯Ô˜.
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› PLAY/PAUSE ( ) ÁÈ· ÙË
Û˘Ó¤¯ÈÛË Ù˘ ηÓÔÓÈ΋˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜.
ªÔÚ›Ù ӷ Ú·ÁÌ·ÙÔÔÈ‹ÛÂÙ ΛÓËÛË STEP ÌfiÓÔÓ
ÚÔ˜ Ù· ÂÌÚfi˜.
8. ∞Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ Û ·ÚÁ‹ ΛÓËÛË
∫Ú·Ù‹ÛÙ ·ÙË̤ÓÔ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› SEARCH ( / ) ÁÈ· Ó·
ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ٷ¯‡ÙËÙ· ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ÌÂٷ͇ 1/8, 1/4 ηÈ
1/2 Ù˘ ηÓÔÓÈ΋˜ ηٿ ÙË ‰È¿ÚÎÂÈ· Ù˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜
PAUSE ‹ STEP.
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ∂¿Ó Ë Û˘Û΢‹ ·ÊÂı› Û ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ‰È·ÎÔ‹˜
Ù˘ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ÁÈ· ÂÚÈÛÛfiÙÂÚÔ ·fi ¤Ó·
ÏÂÙfi ¯ˆÚ›˜ ·ÓÙ›‰Ú·ÛË ·fi ÙÔÓ ¯Ú‹ÛÙË, ı·
ÂÓÂÚÁÔÔÈËı› Ë ÚÔʇϷÍË ÔıfiÓ˘. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙÂ
ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› PLAY/PAUSE ( ) ÁÈ· ÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·
Ù˘ ηÓÔÓÈ΋˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜.
- ∂¿Ó Ë Û˘Û΢‹ ·ÊÂı› Û ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ‰È·ÎÔ‹˜
ÁÈ· ÂÚÈÛÛfiÙÂÚÔ ·fi 30 ÏÂÙ¿ ÙfiÙ ·˘ÙfiÌ·Ù·
ı· ÙÂı› ÂÎÙfi˜ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜. (§ÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·
Automatic Power-Off)
- ∂¿Ó Ë Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ·Ú·Ì›ÓÂÈ
ÛÙÔÓ ÙÚfiÔ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ ·‡Û˘ ÁÈ· 5 ÏÂÙ¿,
Ë ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ı· ‰È·ÎÔ›.
- ΔÔ ÂÈÎÔÓ›‰ÈÔ (
) ˘Ô‰ÂÈÎÓ‡ÂÈ ÙÔ ¿Î˘ÚÔ
¿ÙËÌ· οÔÈÔ˘ ÎÔ˘ÌÈÔ‡.
15
Greek
∞Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘
ÃÚ‹ÛË ÙˆÓ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁÈÒÓ
∞Ó·˙‹ÙËÛË Î·È SKIP
∫·Ù¿ ÙË ‰È¿ÚÎÂÈ· Ù˘ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜, ÌÔÚ›Ù ӷ
·Ó·˙ËÙ‹ÛÂÙÂ ÁÚ‹ÁÔÚ· ¤Ó· ÎÂÊ¿Ï·ÈÔ ‹ ¤Ó· ÎÔÌÌ¿ÙÈ
Î·È Ó· ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ‹ÛÂÙ ÙË ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· SKIP ÁÈ· Ó·
ÌÂÙ·ˉ‹ÛÂÙ ÛÙËÓ ÂfiÌÂÓË ÂÈÏÔÁ‹.
∞Ó·˙‹ÙËÛË ÛÂ ÎÂÊ¿Ï·ÈÔ ‹ ÎÔÌÌ¿ÙÈ
∫·Ù¿ ÙË ‰È¿ÚÎÂÈ· Ù˘ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
SEARCH (
‹
) ÛÙÔ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙ‹ÚÈÔ ÁÈ· ÂÚÈÛÛfiÙÂÚÔ
·fi 1 ‰Â˘ÙÂÚfiÏÂÙÔ.
DVD 2X, 4X, 64X, 128X
CD
2X, 4X, 8X
ÃÚ‹ÛË Ù˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ Display
∫·Ù¿ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ DVD/MPEG4
1. ∫·Ù¿ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› INFO
ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙËÚ›Ô˘.
ÙÔ˘
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ›/‚ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙÔ ÛÙÔȯ›Ô
Ô˘ ÂÈı˘Ì›ÙÂ.
3. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿¥/ŠÁÈ· ÙË Ú‡ıÌÈÛË Ô˘ ÂÈı˘Ì›ÙÂ
ηÈ, ηÙfiÈÓ, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.
- ªÔÚ›Ù ӷ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔț٠ٷ ·ÚÈıÌËÙÈο ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ÙÔ˘
ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙËÚ›Ô˘ ÁÈ· Ó· ¤¯ÂÙ ¿ÌÂÛË ÚfiÛ‚·ÛË Û ¤Ó·Ó
Ù›ÙÏÔ, ¤Ó· ÎÂÊ¿Ï·ÈÔ ‹ Ó· ÍÂÎÈÓ‹ÛÂÙ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹
·fi fiÔÈÔ ÛËÌÂ›Ô ÂÈı˘Ì›ÙÂ.
4. °È· Ó· ÎÏ›ÛÂÙ ÙËÓ ÔıfiÓË, ·Ù‹ÛÙÂ Î·È ¿ÏÈ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
CANCEL.
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ∏ Ù·¯‡ÙËÙ· Ô˘ ÛËÌÂÈÒÓÂÙ·È Û ·˘Ù‹ ÙË
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Èı·ÓfiÓ Ó· Â›Ó·È ÌÂÁ·Ï‡ÙÂÚË ·fi
ÙËÓ Î·ÓÔÓÈ΋ Ù·¯‡ÙËÙ· ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜.
- ™ÙË ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ·Ó·˙‹ÙËÛ˘ ‰ÂÓ ·ÎÔ‡ÁÂÙ·È ‹¯Ô˜
(ÂÎÙfi˜ ·fi CD).
Title
Chapter
- ŸÙ·Ó ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÙ ¤Ó·Ó ‰›ÛÎÔ DVD, Â¿Ó ·Ù‹ÛÂÙ ÙÔ
ÎÔ˘Ì› SKIP (
), ÌÂÙ·‚·›ÓÂÈ ÛÙÔ ÂfiÌÂÓÔ ÎÂÊ¿Ï·ÈÔ.
∂¿Ó ·Ù‹ÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› SKIP (
), ÌÂÙ·‚·›ÓÂÈ ÛÙËÓ
Time
·Ú¯‹ ÙÔ˘ ÎÂÊ·Ï·›Ô˘. ªÂ ¤Ó· ·ÎfiÌË ¿ÙËÌ·, ÌÂÙ·‚·›ÓÂÈ
ÛÙËÓ ·Ú¯‹ ÙÔ˘ ÚÔËÁÔ˘Ì¤ÓÔ˘ ÎÂÊ·Ï·›Ô˘.
- ŸÙ·Ó ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÙ ¤Ó·Ó ‰›ÛÎÔ CD, Â¿Ó ·Ù‹ÛÂÙ ÙÔ
ÎÔ˘Ì› SKIP (
Audio
), ÌÂÙ·ÎÈÓÂ›Ù·È ÛÙÔ ÂfiÌÂÓÔ ÎÔÌÌ¿ÙÈ.
∂¿Ó ·Ù‹ÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› SKIP (
), ÌÂÙ·‚·›ÓÂÈ ÛÙËÓ
·Ú¯‹ ÙÔ˘ ÎÔÌÌ·ÙÈÔ‡. ªÂ ¤Ó· ·ÎfiÌË ¿ÙËÌ·, ÌÂÙ·‚·›ÓÂÈ
ÛÙËÓ ·Ú¯‹ ÙÔ˘ ÚÔËÁÔ‡ÌÂÓÔ˘ ÎÔÌÌ·ÙÈÔ‡.
Subtitle
Shortcut
16
°È· Ó· ÚÔÛÂÏ¿ÛÂÙ ÙÔÓ ÂÈı˘ÌËÙfi Ù›ÙÏÔ
fiÙ·Ó Ô ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ ÂÚȤ¯ÂÈ ÂÚÈÛÛfiÙÂÚÔ˘˜ ·fi
¤Ó·Ó.
°È· ·Ú¿‰ÂÈÁÌ·, Â¿Ó ÂÚȤ¯ÔÓÙ·È
ÂÚÈÛÛfiÙÂÚ˜ ·fi Ì›· Ù·Èӛ˜ ÛÙÔ DVD, ı·
ÚÔ‚ÏËıÔ‡Ó ÔÈ Ù›ÙÏÔÈ fiÏˆÓ ÙˆÓ Ù·ÈÓÈÒÓ.
√È ÂÚÈÛÛfiÙÂÚÔÈ ‰›ÛÎÔÈ DVD ÂÁÁÚ¿ÊÔÓÙ·È ÛÂ
ÎÂÊ¿Ï·È·, ¤ÙÛÈ ÒÛÙ ӷ ÌÔÚ›Ù ӷ
ÂÓÙÔ›ÛÂÙ ‡ÎÔÏ· οÔÈÔ Û˘ÁÎÂÎÚÈ̤ÓÔ
ÎÂÊ¿Ï·ÈÔ.
∂ÈÙÚ¤ÂÈ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ Ù˘ Ù·ÈÓ›·˜ ·fi
οÔÈÔÓ ÂÈı˘ÌËÙfi ¯ÚfiÓÔ. ¶Ú¤ÂÈ Ó·
ηٷ¯ˆÚ›ÛÂÙ ÙÔ ¯ÚfiÓÔ ¤Ó·Ú͢ ÁÈ·
·Ó·ÊÔÚ¿. ∏ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ·Ó·˙‹ÙËÛ˘ ¯ÚfiÓÔ˘
‰ÂÓ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ› Û ÔÚÈṲ̂ÓÔ˘˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘˜.
∞ӷʤÚÂÙ·È ÛÙË ÁÏÒÛÛ· Ù˘ ˯ËÙÈ΋˜
Â¤Ó‰˘Û˘ Ù˘ Ù·ÈÓ›·˜.
™ÙÔ ·Ú¿‰ÂÈÁÌ·, Ë Ë¯ËÙÈ΋ Â¤Ó‰˘ÛË
·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÙ·È ÛÙ· ∞ÁÁÏÈο, Ì ‹¯Ô 5.1
ηӷÏÈÒÓ.
ŒÓ·˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ DVD ÌÔÚ› Ó· ÂÚȤ¯ÂÈ ¤ˆ˜
Î·È Ô¯ÙÒ ‰È·ÊÔÚÂÙÈΤ˜ ˯ËÙÈΤ˜ ÂÂÓ‰‡ÛÂȘ.
ÀÔÛÙËÚ›˙ÔÓÙ·È Ù· ÚfiÙ˘· MP3, AC3 ηÈ
WMA. (DivX)
∞ӷʤÚÂÙ·È ÛÙȘ ÁÏÒÛÛ˜ ˘ÔÙ›ÙÏˆÓ Ô˘
Â›Ó·È ‰È·ı¤ÛÈ̘ ÛÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ.
£· ¤¯ÂÙ ÙË ‰˘Ó·ÙfiÙËÙ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙË
ÁÏÒÛÛ· ÙˆÓ ˘ÔÙ›ÙÏˆÓ ‹, Â¿Ó ÚÔÙÈÌ¿ÙÂ, Ó·
ÙÔ˘˜ ·ÂÓÂÚÁÔÔÈ‹ÛÂÙ ÂÓÙÂÏÒ˜.
ŒÓ·˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ DVD ÌÔÚ› Ó· ÂÚȤ¯ÂÈ ¤ˆ˜
Î·È 32 ‰È·ÊÔÚÂÙÈΤ˜ ÁÏÒÛÛ˜ ˘ÔÙ›ÙψÓ.
°È· Ó· ÚÔÛÂÏ¿ÛÂÙ ÙËÓ ÂÈı˘ÌËÙ‹
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Bookmark ‹ Angle.
OÚÈṲ̂ÓÔÈ ‰›ÛÎÔÈ DVD ‰È·ı¤ÙÔ˘Ó
ÂÚÈÛÛfiÙÂÚ˜ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘Ú›Â˜ ÔÏÏ·ÏÒÓ ÁˆÓÈÒÓ
ÚÔ‚Ï‹ ÁÈ· οı ÂÈÎfiÓ·.
ªÂ ÙË ÏÂÈÙÔ˘Ú ÁÈ· Bookmark ÌÔÚ›Ù ӷ
ÂÓÙÔ›ÂÙ ‡kÔÏ· k·È ÁÚ‹ÁÔÚ· ¤Ó· ÌÔ˘ÛÈkfi‹
kÔÌÌ¿ÙÈ ‹ ¤Ó· kÂÊ¿Ï·ÈÔ Ì¤Û· ·fi ÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ
DVD.
1. ∫·Ù¿ ÙË ‰È¿ÚÎÂÈ· Ù˘ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ÂÓfi˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘ DVD,
·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› MENU bÙÔ˘ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙËÚ›Ô˘.
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ›/‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Disc
ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙÂ
Š ‹ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.
Menu
Press ENTER key
for Disc Menu
Enter
Return
1. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› REPEAT ÙÔ˘ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙËÚ›Ô˘.
∂ÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÙ·È Ë ÔıfiÓË Â·Ó¿Ï˄˘.
2. °È· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Chapter (∫ÂÊ¿Ï·ÈÔ), Title (Δ›ÙÏÔ) ‹ A-B,
·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ¥/Š ηÈ, ηÙfiÈÓ, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
ENTER. ∏ Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ‰›ÛÎˆÓ DVD
Â·Ó·Ï·Ì‚¿ÓÂÈ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ·Ó¿ ÎÂÊ¿Ï·ÈÔ ‹
·Ó¿ Ù›ÙÏÔ.
- Chapter (
Menu
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ∞Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ, ÙÔ Disc Menu (ªÂÓÔ‡
‰›ÛÎÔ˘) ÂÓ‰¤¯ÂÙ·È Ó· ÌËÓ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›.
- ªÔÚ›Ù Â›Û˘ Ó· οÓÂÙ ¯Ú‹ÛË ÙÔ˘ Disc
Menu, ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÒÓÙ·˜ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› DISC MENU
ÙÔ˘ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙ‹ÚÈÔ˘.
ÃÚ‹ÛË ÙÔ˘ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ù›ÙÏˆÓ (DVD)
1. ∫·Ù¿ ÙË ‰È¿ÚÎÂÈ· Ù˘ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ÂÓfi˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘
·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› MENU ÙÔ˘ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙËÚ›Ô˘.
∂·Ó¿ÏË„Ë ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜
∂·Ó¿ÏË„Ë ÙÔ˘ ÙÚ¤¯ÔÓÙÔ˜ ÎÔÌÌ·ÙÈÔ‡, ÎÂÊ·Ï·›Ô˘,
Ù›ÙÏÔ˘, οÔÈ·˜ ÂÈÏÂÁ̤Ó˘ ÂÓfiÙËÙ·˜ (A-B) ‹
ÔÏfiÎÏËÚÔ˘ ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘.
∫·Ù¿ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ DVD
DVD,
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ›/‚ È· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Title Menu
ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› È· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Title
Menu ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
ENTER. ‹ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.
Press ENTER key
for Title Menu
): ∂·Ó·Ï·Ì‚¿ÓÂÈ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ÙÔ˘
ÙÚ¤¯ÔÓÙÔ˜ ÎÂÊ·Ï·›Ô˘.
- Title ( ): ∂·Ó·Ï·Ì‚¿ÓÂÈ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ÙÔ˘
ÙÚ¤¯ÔÓÙÔ˜ Ù›ÙÏÔ˘.
- A-B: ∂·Ó·Ï·Ì‚¿ÓÂÈ ÙÔ ÙÌ‹Ì· ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘ Ô˘ ¤¯ÂÙÂ
ÂÈϤÍÂÈ.a
DVD
Off
01
01 A - B
T
ENTER REPEAT
ÃÚ‹ÛË Ù˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ Â·Ó¿Ï˄˘ A-B
1. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› REPEAT A-B ÛÙÔ ÛËÌÂ›Ô fiÔ˘
ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ ·Ú¯›ÛÂÈ Ë Â·Ó¿ÏË„Ë Ù˘ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜
(∞). ΔÔ ÛËÌÂ›Ô B ÂÈϤÁÂÙ·È ·˘ÙfiÌ·Ù·.
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› REPEAT A-B ÛÙÔ ÛËÌÂ›Ô fiÔ˘
ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ ÛÙ·Ì·Ù‹ÛÂÈ Ë Â·Ó¿ÏË„Ë Ù˘
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ (μ).
- °È· Ó· Â·Ó¤ÏıÂÙ ÛÙËÓ Î·ÓÔÓÈ΋ ÚÔ‚ÔÏ‹, ·Ù‹ÛÙÂ
ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› CLEAR.
°È· ÂÈÛÙÚÔÊ‹ ÛÙËÓ Î·ÓÔÓÈ΋ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ͷӿ
ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› REPEAT, ηÙfiÈÓ, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ¥/Š ÁÈ·
Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙÔ Off Î·È Ù¤ÏÔ˜ ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.
DVD
Off
Enter
Return
01
T
01 A - B
ENTER REPEAT
Menu
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ∞Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ, ÙÔ Title Menu (ªÂÓÔ‡
Ù›ÙψÓ) ÂÓ‰¤¯ÂÙ·È Ó· ÌËÓ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›.
- ΔÔ Title Menu (ªÂÓÔ‡ Ù›ÙψÓ) ı· ÚÔ‚ÏËı›
ÌfiÓÔÓ Â¿Ó ˘¿Ú¯Ô˘Ó ÙÔ˘Ï¿¯ÈÛÙÔÓ ‰‡Ô Ù›ÙÏÔÈ
ÛÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ.
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ∏ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· REPEAT A-B ‰ÂÓ Û·˜ ÂÈÙÚ¤ÂÈ
Ó· Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÛËÌÂ›Ô (B) Â¿Ó ‰ÂÓ ÂÚ¿ÛÔ˘Ó
ÙÔ˘Ï¿¯ÈÛÙÔÓ ÙË Ú‡ıÌÈÛË ÙÔ˘ ÛËÌ›Ԣ (A).
- ∞Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ, Ë ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Â·Ó¿Ï˄˘
ÂÓ‰¤¯ÂÙ·È Ó· ÌËÓ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›.
17
Greek
ÃÚ‹ÛË ÙˆÓ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Disc ηÈ
Title
∞ÚÁ‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜
∏ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ·˘Ù‹ Û¿˜ ÂÈÙÚ¤ÂÈ Ó·
Â·Ó·Ï·Ì‚¿ÓÂÙ Û ·ÚÁ‹ ΛÓËÛË ÛÎËÓ¤˜ ÌÂ
ÂÚȯfiÌÂÓÔ ·ıÏËÙÈÎfi, ¯ÔÚ¢ÙÈÎfi, ÌÔ˘ÛÈÎfi ÎÙÏ.,
¤ÙÛÈ ÒÛÙ ӷ ¤¯ÂÙ ÙË ‰˘Ó·ÙfiÙËÙ· ÏÂÙÔÌÂÚÔ‡˜
·Ú·ÎÔÏÔ‡ıËÛ˘.
∫·Ù¿ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ DVD.
1. ∫·Ù¿ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
∫Ô˘Ì› PLAY/PAUSE ( ).
2. ∫Ú·Ù‹ÛÙ ·ÙË̤ÓÔ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› SEARCH (
) ÁÈ·
/
Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ٷ¯‡ÙËÙ· ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ÌÂٷ͇ 1/8, 1/4 ηÈ
1/2 Ù˘ ηÓÔÓÈ΋˜ ηٿ ÙË ‰È¿ÚÎÂÈ· Ù˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜
PAUSE ‹ STEP.
∂ÍÂÏÈÁ̤Ó˜
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›Â˜
ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË ÙÔ˘ ÏfiÁÔ˘
Ï¢ÚÒÓ (EZ VIEW)
∞Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ Ì ÙË ¯Ú‹ÛË ÙÔ˘
ÏfiÁÔ˘ Ï¢ÚÒÓ (DVD)
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› EZ VIEW.
- ΔÔ Ì¤ÁÂıÔ˜ Ù˘ ÂÈÎfiÓ·˜ ÛÙËÓ ÔıfiÓË ÌÂÙ·‚¿ÏÏÂÙ·È, fiÙ·Ó
·Ù¿Ù Â·ÓÂÈÏËÌ̤ӷ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›.
- ∏ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Ù˘ ÌÂÁ¤ı˘ÓÛ˘ Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘ ‰È·Ê¤ÚÂÈ,
·Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙȘ Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂȘ Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘ ÛÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Display
Setup (ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË ÔıfiÓ˘).
- °È· Ó· ‰È·ÛÊ·Ï›ÛÂÙ ÙË ÛˆÛÙ‹ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ÙÔ˘ ÎÔ˘ÌÈÔ‡
EZ VIEW, ı· Ú¤ÂÈ Ó· ¤¯ÂÙ ڢıÌ›ÛÂÈ ÙÔ ÛˆÛÙfi ÏfiÁÔ
Ï¢ÚÒÓ ÛÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Display Setup (‚Ï. ÛÂÏ›‰Â˜ 27).
WIDE SCREEN
EZ VIEW
∂¿Ó ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔț٠ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË 16:9
°È· ‰›ÛÎÔ˘˜ ÏfiÁÔ˘ Ï¢ÚÒÓ 16:9
- ∂Àƒ∂π∞ √£√¡∏
¶ÚÔ‚¿ÏÂÈ ÙÔ ÂÚȯfiÌÂÓÔ ÙÔ˘ Ù›ÙÏÔ˘ DVD, Ì ÏfiÁÔ Ï¢ÚÒÓ
16:9.
- ¶ƒ√™∞ƒª√°∏ ™Δ∏¡ √£√¡∏
¶ÂÚÈÎfiÙÔÓÙ·È Ù· ÙÌ‹Ì·Ù· ÛÙËÓ ÎÔÚ˘Ê‹ Î·È ÛÙË ‚¿ÛË Ù˘
ÔıfiÓ˘. ∫·Ù¿ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ÂÓfi˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘ Ì ÏfiÁÔ
Ï¢ÚÒÓ 2.35:1, ÂÍ·Ê·Ó›˙ÔÓÙ·È ÔÈ Ì·‡Ú˜ ψڛ‰Â˜ ÛÙËÓ
ÎÔÚ˘Ê‹ Î·È ÙÔ Î¿Ùˆ ̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘. ∏ ÔıfiÓË Ê·›ÓÂÙ·È Ó·
¤¯ÂÈ ÂÎÙ·ı› οıÂÙ·. (√È Ì·‡Ú˜ ψڛ‰Â˜ ÌÔÚ› Ó· ÌËÓ
ÂÍ·Ê·ÓÈÛÙÔ‡Ó ÙÂÏ›ˆ˜, ·Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔÓ Ù‡Ô ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘).
- ¶ƒ√™∞ƒª√°∏ ª∂°∂£À¡™∏™
Δ· ¿ÎÚ· Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘ ÂÚÈÎfiÙÔÓÙ·È Î·È ÙÔ ÎÂÓÙÚÈÎfi ÙÌ‹Ì·
ÌÂÁ·ÏÒÓÂÈ.
°È· ‰›ÛÎÔ˘˜ ÏfiÁÔ˘ Ï¢ÚÒÓ 4:3
- ∫·ÓÔÓÈÎfi˜ ∂˘Ú‡˜
¶ÚÔ‚¿ÏÂÈ ÙÔ ÂÚȯfiÌÂÓÔ ÙÔ˘ Ù›ÙÏÔ˘ DVD Ì ÏfiÁÔ Ï¢ÚÒÓ
16:9. ∏ ÔıfiÓË Ê·›ÓÂÙ·È Ó· ¤¯ÂÈ ÂÎÙ·ı› ÔÚÈ˙fiÓÙÈ·.
- ¶ƒ√™∞ƒª√°∏ ™Δ∏¡ √£√¡∏
¶ÂÚÈÎfiÙÔÓÙ·È Ù· ÙÌ‹Ì·Ù· ÛÙËÓ ÎÔÚ˘Ê‹ Î·È ÛÙÔ Î¿Ùˆ ̤ÚÔ˜
Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘ Î·È ÂÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÙ·È Ë Ï‹Ú˘ ÔıfiÓË. ∏ ÔıfiÓË
Ê·›ÓÂÙ·È Ó· ¤¯ÂÈ ÂÎÙ·ı› οıÂÙ·.
- ¶ƒ√™∞ƒª√°∏ ª∂°∂£À¡™∏™
Δ· ¿Óˆ, οو, ·ÚÈÛÙÂÚ¿ Î·È ‰ÂÍÈ¿ ÙÌ‹Ì·Ù· Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘
ÂÚÈÎfiÙÔÓÙ·È Î·È ÙÔ ÎÂÓÙÚÈÎfi ÙÌ‹Ì· ÌÂÁ·ÏÒÓÂÈ.
- ∫¿ıÂÙË ÚÔÛ·ÚÌÔÁ‹
ŸÙ·Ó ¤Ó·˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ DVD 4:3 ÚÔ‚¿ÏÏÂÙ·È Û ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË 16:9,
Ì·‡Ú˜ ψڛ‰Â˜ ÂÌÊ·Ó›˙ÔÓÙ·È ÛÙ· ·ÚÈÛÙÂÚ¿ Î·È ‰ÂÍÈ¿ Ù˘
ÔıfiÓ˘ Ì ÛÎÔfi Ó· ÌËÓ Ê·›ÓÂÙ·È Ë ÔıfiÓË ˆ˜ ¤¯ÂÈ ÂÎÙ·ı›
ÔÚÈ˙fiÓÙÈ·.
18
°È· ‰›ÛÎÔ˘˜ ÏfiÁÔ˘ Ï¢ÚÒÓ 16:9
- 4:3 Letter Box
¶ÚÔ‚¿ÏÂÈ ÙÔ ÂÚȯfiÌÂÓÔ ÙÔ˘ Ù›ÙÏÔ˘ DVD Ì ÏfiÁÔ
Ï¢ÚÒÓ 16:9. ª·‡Ú˜ ψڛ‰Â˜ ı· ÂÌÊ·ÓÈÛÙÔ‡Ó ÛÙÔ ¿Óˆ
Î·È Î¿Ùˆ ̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘.
- 4:3 Pan Scan
Δ· ·ÚÈÛÙÂÚ¿ Î·È ‰ÂÍÈ¿ ÙÌ‹Ì·Ù· Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘ ÂÚÈÎfiÙÔÓÙ·È
Î·È ÚÔ‚¿ÏÏÂÙ·È ÙÔ ÎÂÓÙÚÈÎfi ÙÌ‹Ì· Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘ 16:9.
- ¶ƒ√™∞ƒª√°∏ ™Δ∏¡ √£√¡∏
¶ÂÚÈÎfiÙÔÓÙ·È Ù· ÙÌ‹Ì·Ù· ÛÙËÓ ÎÔÚ˘Ê‹ Î·È ÛÙÔ Î¿Ùˆ
̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘ Î·È ÂÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÙ·È Ë Ï‹Ú˘ ÔıfiÓË. ∏
ÔıfiÓË Ê·›ÓÂÙ·È Ó· ¤¯ÂÈ ÂÎÙ·ı› οıÂÙ·.
- ¶ƒ√™∞ƒª√°∏ ª∂°∂£À¡™∏™
√È ¿Óˆ, οو, ·ÚÈÛÙÂÚ¿ Î·È ‰ÂÍÈ¿ ¿ÎÚ˜ Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘
ÂÚÈÎfiÙÔÓÙ·È Î·È ÙÔ ÎÂÓÙÚÈÎfi ÙÌ‹Ì· ÌÂÁ·ÏÒÓÂÈ.
°È· ‰›ÛÎÔ˘˜ ÏfiÁÔ˘ Ï¢ÚÒÓ 4:3
- ∫·ÓÔÓÈ΋ ÔıfiÓË
¶ÚÔ‚¿ÏÂÈ ÙÔ ÂÚȯfiÌÂÓÔ ÙÔ˘ Ù›ÙÏÔ˘ DVD Ì ÏfiÁÔ
Ï¢ÚÒÓ 4:3.
- ¶ƒ√™∞ƒª√°∏ ™Δ∏¡ √£√¡∏
¶ÂÚÈÎfiÙÔÓÙ·È Ù· ÙÌ‹Ì·Ù· ÛÙËÓ ÎÔÚ˘Ê‹ Î·È ÛÙÔ Î¿Ùˆ
̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘ Î·È ÂÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÙ·È Ë Ï‹Ú˘ ÔıfiÓË. ∏
ÔıfiÓË Ê·›ÓÂÙ·È Ó· ¤¯ÂÈ ÂÎÙ·ı› οıÂÙ·.
- ¶ƒ√™∞ƒª√°∏ ª∂°∂£À¡™∏™
Δ· ¿Óˆ, οو, ·ÚÈÛÙÂÚ¿ Î·È ‰ÂÍÈ¿ ÙÌ‹Ì·Ù· Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘
ÂÚÈÎfiÙÔÓÙ·È Î·È ÙÔ ÎÂÓÙÚÈÎfi ÙÌ‹Ì· ÌÂÁ·ÏÒÓÂÈ.
2. °È· Ó· ÎÚ‡„ÂÙ ÙÔ ÂÈÎÔÓ›‰ÈÔ AUDIO, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
CLEAR ‹ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› RETURN.
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ∞˘Ù‹ Ë ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ÂÍ·ÚÙ¿Ù·È ·fi ÙȘ ÁÏÒÛÛ˜
Ô˘ Â›Ó·È Îˆ‰ÈÎÔÔÈË̤Ó˜ ÛÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ Î·È
ÂÓ‰¤¯ÂÙ·È Ó· ÌËÓ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ› Ì fiÏÔ˘˜ ÙÔ˘˜
‰›ÛÎÔ˘˜ DVD.
- ŒÓ·˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ DVD ÌÔÚ› Ó· ÂÚȤ¯ÂÈ ¤ˆ˜ Î·È 8
‰È·ÊÔÚÂÙÈΤ˜ ÁÏÒÛÛ˜ ‹¯Ô˘.
- °È· Ó· ¤¯ÂÙ ¿ÓÙ· ÙËÓ ›‰È· ÁÏÒÛÛ· ‹¯Ô˘ fiÙ·Ó
·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÙ ¤Ó·Ó ‰›ÛÎÔ DVD, ·Ó·ÙÚ¤ÍÙ ÛÙÔ
ÎÂÊ¿Ï·ÈÔ “ÃÚ‹ÛË Ù˘ ÁÏÒÛÛ·˜ ‹¯Ô˘” ÛÙËÓ
ÛÂÏ›‰· 25.
∂ÈÏÔÁ‹ Ù˘ ÁÏÒÛÛ·˜ ÙˆÓ
˘ÔÙ›ÙψÓ
ªÂ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› SUBTITLE, ÌÔÚ›Ù ÁÚ‹ÁÔÚ· ηÈ
‡ÎÔÏ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙËÓ ÂÈı˘ÌËÙ‹ ÁÏÒÛÛ· ÙˆÓ
˘ÔÙ›ÙψÓ.
ÃÚ‹ÛË ÙÔ˘ ÎÔ˘ÌÈÔ‡ SUBTITLE
(DVD/MPEG4)
1.¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› SUBTITLE.
∏ ÂÈÏÔÁ¤˜ ˘ÔÙ›ÙÏˆÓ ÌÂÙ·‚¿ÏÏÔÓÙ·È, fiÙ·Ó ·Ù¿Ù ÙÔ
ÎÔ˘Ì› Â·ÓÂÈÏËÌ̤ӷ.
DVD
√È ÁÏÒÛÛ˜ ÙˆÓ ˘fiÙÏÈÙˆÓ
ÚÔ‚¿ÏÏÔÓÙ·È Ì ÙȘ
Off
Û˘ÓÙÔÌÔÁڷʛ˜ ÙÔ˘˜.
SUBTITLE
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
MPEG4
∏ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ·˘Ù‹ Èı·ÓfiÓ Ó· Û˘ÌÂÚÈʤÚÂÙ·È
‰È·ÊÔÚÂÙÈο ·Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔÓ Ù‡Ô ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘.
∂ÈÏÔÁ‹ Ù˘ ÁÏÒÛÛ·˜
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ‹¯Ô˘
ªÂ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› AUDIO, ÌÔÚ›Ù ÁÚ‹ÁÔÚ· ηÈ
‡ÎÔÏ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙËÓ ÂÈı˘ÌËÙ‹ ÁÏÒÛÛ·
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ÙÔ˘ ‹¯Ô˘ (‰È·ÏfiÁˆÓ) .
1. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› AUDIO. ∏ ÂÈÏÔÁ¤˜ ‹¯Ô ÌÂÙ·‚¿ÏÏÔÓÙ·È,
fiÙ·Ó ·Ù¿Ù ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Â·ÓÂÈÏËÌ̤ӷ.
- √È ÁÏÒÛÛ˜ ÙÔ˘ ‹¯Ô˘ ÚÔ‚¿ÏÏÔÓÙ·È Ì ÙȘ
Û˘ÓÙÔÌÔÁڷʛ˜ ÙÔ˘˜.
DVD
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿
AUDIO ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙÂ
ÙÔÓ ÂÈı˘ÌËÙfi ‹¯Ô Û ¤Ó·
MPEG4 ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·,
·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
ENTER.
MPEG4
PCM 1/2
AUDIO
External Subtitle Off
readme.TXT
Non-standard fonts are not supported
Enter
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿
SUBTITLE ÁÈ· Ó·
ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙËÓ ÂÈı˘ÌËÙ‹
ÁÏÒÛÛ· ˘ÔÙÏ›ÙˆÓ Î·È,
ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙÂ
ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.
ÃÚ‹ÛË ÙÔ˘ ÎÔ˘ÌÈÔ‡ AUDIO
(DVD/MPEG4)
ENG DOLBY DIGITAL 5.1CH
Subtitle Selection
∏ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ·˘Ù‹ Èı·ÓfiÓ
Ó· Û˘ÌÂÚÈʤÚÂÙ·È
‰È·ÊÔÚÂÙÈο ·Ó¿ÏÔÁ· ÌÂ
ÙÔÓ Ù‡Ô ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘ DivX.
AUDIO
Return
Menu
MPEG4
Off
SUBTITLE
2. °È· Ó· ÎÚ‡„ÂÙ ÙÔ ÂÈÎÔÓ›‰ÈÔ SUBTITLE, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
CANCEL ‹ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› RETURN.
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
-∞Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔ˘˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘˜ DVD, ı· Ú¤ÂÈ Ó·
·ÏÏ¿˙ÂÙ ÙÔ˘˜ ˘fiÙÈÙÏÔ˘˜ ÛÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Disc Menu
(ÌÂÓÔ‡ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘). ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› DISC MENU.
-∞˘Ù‹ Ë ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ÂÍ·ÚÙ¿Ù·È ·fi ÙȘ ÁÏÒÛÛ˜ ÙˆÓ
˘ÔÙ›ÙÏˆÓ Ô˘ Â›Ó·È Îˆ‰ÈÎÔÔÈË̤Ó˜ ÛÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ Î·È
ÂÓ‰¤¯ÂÙ·È Ó· ÌËÓ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ› Ì fiÏÔ˘˜ ÙÔ˘˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘˜
DVD.
-ŒÓ·˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ DVD ÌÔÚ› Ó· ÂÚȤ¯ÂÈ ¤ˆ˜ Î·È 32
‰È·ÊÔÚÂÙÈΤ˜ ÁÏÒÛÛ˜ ˘ÔÙ›ÙψÓ.
-°È· Ó· ¤¯ÂÙ ¿ÓÙ· ÙËÓ ›‰È· ÁÏÒÛÛ· ˘ÔÙ›ÙÏˆÓ fiÙ·Ó
·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÙ ¤Ó·Ó ‰›ÛÎÔ DVD, ·Ó·ÙÚ¤ÍÙ ÛÙÔ
ÎÂÊ¿Ï·ÈÔ “ÃÚ‹ÛË Ù˘ ÁÏÒÛÛ·˜ ˘ÔÙ›ÙψӔ ÛÙËÓ
ÛÂÏ›‰· 25.
19
Greek
∂¿Ó ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔț٠ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË 4:3
∞ÏÏ·Á‹ Ù˘ ÁˆÓ›·˜ Ï‹„˘
Ù˘ οÌÂÚ·˜
ŸÙ·Ó ¤Ó·˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ DVD ÂÚȤ¯ÂÈ ÔÏÏ·Ϥ˜ ÁˆÓ›Â˜
Ï‹„˘ οÔÈ·˜ Û˘ÁÎÂÎÚÈ̤Ó˘ ÛÎËÓ‹˜, ÌÔÚ›Ù ӷ
ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙË ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ANGLE.
ÃÚ‹ÛË ÙÔ˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ ANGLE (DVD)
∂¿Ó Ô ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ ÂÚȤ¯ÂÈ ‰È·ÊÔÚÂÙÈΤ˜ ÁˆÓ›Â˜ Ï‹„˘,
ÂÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÙ·È ÛÙËÓ ÔıfiÓË Ë ÂÈÏÔÁ‹ ANGLE.
1. ∫·Ù¿ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› INFO ÙÔ˘
ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙËÚ›Ô˘.
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ›/‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Shortcut ηÈ.
3. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ¥/Š bÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Angle ηÈ,
ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›.
ÃÚ‹ÛË Ù˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜
Bookmark
∞˘Ù‹ Ë ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Û·˜ ÂÈÙÚ¤ÂÈ Ó· ÙÔÔıÂÙ›ÙÂ
ÛÂÏȉԉ›ÎÙ˜ ÛÂ Û˘ÁÎÂÎÚÈ̤Ó˜ ÂÓfiÙËÙ˜ ÂÓfi˜
‰›ÛÎÔ˘ DVD, ÒÛÙ ӷ ÙÔ˘˜ ÂÓÙÔ›˙ÂÙ ¢ÎÔÏfiÙÂÚ·
·ÚÁfiÙÂÚ·.
ÃÚ‹ÛË Ù˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜
ÛÂÏȉԉÂÈÎÙÒÓ (DVD)
1. ∫·Ù¿ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› INFO ÙÔ˘
ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙËÚ›Ô˘.
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ›/‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Shortcut ηÈ.
3. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ¥/Š È· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Bookmark
ηÈ,ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.
4. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ¥/Š ªÔÚ›Ù ӷ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔț٠ٷ
·ÚÈıÌËÙÈο ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ÙÔ˘ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙËÚ›Ô˘ ÁÈ· Ó· ¤¯ÂÙÂ
¿ÌÂÛË ÚfiÛ‚·ÛË ÛÂ ¤Ó·Ó angle.
4. ŸÙ·Ó Êı¿ÛÂÙ ÛÙË ÛÎËÓ‹ Ô˘ ÂÈı˘Ì›Ù ӷ ÂÈÛËÌ¿ÓÂÙÂ,
·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER. ªÔÚ›Ù ӷ ÂÈÛËÌ¿ÓÂÙ ¤ˆ˜
ÙÚÂȘ ÛÎËÓ¤˜ Û˘Á¯ÚfiÓˆ˜.
1 - -
4/6
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
∂¿Ó Ô ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ ‰È·ı¤ÙÂÈ ÌfiÓÔ ÌÈ· ÁˆÓ›·, ·˘Ùfi ÙÔ
¯·Ú·ÎÙËÚÈÛÙÈÎfi ‰ÂÓ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›. ¶ÚÔ˜ ÙÔ ·ÚfiÓ,
Ôχ Ï›ÁÔÈ ‰›ÛÎÔÈ ‰È·ı¤ÙÔ˘Ó ·˘Ùfi ÙÔ
¯·Ú·ÎÙËÚÈÛÙÈÎfi.
ÃÚ‹ÛË Ù˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ ÕÌÂÛ˘
Â·Ó¿Ï˄˘ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜/SKIP
ÃÚ‹ÛË Ù˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ ÕÌÂÛ˘
Â·Ó¿Ï˄˘ (DVD)
∂¿Ó ¯¿Û·Ù ÌÈ· ÛÎËÓ‹ ÌÔÚ›Ù ӷ ÙË ‰Â›ÙÂ
¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÒÓÙ·˜ ·˘Ù‹ ÙË ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·.
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› INSTANT REPLAY.
- ∏ Ù·ÈÓ›· ÌÂÙ·ÎÈÓÂ›Ù·È 10 ‰Â˘ÙÂÚfiÏÂÙ· ÂÌÚfi˜ ÛÙËÓ
ÙÚ¤¯Ô˘Û· ÛÎËÓ‹ Î·È ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÙ·È Î·È ¿ÏÈ.
ÃÚ‹ÛË Ù˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ Instant SKIP (DVD)
ªÂ ÙË ¯Ú‹ÛË Ù˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ SKIP Ë ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹
ÌÂٷʤÚÂÙ·È 10 ‰Â˘ÙÂÚfiÏÂÙ· ÌÚÔÛÙ¿ ÛÙËÓ ÙÚ¤¯Ô˘Û·
ÛÎËÓ‹.
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› INSTANT SKIP.
- ∏ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ı· ÌÂÙ·ÊÂÚı› 10 ‰Â˘ÙÂÚfiÏÂÙ·
ÌÚÔÛÙ¿ SKIP.
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
∞Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ, ·˘Ù¤˜ ÔÈ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›Â˜
ÂÓ‰¤¯ÂÙ·È Ó· ÌËÓ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁÔ‡Ó.
20
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ∞Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ, Ë ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·
ÛÂÏȉԉ›ÎÙË ÂÓ‰¤¯ÂÙ·È Ó· ÌËÓ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›.
∞Ó¿ÎÏËÛË ÂÈÛËÌ·Ṳ̂Ó˘ ÛÎËÓ‹˜
1~3. Δ· ÚÒÙ· ‚‹Ì·Ù·, 1 ˆ˜ 3, Â›Ó·È Ù· ›‰È· Ì ٷ ·ÓÙ›ÛÙÔȯ·
Ù˘ ÂÓfiÙËÙ·˜ “∏ ¯Ú‹ÛË Ù˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ ÛÂÏȉԉÂÈÎÙÒÓ”
ÛÙË ÛÂÏ›‰· 20.
4. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ¥/ŠÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ οÔÈ·
ÂÈÛËÌ·Ṳ̂ÓË ÛÎËÓ‹.
1 2 3
5. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› PLAY/PAUSE (
) ÁÈ· Ó·
·Ú·Ï›„ÂÙ SKIP ÙȘ ÂӉȿÌÂÛ˜ ÛÎËÓ¤˜ Î·È Ó· ÌÂÙ·‚›ÙÂ
ÛÙË ÛÎËÓ‹ Ô˘ ¤¯ÂÙ ÂÈÛËÌ¿ÓÂÈ.
¢È·ÁÚ·Ê‹ ÛÂÏȉԉ›ÎÙË
1~3. Δ· ÚÒÙ· ‚‹Ì·Ù·, 1 ˆ˜ 3, Â›Ó·È Ù· ›‰È· Ì ٷ ·ÓÙ›ÛÙÔȯ·
Ù˘ ÂÓfiÙËÙ·˜ “∏ ¯Ú‹ÛË Ù˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ ÛÂÏȉԉÂÈÎÙÒÓ”
ÛÙË ÛÂÏ›‰· 20.
4. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ¥/Š ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙÔÓ ·ÚÈıÌfi
ÛÂÏȉԉ›ÎÙË Ô˘ ÂÈı˘Ì›Ù ӷ ‰È·ÁÚ¿„ÂÙÂ.
5. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› CANCEL ÁÈ· Ó· ‰È·ÁÚ¿„ÂÙ ¤Ó·Ó
·ÚÈıÌfi ÛÂÏȉԉ›ÎÙË.
1 2 3
ÃÚ‹ÛË Ù˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ ÌÂÁ¤ı˘ÓÛ˘
(DVD)
1. ∫·Ù¿ ÙË ‰È·‰Èηۛ· ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ‹ ·‡Û˘, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ
ÎÔ˘Ì› ZOOM ÙÔ˘ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙËÚ›Ô˘, ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
ENTER.
3. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ›/‚ ‹ ¥/Š ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙÔ
̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘ Ô˘ ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ ÌÂÁÂı‡ÓÂÙÂ.
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.
- K·Ù¿ ÙË ‰È¿ÚÎÂÈ· Ù˘ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘
DVD, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ENTER ÁÈ· Ó· ÌÂÁÂı‡ÓÂÙ ‰È·‰Ô¯Èο
2X/4X/2X/∫·ÓÔÓÈÎfi.
-
: ŸÓÔÌ· ÙÔ˘ ÙÚ¤¯ÔÓÙÔ˜ ·Ú¯Â›Ô˘.
-
: ÃÚfiÓÔ˜ ÙÚ¤¯Ô˘Û·˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜.
-
: ΔÚ¤¯Ô˘Û· ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜: À¿Ú¯Ô˘Ó
Ù¤ÛÛÂÚȘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›Â˜. ªÔÚÔ‡Ó Ó· ÂÈÏÂÁÔ‡Ó ÌÂ
ÙË ÛÂÈÚ¿ ·ÙÒÓÙ·˜ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› REPEAT.
- Off (∞ÂÓÂÚÁÔÔ›ËÛË): ∫·ÓÔÓÈ΋ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹
- Track (∫ÔÌÌ¿ÙÈ): ∂·Ó·Ï·Ì‚¿ÓÂÈ ÙÔ ÙÚ¤¯ÔÓ
ÎÔÌÌ¿ÙÈ.
- Folder (º¿ÎÂÏÔ˜): ∂·Ó·Ï·Ì‚¿ÓÂÈ ÙÔÓ
ÙÚ¤¯ÔÓÙ· Ê¿ÎÂÏÔ.
- Random (Δ˘¯·›·): Δ· ·Ú¯Â›· ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘ ı·
·Ó··Ú·¯ıÔ‡Ó ÌÂ Ù˘¯·›·
ÛÂÈÚ¿.
-
: ∂ÈÎÔÓ›‰ÈÔ ·Ú¯Â›Ô˘ MP3.
-
: ∂ÈÎÔÓ›‰ÈÔ ·Ú¯Â›Ô˘ WMA.
-
: ∂ÈÎÔÓ›‰ÈÔ ·Ú¯Â›Ô˘ JPEG.
-
: ∂ÈÎÔÓ›‰ÈÔ ·Ú¯Â›Ô˘ AVI.
-
: ∂ÈÎÔÓ›‰ÈÔ ·Ú¯Â›Ô˘ CD Audio.
-
: ∂ÈÎÔÓ›‰ÈÔ Ê·Î¤ÏÔ˘.
-
: ∂ÈÎÔÓ›‰ÈÔ ÙÚ¤¯ÔÓÙÔ˜ ʷΤÏÔ˘.
∂ÈÏÔÁ‹ ʷΤÏÔ˘
√ Ê¿ÎÂÏÔ˜ ÌÔÚ› Ó· ÂÈϯı› ÌfiÓÔ ÛÂ
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ¢È·ÎÔ‹˜.
ªÂÓÔ‡ ÎÏÈ ÁÈ· MP3/WMA/
JPEG/MPEG4/CD Audio
√È ‰›ÛÎÔÈ Ô˘ ÂÚȤ¯Ô˘Ó ÙÚ·ÁÔ‡‰È· ηÈ/‹ ÂÈÎfiÓ˜
ÛÂ ÌÔÚÊ‹ MP3/WMA/JPEG/MPEG4, ÌÔÚÔ‡Ó Ó· Ù·
ÂÚȤ¯Ô˘Ó ÔÚÁ·ÓˆÌ¤Ó· Û ʷΤÏÔ˘˜, fiˆ˜
Ê·›ÓÂÙ·È ·Ú·Î¿Ùˆ. ∏ ‰È¿Ù·ÍË ı˘Ì›˙ÂÈ ÙÔÓ ÙÚfiÔ
Ô˘ ÙÔÔıÂÙ›Ù ·Ú¯Â›· Û ‰È¿ÊÔÚÔ˘˜ ʷΤÏÔ˘˜
ÛÙÔÓ ˘ÔÏÔÁÈÛÙ‹ Û·˜.
Stop
∞ÓÔ›ÍÙ ÙË ı‹ÎË ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘.
ΔÔÔıÂÙ‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ ÛÙË
ı‹ÎË. ∫Ï›ÛÙ ÙË ı‹ÎË.
∏ ı‹ÎË ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘ ÎÏ›ÓÂÈ Î·È
ÂÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÙ·È Ë ·ÎfiÏÔ˘ıË
ÔıfiÓË.
Off
- °È· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙÔ μ·ÛÈÎfi Ê¿ÎÂÏÔ
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› RETURN ÁÈ· Ó· ÌÂÙ·‚›Ù ÛÙÔ ‚·ÛÈÎfi
›/‚
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ “..”
Ê¿ÎÂÏÔ ‹ ·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿›
Î·È ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER ÁÈ· Ó· ÌÂÙ·‚›Ù ÛÙÔ
‚·ÛÈÎfi Ê¿ÎÂÏÔ.
- °È· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ¤Ó·Ó Ê¿ÎÂÏÔ
›/‚
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙÔÓ Ê¿ÎÂÏÔ
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿›
Ô˘ ı¤ÏÂÙ ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.
- °È· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ¤Ó·Ó ˘ÔÊ¿ÎÂÏÔ
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙÔÓ
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ›/‚
Ê¿ÎÂÏÔ Ô˘ ı¤ÏÂÙ ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ
ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.ENTER.
R oot
W MA
JPEG
P arent Fol der
MP 3
MU S IC
C urrent Fol der
1s t
S ub-Fol ders
2nd
S ON G FILE 1
P eer Fol ders
S ON G FILE 2
S ON G FILE 3
MP E G4 FILE S
21
Greek
ÃÚ‹ÛË Ù˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ Zoom
∞Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹
MP3/WMA/CD Audio
1. ∞ÓÔ›ÍÙ ÙË ı‹ÎË ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘. ΔÔÔıÂÙ‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ ÛÙË
ı‹ÎË. ∫Ï›ÛÙ ÙË ı‹ÎË.
‚ ‹ ¥/Š
Š ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ¤Ó·
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ›/‚
·Ú¯Â›Ô ÙÚ·ÁÔ˘‰ÈÔ‡. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER ÁÈ· Ó·
ÍÂÎÈÓ‹ÛÂÈ Ë ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ÙÔ˘ ·Ú¯Â›Ô˘ ÙÚ·ÁÔ˘‰ÈÔ‡.
Off
Play
00:00:23
B e c a u s e Yo u
...
B e c a u s e Yo u
Cactus
Sad Dayu
Wonderful
Enter
Return
REPEAT
Repeat
∞Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ Repeat/Random
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› REPEAT ÁÈ· Ó· ·ÏÏ¿ÍÂÙ ÙË ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜. À¿Ú¯Ô˘Ó Ù¤ÛÛÂÚȘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›Â˜. Off, Track,
Folder Î·È Random.
- Off: ∫·ÓÔÓÈ΋ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹
- Track: ∂·Ó·Ï·Ì‚¿ÓÂÈ ÙÔ ÙÚ¤¯ÔÓ ÙÚ·ÁÔ‡‰È.
- Folder: ∂·Ó·Ï·Ì‚¿ÓÂÈ Ù· ·Ú¯Â›· ÙÚ·ÁÔ˘‰ÈÒÓ ÛÙÔÓ
ÙÚ¤¯ÔÓÙ· Ê¿ÎÂÏÔ Ô˘ ¤¯Ô˘Ó ÙËÓ ›‰È· ηٿÏËÍË.
- Random: ∞گ›· ÙÚ·ÁÔ˘‰ÈÒÓ Ì ÙËÓ ›‰È· ηٿÏËÍË ı·
·Ó··Ú·¯ıÔ‡Ó ÌÂ Ù˘¯·›· ÛÂÈÚ¿.
°È· Ó· Â·Ó¤ÏıÂÙ ÛÙËÓ Î·ÓÔÓÈ΋ ÚÔ‚ÔÏ‹, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ
ÎÔ˘Ì› CANCEL.
∞Ú¯Â›Ô CD-R MP3/WMA
∂¿Ó ¤¯ÂÙ ·Ú¯Â›· MP3 ‹ WMA Û Â·ÓÂÁÁÚ¿„ÈÌÔ CD-R,
·Ó·ÙÚ¤ÍÙ ÛÙ· ·Ú·Î¿Ùˆ.
- Δ· ·Ú¯Â›· MP3 ‹ WMA ı· Ú¤ÂÈ Ó· Â›Ó·È Ù˘ ÌÔÚÊ‹˜ ISO
9660 ‹ JOLIET.
∏ ÌÔÚÊ‹ ISO 9660 Î·È Ù· ·Ú¯Â›· Joliet MP3 ‹ WMA ›ӷÈ
Û˘Ì‚·Ù¿ Ì ٷ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁÈο Û˘ÛÙ‹Ì·Ù· DOS Î·È Windows Ù˘
Microsoft, ηıÒ˜ Î·È Ì ÙÔ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁÈÎfi Û‡ÛÙËÌ· ÙˆÓ
Macintosh Ù˘ Apple. ∞˘Ùfi Ë ÌÔÚÊ‹ Â›Ó·È Ë ÈÔ ‰È·‰Â‰Ô̤ÓË.
- ∫·Ù¿ ÙËÓ ÔÓÔÌ·Û›· ÙˆÓ ·Ú¯Â›ˆÓ MP3 ‹ WMA ÌËÓ
˘ÂÚ‚·›ÓÂÙ ÙÔ˘˜ 8 ¯·Ú·ÎÙ‹Ú˜ Î·È ÔÚ›ÛÙ ˆ˜ ηٿÏËÍË
ÙÔ˘ ·Ú¯Â›Ô˘ “.mp3, .wma” .
°ÂÓÈ΋ ÌÔÚÊ‹ ÔÓÔÌ·Û›·˜: “Title.mp3” or “Title.wma”. ŸÙ·Ó
Û˘Óı¤ÙÂÙ ÙÔÓ Ù›ÙÏÔ Û·˜, ‚‚·Èˆı›Ù fiÙÈ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ‹Û·Ù 8
¯·Ú·ÎÙ‹Ú˜ ‹ ÏÈÁfiÙÂÚÔ˘˜, fiÙÈ ÛÙÔ fiÓÔÌ· ‰ÂÓ ˘¿Ú¯Ô˘Ó ÎÂÓ¿
Î·È ·ÔʇÁÂÙ ÙË ¯Ú‹ÛË ÂȉÈÎÒÓ ¯·Ú·ÎÙ‹ÚˆÓ ÛÙÔ˘˜ ÔÔ›Ô˘˜
Û˘ÁηٷϤÁÔÓÙ·È ÔÈ ÂÍ‹˜: (.,/,\,=,+).
-ŸÙ·Ó ÂÁÁÚ¿ÊÂÙ ·Ú¯Â›· MP3, Ó· ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔț٠ÁÈ· ÙËÓ
·ÔÛ˘Ì›ÂÛË Ú˘ıÌfi ÌÂÙ·ÊÔÚ¿˜ ÙÔ˘Ï¿¯ÈÛÙÔÓ 128 Kbps.
∏ ÔÈfiÙËÙ· ÙÔ˘ ‹¯Ô˘ ÛÙ· ·Ú¯Â›· MP3 ÂÍ·ÚÙ¿Ù·È Î˘Ú›ˆ˜ ·fi
ÙÔ Ú˘ıÌfi Û˘Ì›ÂÛ˘/·ÔÛ˘Ì›ÂÛ˘ Ô˘ ÂÈϤÁÂÙÂ. ∂¿Ó
ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ Ï¿‚ÂÙ ÔÈfiÙËÙ· ‹¯Ô˘ CD, ··ÈÙÂ›Ù·È Ú˘ıÌfi˜
·Ó·ÏÔÁÈ΋˜/„ËÊȷ΋˜ ‰ÂÈÁÌ·ÙÔÏË„›·˜ ‰ËÏ·‰‹ Ë ÌÂÙ·ÙÚÔ‹
Û ÌÔÚÊ‹ MP3 ÙÔ˘Ï¿¯ÈÛÙÔÓ 128 Kbps Î·È ¤ˆ˜ 160 Kbps.
øÛÙfiÛÔ, Ë ÂÈÏÔÁ‹ ˘„ËÏfiÙÂÚˆÓ Ú˘ıÌÒÓ, fiˆ˜ 192 Kbps ‹
˘„ËÏfiÙÂÚˆÓ, ÌfiÓÔ Û Û¿ÓȘ ÂÚÈÙÒÛÂȘ ·Ô‰›‰ÂÈ
ηχÙÂÚË ÔÈfiÙËÙ· ‹¯Ô˘.
∞ÓÙ›ÛÙÔȯ·, Ù· ·Ú¯Â›· Ì ڢıÌÔ‡˜ ·ÔÛ˘Ì›ÂÛ˘
¯·ÌËÏfiÙÂÚÔ˘˜ ·fi 128 Kbps ‰ÂÓ ı· ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÔÓÙ·È ÛˆÛÙ¿.
22
- ŸÙ·Ó ÂÁÁÚ¿ÊÂÙ ·Ú¯Â›· WMA, Ó· ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔț٠ÁÈ· ÙËÓ
·ÔÛ˘Ì›ÂÛË Ú˘ıÌfi ÌÂÙ·ÊÔÚ¿˜ ÙÔ˘Ï¿¯ÈÛÙÔÓ 64 Kbps.
∏ ÔÈfiÙËÙ· ÙÔ˘ ‹¯Ô˘ ÛÙ· ·Ú¯Â›· WMA ÂÍ·ÚÙ¿Ù·È Î˘Ú›ˆ˜ ·fi
ÙÔ Ú˘ıÌfi Û˘Ì›ÂÛ˘/·ÔÛ˘Ì›ÂÛ˘ Ô˘ ÂÈϤÁÂÙÂ.
∂¿Ó ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ Ï¿‚ÂÙ ÔÈfiÙËÙ· ‹¯Ô˘ CD, ··ÈÙÂ›Ù·È Ú˘ıÌfi˜
·Ó·ÏÔÁÈ΋˜/„ËÊȷ΋˜ ‰ÂÈÁÌ·ÙÔÏË„›·˜, ‰ËÏ·‰‹ Ë ÌÂÙ·ÙÚÔ‹
Û ÌÔÚÊ‹ WMA ÙÔ˘Ï¿¯ÈÛÙÔÓ 64 Kbps Î·È ¤ˆ˜ 192 Kbps.
∞Ó·ÏfiÁˆ˜, Ù· ·Ú¯Â›· Ì ڢıÌÔ‡˜ ·ÔÛ˘Ì›ÂÛ˘
¯·ÌËÏfiÙÂÚÔ˘˜ ·fi 64 Kbps ‹ ÌÂÁ·Ï‡ÙÂÚÔ˘˜ ·fi 192 Kbps
‰ÂÓ ı· ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÔÓÙ·È ÛˆÛÙ¿.
- ªËÓ ÚÔÛ·ı‹ÛÂÙ ӷ ÂÁÁÚ¿„ÂÙ ·Ú¯Â›· MP3 Ô˘
ηχÙÔÓÙ·È ·fi ÓÂ˘Ì·ÙÈο ‰ÈηÈÒÌ·Ù·.
√ÚÈṲ̂ӷ “·ÛÊ·ÏÈṲ̂ӷ” ·Ú¯Â›· Â›Ó·È ÎÚ˘ÙÔÁÚ·ÊË̤ӷ ηÈ
ÚÔÛٷهÔÓÙ·È ·fi Έ‰ÈÎfi, ÒÛÙ ӷ ·ÔÙÚ¤ÂÙ·È Ë
·Ú¿ÓÔÌË ·ÓÙÈÁÚ·Ê‹. ∞˘Ù¿ Ù· ·Ú¯Â›· Â›Ó·È ÙˆÓ ÂÍ‹˜ Ù‡ˆÓ:
Windows MediaTM (Û‹Ì· ηٷÙÂı¤Ó Ù˘ Microsoft Inc) ηÈ
SDMITM (Û‹Ì· ηٷÙÂı¤Ó Ù˘ The SDMI Foundation). ¢ÂÓ
ÌÔÚ›Ù ӷ ·ÓÙÈÁÚ¿„ÂÙ ٤ÙÔÈÔ˘ ›‰Ô˘˜ ·Ú¯Â›·.
- ™ËÌ·ÓÙÈÎfi:
√È ·Ú·¿Óˆ Û˘ÛÙ¿ÛÂȘ ‰ÂÓ ÌÔÚÔ‡Ó Ó· ‰È·ÛÊ·Ï›ÛÔ˘Ó fiÙÈ Ë
Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ‰›ÛÎˆÓ DVD ı· ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÈ Î·È ÙȘ
ÂÁÁڷʤ˜ MP3, Ô‡Ù ӷ ‰È·ÛÊ·Ï›˙Ô˘Ó ÙËÓ ÔÈfiÙËÙ· ÙÔ˘
‹¯Ô˘. £· Ú¤ÂÈ Ó· Ï¿‚ÂÙ ˘fi„Ë fiÙÈ ÔÈ Û˘ÁÎÂÎÚÈ̤Ó˜
Ù¯ÓÔÏÔÁ›Â˜ Î·È Ì¤ıÔ‰ÔÈ ÁÈ· ÙËÓ ÂÁÁÚ·Ê‹ ÂÓfi˜ ·Ú¯Â›Ô˘ MP3
Û ÂÁÁÚ¿„ÈÌÔ˘˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘˜ CD-R ·ÔÙÚ¤Ô˘Ó ÙË ‚¤ÏÙÈÛÙË
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ·˘ÙÒÓ ÙˆÓ ·Ú¯Â›ˆÓ ÛÙË Û˘Û΢‹
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ‰›ÛÎˆÓ DVD (ÌÂȈ̤ÓË ÔÈfiÙËÙ· ‹¯Ô˘ ηÈ,
Û ÔÚÈṲ̂Ó˜ ÂÚÈÙÒÛÂȘ, ·‰˘Ó·Ì›· ·Ó¿ÁÓˆÛ˘ ÙˆÓ
·Ú¯Â›ˆÓ ·fi ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜).
- ∏ ÌÔÓ¿‰· ·˘Ù‹ ÌÔÚ› Ó· ·Ó··Ú·Á¿ÁÂÈ 3000 ·Ú¯Â›· ηÈ
300 ʷΤÏÔ˘˜ ·Ó¿ ‰›ÛÎÔ ÙÔ Ì¤ÁÈÛÙÔ.
∞Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ MPEG4
§ÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ MPEG4
Δ· ·Ú¯Â›· AVI ÂÚȤ¯Ô˘Ó ‰Â‰Ô̤ӷ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ Î·È
‹¯Ô˘. ªfiÓÔ ·Ú¯Â›· Ì ηٿÏËÍË “.avi” ÌÔÚÔ‡Ó Ó·
·Ó··Ú·¯ıÔ‡Ó.
1. ∞ÓÔ›ÍÙ ÙË ı‹ÎË ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘. ΔÔÔıÂÙ‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ ÛÙË
ı‹ÎË. ∫Ï›ÛÙ ÙË ı‹ÎË.
‚ ‹ ¥/Š
Š ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ¤Ó·
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ›/‚
·Ú¯Â›Ô avi (DivX/XviD) ηÈ, ηÙfiÈÓ, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
ENTER.
Off
Stop
/MPEG4
T
00:00:00
...
a01_divx51b-8
a02_divx505b-8
a03_divx502sp-8
a04_divx412-8
Enter
Return
Menu
∂·Ó¿ÏË„Ë ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› REPEAT ÁÈ· Ó· ·ÏÏ¿ÍÂÙ ÙË ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜. À¿Ú¯Ô˘Ó Ù¤ÛÛÂÚȘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›Â˜, fiˆ˜ Off,
Folder, Title Î·È A-B (Ë ·fiÛÙ·ÛË ÌÂٷ͇ ‰‡Ô ÛËÌ›ˆÓ Ô˘
¤¯Ô˘Ó ÔÚÈÛÙ› ·fi ÙÔÓ ¯Ú‹ÛÙË).
- º¿ÎÂÏÔ˜: ∂·Ó·Ï·Ì‚¿ÓÂÈ Ù· ·Ú¯Â›· AVI ÛÙÔÓ ÙÚ¤¯ÔÓÙ·
Ê¿ÎÂÏÔ Ô˘ ¤¯Ô˘Ó ÙËÓ ›‰È· ηٿÏËÍË.
- Title (Δ›ÙÏÔ˜): Â·Ó·Ï·Ì‚¿ÓÂÈ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ÙÔ˘
ÙÚ¤¯ÔÓÙÔ˜ Ù›ÙÏÔ˘.
- A-B: ∂·Ó·Ï·Ì‚¿ÓÂÈ ÙÔ ÙÌ‹Ì· ÙÔ˘ ·Ú¯Â›Ô˘ Ô˘ ¤¯ÂÙÂ
ÂÈϤÍÂÈ.
¶ÂÚÈÁÚ·Ê‹ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ MPEG4
∞Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘ CD Ì ÂÈÎfiÓ˜
¶ÂÚÈÁÚ·Ê‹
™ÂÏ›‰· ·Ó·ÊÔÚ¿˜
ÀÂÚ‹‰ËÛË ∫·Ù¿ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹, ¿Ó
‹
(
‹
) ·Ù‹ÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
, ÌÂÙ·ÎÈÓÂ›Ù·È 5
ÏÂÙ¿ ÚÔ˜ Ù· ÂÌÚfi˜ ‹
ÚÔ˜ Ù· ›Ûˆ.
∞Ó·˙‹ÙËÛË ∫·Ù¿ ÙËÓ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹,
(
‹
) ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› SEARCH
(
‹
) Î·È ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ
Í·Ó¿ ÁÈ· ÁÚËÁÔÚfiÙÂÚË
·Ó·˙‹ÙËÛË. ∂ÈÙÚ¤ÂÈ ÙËÓ
ÁÚËÁÔÚfiÙÂÚË ·Ó·˙‹ÙËÛË ÛÂ
¤Ó· ·Ú¯Â›Ô AVI. 2X, 4X, 8X
∞Ó··Ú·Áˆ ∂ÈÙÚ¤ÂÈ ÙËÓ ·Ó·˙‹ÙËÛË ÛÂ
Á‹ Û ·ÚÁ‹ ·ÚÁ‹ ΛÓËÛË Û ¤Ó· ·Ú¯Â›Ô
ΛÓËÛË
AVI. (1/8X, 1/4X, 1/2X)
∞Ó··Ú·Áˆ ∫¿ı ÊÔÚ¿ Ô˘ ·Ù¿Ù ÙÔ
Á‹ Ì ΛÓËÛË ÎÔ˘Ì› STEP, ÂÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÙ·È
STEP
ηÈÓÔ‡ÚÁÈÔ Î·Ú¤.
ª∂°∂£À¡™∏ 2X/4X/2X/Normal ÛÙË ÛÂÈÚ¿
-
1. ∂ÈϤÍÙ ÙÔ ÂÈı˘ÌËÙfi ÓÙÔÛȤ.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ¤Ó· ·Ú¯Â›Ô
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ›/‚
ÂÈÎfiÓ·˜ ·fi ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ ÎÏÈ ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ
ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.
3. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› INFO ÁÈ· Ì· ÚÔ‚¿ÏÏÂÙ ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡.
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ENTER.
ENTER RETURN
Greek
§ÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·
-
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› STOP ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈÛÙÚ¤„ÂÙÂ
ÛÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ ÙˆÓ ÎÏÈ.
- ŸÙ·Ó ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÙ ¤Ó· CD ʈÙÔÁÚ·ÊÈÒÓ Ù˘
Kodak, Ë Û˘Û΢‹ ÚÔ‚¿ÏÏÂÈ ÙË ÊˆÙÔÁÚ·Ê›·
·¢ı›·˜ Î·È fi¯È ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ ÎÏÈ.
P 15
P 15
P 21
¶ÂÚÈÛÙÚÔÊ‹
: ∫¿ı ÊÔÚ¿ Ô˘ ·Ù¿Ù ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER, Ë
ʈÙÔÁÚ·Ê›· ÂÚÈÛÙÚ¤ÊÂÙ·È 90 ÌÔ›Ú˜ ‰ÂÍÈfiÛÙÚÔÊ·.
- √È ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›Â˜ ·˘Ù¤˜ Èı·ÓfiÓ Ó· ÌËÓ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁÔ‡Ó ·Ó¿ÏÔÁ·
Ì ÙÔ ·Ú¯Â›Ô MPEG4.
∞Ú¯Â›Ô CD-R AVI
∏ Û˘Û΢‹ ÌÔÚ› Ó· ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÈ ÙÔ˘˜ ·Ú·Î¿Ùˆ Ù‡Ô˘˜
Û˘ÌÈÂṲ̂ÓÔ˘ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ ·Ú¯Â›ˆÓ AVI:
- ∞گ›· DivX 3.11
- ∞گ›· DivX 4 (μ·ÛÈṲ̂ӷ ÛÙÔ ·Ïfi ÚÔÊ›Ï MPEG4)
- ∞گ›· DivX 5 (·Ïfi ÚÔÊ›Ï MPEG4 Î·È ÂÈϤÔÓ
¯·Ú·ÎÙËÚÈÛÙÈο fiˆ˜ ηڤ ‰ÈÏ‹˜ ηÙ‡ı˘ÓÛ˘. Â›Û˘
˘ÔÛÙËÚ›˙ÂÈ Qpel Î·È GMC).
- ∞گ›· Û˘Ì‚·Ù¿ Ì XviD MPEG4.
∏ Û˘Û΢‹ ·˘Ù‹ ˘ÔÛÙËÚ›˙ÂÈ fiϘ ÙȘ ·Ó·Ï‡ÛÂȘ ̤¯ÚÈ Î·È ÙË
̤ÁÈÛÙË Ô˘ ·ÎÔÏÔ˘ı›.
DivX3.11 Î·È DivX4 Î·È XviD
∏ Ù·¯‡ÙËÙ· ‰Â‰Ô̤ӈÓ
Î˘Ì·›ÓÔÓÙ·È:
∏ Û˘Û΢‹ ÌÔÚ› Ó·
˘ÂÚˉ‹ÛÂÈ ÙËÓ
·ÔΈ‰ÈÎÔÔ›ËÛË
ÎÔÌÌ·ÙÈÒÓ Ì ˘„ËÏ‹
Ù·¯‡ÙËÙ· ‰Â‰ÔÌ¤ÓˆÓ Î·È
Ó· ÍÂÎÈÓ‹ÛÂÈ ¿ÏÈ ÙËÓ
Έ‰ÈÎÔÔ›ËÛË fiÙ·Ó Ë
Ù·¯‡ÙËÙ· ›ӷÈ
Ê˘ÛÈÔÏÔÁÈ΋.
ªÂÁ¤ı˘ÓÛË
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙÔ Ì¤ÚÔ˜
: ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ›/‚
Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘ Ô˘ ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ ÌÂÁÂı‡ÓÂÙÂ.
¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER. ∫¿ı ÊÔÚ¿ Ô˘ ·Ù¿ÙÂ
ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER, Ë ÂÈÎfiÓ· ÌÂÁÂı‡ÓÂÙ·È ¤ˆ˜ Î·È Î·Ù¿
ÙÔ ÙÂÙÚ·Ï¿ÛÈÔ. 2X
∞ÎÔÏÔ˘ı›· ʈÙÔÁÚ·ÊÈÒÓ
•
: ∏ Û˘Û΢‹ ÂÚÓ¿ Û ÙÚfiÔ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ ·ÎÔÏÔ˘ı›·˜
ʈÙÔÁÚ·ÊÈÒÓ.
• ¶ÚÔÙÔ‡ ·Ú¯›ÛÂÈ Ë ·ÎÔÏÔ˘ı›· ʈÙÔÁÚ·ÊÈÒÓ, ı· Ú¤ÂÈ Ó·
ÔÚÈÛÙ› ÙÔ ‰È¿ÛÙËÌ· ÌÂٷ͇ ÙˆÓ ÊˆÙÔÁÚ·ÊÈÒÓ.
DivX5
720 x 480 @30fps
720 x 576 @30fps
: ª¤ÁÈÛÙË Ù·¯‡ÙËÙ· :
4Mbps
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ∫¿ÔÈ· ·Ú¯Â›· MPEG4 Ô˘ ‰ËÌÈÔ˘ÚÁ‹ıËÎ·Ó ÛÂ
ÚÔÛˆÈÎfi ËÏÂÎÙÚÔÓÈÎfi ˘ÔÏÔÁÈÛÙ‹ ÌÔÚ› Ó·
ÌËÓ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁÔ‡Ó.
°È’ ·˘Ùfi Ù‡Ô˜ Codec, ¤Î‰ÔÛË Î·È ˘„ËÏfiÙÂÚË
·Ó¿Ï˘ÛË ·fi ·˘Ù‹ ÙÔÓ ÚԉȷÁÚ·ÊÒÓ ‰ÂÓ
˘ÔÛÙËÚ›˙ÔÓÙ·È.
- ∞˘Ù‹ Ë Û˘Û΢‹ ˘ÔÛÙËÚ›˙ÂÈ CD-R/RW
ÁÚ·Ì̤ӷ Ì MPEG4 Û‡Ìʈӷ Ì ÙÔ ÚfiÙ˘Ô
“ISO9660 format”.
•
: √È ÂÈÎfiÓ˜ ·ÏÏ¿˙Ô˘Ó ·˘ÙfiÌ·Ù·, Û ‰È·ÛÙ‹Ì·Ù·
ÂÚ›Ô˘ 6 ‰Â˘ÙÂÚÔϤÙˆÓ
•
: √È ÂÈÎfiÓ˜ ·ÏÏ¿˙Ô˘Ó ·˘ÙfiÌ·Ù·, Û ‰È·ÛÙ‹Ì·Ù·
ÂÚ›Ô˘ 12 ‰Â˘ÙÂÚÔϤÙˆÓ
•
: √È ÂÈÎfiÓ˜ ·ÏÏ¿˙Ô˘Ó ·˘ÙfiÌ·Ù·, Û ‰È·ÛÙ‹Ì·Ù·
ÂÚ›Ô˘ 18 ‰Â˘ÙÂÚÔϤÙˆÓ.
TIMER:
ENTER RETURN
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ∞Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔ Ì¤ÁÂıÔ˜ ÙÔ˘ ·Ú¯Â›Ô˘, ÙÔ ÔÛfi
ÙÔ˘ ¯ÚfiÓÔ˘ ÌÂٷ͇ ÙˆÓ ÂÈÎfiÓˆÓ ÂÓ‰¤¯ÂÙ·È Ó·
‰È·Ê¤ÚÂÈ ·fi ÙÔ ‰È¿ÛÙËÌ· Ô˘ ÔÚ›Û·ÙÂ.
- ∂¿Ó ‰ÂÓ ·Ù‹ÛÂÙ ηӤӷ ÎÔ˘Ì›, Ë ·ÎÔÏÔ˘ı›·
ʈÙÔÁÚ·ÊÈÒÓ ı· ·Ú¯›ÛÂÈ ·˘ÙfiÌ·Ù· ÂÚ›Ô˘ ÛÂ
10 ‰Â˘ÙÂÚfiÏÂÙ·.
23
¢›ÛÎÔÈ CD-R JPEG
- ªfiÓÔ ·Ú¯Â›· Ì ηٿÏËÍË “.jpg” Î·È “.JPG” ÌÔÚÔ‡Ó Ó·
·Ó··Ú·¯ıÔ‡Ó.
- ∂¿Ó Ô ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ ‰ÂÓ ¤¯ÂÈ ÎÏ›ÛÂÈ, ı· ¯ÚÂÈ·ÛÙ› ÂÚÈÛÛfiÙÂÚÔ
¯ÚfiÓÔ ÁÈ· Ó· ·Ú¯›ÛÂÈ Ó· ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÙ·È Î·È ›Ûˆ˜ Ó· ÌËÓ
·Ó··Ú¿ÁÔÓÙ·È fiÏ· Ù· ·Ú¯Â›·.
- ªfiÓÔÓ ÔÈ ‰›ÛÎÔÈ CD-R Ì ·Ú¯Â›· JPEG Û ÊÔÚÌ¿ ISO 9660
‹ Joliet ÌÔÚÔ‡Ó Ó· ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÔÓÙ·È.
- The name of the JPEG file may not be longer than 8 characters and should contain no blank spaces or special characters
(. / = +).
- ªfiÓÔÓ ¤Ó·˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ ÔÏÏ·ÏÒÓ Û˘Ó‰ÚÈÒÓ, Û˘Ó¯ԇ˜
ÂÁÁÚ·Ê‹˜ ÌÔÚ› Ó· ·Ó··Ú·¯ı›. ∂¿Ó ˘¿Ú¯ÂÈ Î¿ÔÈÔ
ÎÂÓfi ÛËÌÂ›Ô Û ¤Ó·Ó ‰›ÛÎÔ ÔÏÏ·ÏÒÓ Û˘Ó‰ÚÈÒÓ, Ô
‰›ÛÎÔ˜ ÌÔÚ› Ó· ·Ó··Ú·¯ı› ÌfiÓÔÓ ¤ˆ˜ ÙÔ ÎÂÓfi ÛËÌ›Ô.
- ™Â ¤Ó·Ó ‰›ÛÎÔ CD ÌÔÚÔ‡Ó Ó· ·ÔıË΢ıÔ‡Ó ¤ˆ˜ 3000
ÂÈÎfiÓ˜.
- ™˘ÓÈÛÙÒÓÙ·È ÔÈ ‰›ÛÎÔÈ Kodak Picture CD.
- ŸÙ·Ó ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÙ ¤Ó·Ó ‰›ÛÎÔ Kodak Picture CD, ÌfiÓÔÓ
Ù· ·Ú¯Â›· JPEG ÛÙÔ ÓÙÔÛȤ ÙˆÓ ÂÈÎfiÓˆÓ ÌÔÚÔ‡Ó Ó·
·Ó··Ú¿ÁÔÓÙ·È.
- Kodak Picture CD: Δ· ·Ú¯Â›· JPEG ÛÙÔ ÓÙÔÛȤ ÙˆÓ
ÂÈÎfiÓˆÓ ÌÔÚÔ‡Ó Ó· ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÔÓÙ·È ·˘ÙfiÌ·Ù·.
- Konica Picture CD: ∂¿Ó ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ ‰Â›Ù ÙËÓ ∂ÈÎfiÓ·,
ÂÈϤÍÙ ٷ ·Ú¯Â›· JPEG ÛÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ ÎÏÈ.
- Fuji Picture CD: ∂¿Ó ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ ‰Â›Ù ÙËÓ ∂ÈÎfiÓ·, ÂÈϤÍÙÂ
Ù· ·Ú¯Â›· JPEG ÛÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ ÎÏÈ.
- QSS Picture CD: ∏ Û˘Û΢‹ ›Ûˆ˜ Ó· ÌËÓ ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÈ
‰›ÛÎÔ˘˜ QSS Picture CD.
- ∂¿Ó Ô ·ÚÈıÌfi˜ ÙˆÓ ·Ú¯Â›ˆÓ Û ¤Ó·Ó ‰›ÛÎÔ ˘ÂÚ‚·›ÓÂÈ Ù·
500, ÌfiÓÔÓ 500 ·Ú¯Â›· JPEG ÌÔÚÔ‡Ó Ó· ·Ó··Ú·¯ıÔ‡Ó.
- ∂¿Ó Ô ·ÚÈıÌfi˜ ÙˆÓ ÓÙÔÛȤ Û ¤Ó·Ó ‰›ÛÎÔ ˘ÂÚ‚·›ÓÂÈ Ù·
500, ÌfiÓÔÓ Ù· ·Ú¯Â›· JPEG Ô˘ ÂÚȤ¯ÔÓÙ·È Û 500
ÓÙÔÛȤ ÌÔÚÔ‡Ó Ó· ·Ó··Ú·¯ıÔ‡Ó.
∞ÏÏ·Á‹ ÙÔ˘ ªÂÓÔ‡
ÂÁηٿÛÙ·Û˘
ÃÚ‹ÛË ÙÔ˘ ÌÂÓÔ‡ ƒ˘ı̛ۈÓ
ΔÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂˆÓ ÂÚȤ¯ÂÈ ÂÓÙÔϤ˜ Ì ÙȘ
Ôԛ˜ οÓÂÙ ÚÔÛˆÈΤ˜ Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂȘ ÛÙË Û˘Û΢‹
DVD, fiˆ˜ Â›Ó·È Ë ·ÏÏ·Á‹ ÁÏÒÛÛ·˜, Ô Î·ıÔÚÈÛÌfi˜
ÂÈ¤‰Ô˘ ÁÔÓÈÎÔ‡ ÂϤÁ¯Ô˘ Î·È Ë Ú‡ıÌÈÛË Ù˘
ÔıfiÓ˘ ·Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔÓ Ù‡Ô ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘ Ô˘
‰È·ı¤ÙÂÙÂ.
1. ªÂ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ Û ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Stop, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
‚
MENU ÛÙÔ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙ‹ÚÈÔ. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Setup ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ
ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ENTER.
Language Setup
Š
Audio Setup
Š
Display Setup
Š
Parental Setup :
Š
Š
Setup DivX(R) Registration
Enter
Return
Menu
Œ Language Setup : ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË Ù˘ ÁÏÒÛÛ·˜.
´ Audio Setup : ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË ÙˆÓ ÂÈÏÔÁÒÓ ÙÔ˘ ‹¯Ô˘.
ˇ Display Setup :ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË ÙˆÓ ÂÈÏÔÁÒÓ Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘.
ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ‹ÛÙ ÙËÓ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙÔÓ Ù‡Ô Ù˘
ÔıfiÓ˘ Ô˘ ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ ÚÔ‚¿ÏÏÂÙÂ, ηıÒ˜ ηÈ
‰È¿ÊÔÚ˜ ÂÈÏÔÁ¤˜ ÚÔ‚ÔÏ‹˜.
¨ Parental Setup : ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË ÙÔ˘ ÂÈ¤‰Ô˘ ÁÔÓÈÎÔ‡
ÂϤÁ¯Ô˘. ∂ÈÙÚ¤ÂÈ ÛÙÔ˘˜ ¯Ú‹ÛÙ˜ Ó· Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÔ˘Ó ÙÔ
··Ú·›ÙËÙÔ Â›Â‰Ô ÚÔÛÙ·Û›·˜ ÙˆÓ ·È‰ÈÒÓ ·fi ÙËÓ
·Ú·ÎÔÏÔ‡ıËÛË ÂÈΛӉ˘ÓˆÓ Ù·ÈÓÈÒÓ Ô˘ ÂÚȤ¯Ô˘Ó
‚›·, ¿ÛÂÌÓÔ ÂÚȯfiÌÂÓÔ Î.Ï.
ˆ DivX(R) Registration : ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ‹ÛÙ ÙÔÓ Îˆ‰ÈÎfi
ÂÁÁÚ·Ê‹˜ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÁÁÚ¿„ÂÙ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ·˘Ù‹ Ì ÙÔ
ÊÔÚÌ¿ DivX(R) Video On Demand. °È· Ó· Ì¿ıÂÙÂ
ÂÚÈÛÛfiÙÂÚ·, ÂÈÛÎÂÊı›Ù ÙËÓ ÙÔÔıÂÛ›·
www.divx.com/vod.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÚÔÛÂÏ¿ÛÂÙ ٷ
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ›/‚
‰È¿ÊÔÚ· ¯·Ú·ÎÙËÚÈÛÙÈο. ∫·ÙfiÈÓ, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹
ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER ÁÈ· Ó· ¤¯ÂÙ ÚfiÛ‚·ÛË ÛÙȘ
‰Â˘ÙÂÚ‡ԢÛ˜ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›Â˜.
3. °È· Ó· ÎÏ›ÛÂÙ ÙËÓ ÔıfiÓË Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂˆÓ ·ÊÔ‡ ÙÂÏÂÈÒÛÂÙÂ,
·Ù‹ÛÙÂ Î·È ¿ÏÈ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› MENU.
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
∞Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ, ÔÚÈṲ̂Ó˜ ÂÈÏÔÁ¤˜ ÙÔ˘
ÌÂÓÔ‡ Setup ÂÓ‰¤¯ÂÙ·È Ó· ÌËÓ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁÔ‡Ó.
24
∂¿Ó οÓÂÙ ÂÎ ÙˆÓ ÚÔÙ¤ÚˆÓ Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂȘ ÛÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡
Ù˘ Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜, ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ ÙÔ˘
‰›ÛÎÔ˘, ÙÔÓ ‹¯Ô Î·È ÙË ÁÏÒÛÛ· ˘ÔÙ›ÙψÓ, οıÂ
ÊÔÚ¿ Ô˘ ‚ϤÂÙ ÌÈ· Ù·ÈÓ›· ÔÈ Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂȘ ·˘Ù¤˜
ı· ÈÛ¯‡Ô˘Ó ·˘ÙfiÌ·Ù·.
ÃÚ‹ÛË Ù˘ Ú‡ıÌÈÛ˘ °ÏÒÛÛ·˜ ÌÂÓÔ‡
Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜
1. ªÂ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ Û ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Stop, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
MENU.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Setup ηÈ, ÛÙË
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Setup
ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
‚ bÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Language
3. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
Setup ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ENTER.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Player Menu
4. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ›/‚
ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
ENTER.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙËÓ ÂÈı˘ÌËÙ‹
5. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
ÁÏÒÛÛ· ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ÙÔ
ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.
- ∏ ÁÏÒÛÛ· ÂÈϤÁÂÙ·È Î·È Ë ÔıfiÓË ÂÈÛÙÚ¤ÊÂÈ ÛÙÔ
ÌÂÓÔ‡ Language Setup.
- °È· Ó· ÂÍ·Ê·Ó›ÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ú˘ı̛ۈÓ, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ηÈ
¿ÏÈ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› MENU.
∂ÈÏÔÁ‹ Ù˘ ÁÏÒÛÛ·˜
·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ‹¯Ô˘
1. ªÂ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ Û ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Stop, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
MENU.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Setup ηÈ, ÛÙË
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Setup
ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
‚ bÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Language
3. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
Setup ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ENTER.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Audio ηÈ, ÛÙË
4. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ›/‚
Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙËÓ ÂÈı˘ÌËÙ‹
5. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
ÁÏÒÛÛ· ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ÙÔ
ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.
- ∂¿Ó ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈËı› Ë ÁÏÒÛÛ· ÛÙËÓ ÔÔ›·
¤¯ÂÈ ÂÁÁÚ·Ê› Ô ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ ˆ˜ Ë ÚÔÂÈÏÂÁ̤ÓË ÁÏÒÛÛ·
Ù˘ ˯ËÙÈ΋˜ Â¤Ó‰˘Û˘ ÂÈϤÍÙ “Original”
(¶ÚˆÙfiÙ˘Ë)
- ∂¿Ó Ë ÂÈÏÂÁ̤ÓË ÁÏÒÛÛ· ‰ÂÓ ¤¯ÂÈ ÂÁÁÚ·Ê› ÛÙÔ
‰›ÛÎÔ, ÂÈϤÁÂÙ·È Ë ÚˆÙfiÙ˘Ë, ÚÔ-ÂÁÁÂÁÚ·Ì̤ÓË
ÁÏÒÛÛ·.
- ∏ ÁÏÒÛÛ· ÂÈϤÁÂÙ·È Î·È Ë ÔıfiÓË ÂÈÛÙÚ¤ÊÂÈ ÛÙÔ
ÌÂÓÔ‡ Language Setup.
- °È· Ó· ÂÍ·Ê·Ó›ÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ú˘ı̛ۈÓ, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ηÈ
¿ÏÈ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› MENU.
LANGUAGE SETUP
Player Menu
Disc Menu
LANGUAGE SETUP
Audio
Player Menu
Menu
Player
Disc Menu
Audio
Subtitle
Setup
DivX Subtitle
Enter
: English
√ English
Français
Deutsch
Español
Italiano
Nederlands
Return
Menu
ÃÚ‹ÛË Ù˘ ÁÏÒÛÛ·˜ ÙÔ˘ Disc Menu
(ªÂÓÔ‡ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘)
∏ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ·˘Ù‹ ·ÏÏ¿˙ÂÈ ÙË ÁÏÒÛÛ· ÙÔ˘
ÎÂÈ̤ÓÔ˘ ÌfiÓÔÓ ÛÙȘ ÔıfiÓ˜ ÙÔ˘ ÌÂÓÔ‡ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘.
1. ªÂ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ Û ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Stop, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
MENU.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Setup ηÈ, ÛÙË
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Setup
ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
‚ bÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Language
3. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
Setup ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ENTER.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Disc Menu
4. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ›/‚
ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
ENTER.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙËÓ ÂÈı˘ÌËÙ‹
5. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
ÁÏÒÛÛ· ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ÙÔ
ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.
- ∂¿Ó Ë ÂÈÏÂÁ̤ÓË ÁÏÒÛÛ· ‰ÂÓ ¤¯ÂÈ ÂÁÁÚ·Ê› ÛÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ,
ÂÈϤÁÂÙ·È Ë ÚˆÙfiÙ˘Ë, ÚÔ-ÂÁÁÂÁÚ·Ì̤ÓË ÁÏÒÛÛ·.
- ∏ ÁÏÒÛÛ· ÂÈϤÁÂÙ·È Î·È Ë ÔıfiÓË ÂÈÛÙÚ¤ÊÂÈ ÛÙÔ
ÌÂÓÔ‡ Language Setup.
- °È· Ó· ÂÍ·Ê·Ó›ÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ú˘ı̛ۈÓ, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ηÈ
¿ÏÈ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› MENU.
Subtitle
Setup
DivX Subtitle
Enter
Original
√ English
Français
Deutsch
Español
Italiano
Return
Menu
∂ÈÏÔÁ‹ Ù˘ ÁÏÒÛÛ·˜ ˘ÔÙ›ÙψÓ
1. ªÂ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ Û ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Stop, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
MENU.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Setup ηÈ, ÛÙË
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Setup
ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
‚ bÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Language
3. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
Setup ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ENTER.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Subtitle ηÈ,
4. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ›/‚
ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙËÓ ÂÈı˘ÌËÙ‹
5. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
ÁÏÒÛÛ· ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ÙÔ
ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.
- ∂¿Ó ı¤ÏÂÙÂ Ë ÁÏÒÛÛ· ˘ÔÙ›ÙÏˆÓ Ó· Â›Ó·È Ë ›‰È· Ì ÙË
ÁÏÒÛÛ· ÙÔ˘ ‹¯Ô˘, ÂÈϤÍÙ “Automatic”.
- √ÚÈṲ̂ÓÔÈ ‰›ÛÎÔÈ ›Ûˆ˜ Ó· ÌËÓ ÂÚȤ¯Ô˘Ó ÙË ÁÏÒÛÛ·
Ô˘ ÂÈϤͷÙ ˆ˜ ·Ú¯È΋ ÁÏÒÛÛ·. ™ÙËÓ ÂÚ›ÙˆÛË
·˘Ù‹, Ô ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ ı· ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ‹ÛÂÈ ÙËÓ ÚÔÂÈÏÂÁ̤ÓË
Ú‡ıÌÈÛË ÁÏÒÛÛ·˜.
- ∏ ÁÏÒÛÛ· ÂÈϤÁÂÙ·È Î·È Ë ÔıfiÓË ÂÈÛÙÚ¤ÊÂÈ ÛÙÔ
ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ú˘ı̛ۈÓ.
- °È· Ó· ÂÍ·Ê·Ó›ÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ú˘ı̛ۈÓ, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ηÈ
¿ÏÈ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› MENU.
LANGUAGE SETUP
LANGUAGE SETUP
Player Menu
Player Menu
Player
Menu
Disc
Menu
Audio
Subtitle
Setup
DivX Subtitle
√ English
Français
: English
Deutsch
Español
Italiano
Nederlands
Disc Menu
Audio
Subtitle
DivX Subtitle
Setup
Enter
Enter
Return
√ Automatic
English
Français
Deutsch
Español
Italiano
Return
Menu
Menu
25
Greek
ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË ÙˆÓ ¯·Ú·ÎÙËÚÈÛÙÈÎÒÓ
Ù˘ ÁÏÒÛÛ·˜
∂ÈÏÔÁ‹ Ù˘ ÁÏÒÛÛ·˜ DivX Subtitle
1. ªÂ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ Û ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Stop, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
MENU.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Setup ηÈ, ÛÙË
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Setup
ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
‚ bÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Language
3. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
Setup ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ENTER.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ DivX Subtitle
4. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ÎÔ˘ÌÈ¿ ›/‚
ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
ENTER.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙËÓ ÂÈı˘ÌËÙ‹
5. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
ÁÏÒÛÛ· ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ÙÔ
ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.
- ∏ ÁÏÒÛÛ· ÂÈϤÁÂÙ·È Î·È Ë ÔıfiÓË ÂÈÛÙÚ¤ÊÂÈ ÛÙÔ
ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ú˘ı̛ۈÓ.
- °È· Ó· ÂÍ·Ê·Ó›ÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ú˘ı̛ۈÓ, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ηÈ
¿ÏÈ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› MENU.
LANGUAGE SETUP
Player Menu
: English
Disc Menu
: English
Audio
: English
Subtitle
√ Unicode
Cyrillic
Greek
DivX Subtitle
Setup
Enter
Return
Menu
ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË ÙˆÓ ÂÈÏÔÁÒÓ ‹¯Ô˘
√È ÂÈÏÔÁ¤˜ ‹¯Ô˘ Û·˜ ÂÈÙÚ¤Ô˘Ó Ó· οÓÂÙÂ
Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂȘ ÛÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ‹¯Ô˘ Î·È ÙËÓ Î·Ù¿ÛÙ·ÛË
ÙÔ˘ ‹¯Ô˘, ·Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔ Ë¯ÔÛ‡ÛÙËÌ· Ô˘
¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ›ÙÂ.
1. ªÂ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ Û ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Stop, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ
ΠDolby Digital Out
- PCM : ªÂÙ·ÙÚÔ‹ Û ‹¯Ô PCM (2 ηӿÏÈ·).
- Bitstream : ŒÍÔ‰Ô˜ Dolby Digital ‹ DTS Bitstream
̤ۈ „ËÊȷ΋˜ ÂÍfi‰Ô˘. ŸÙ·Ó Û˘Ó‰¤ÂÙÂ
·ÔΈ‰ÈÎÔÔÈËÙ‹ Dolby Digital Î·È DTS, ÂÈϤÍÙÂ
Bitstream.
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ŸÙ·Ó ·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÙ ‰›ÛÎÔ DTS ‰ÂÓ ˘¿Ú¯ÂÈ
·Ó·ÏÔÁÈÎfi Û‹Ì· ‹¯Ô˘ ÂÍfi‰Ô˘.
´ MPEG-2 Digital Out
- PCM : ªÂÙ·ÙÚÔ‹ Û ‹¯Ô PCM (2 ηӿÏÈ·).
- Bitstream : ªÂÙ·ÙÚÔ‹ Û MPEG-2 Digital Bitstream
(5.1 ηӿÏÈ· ‹ 8 ηӿÏÈ·). ŸÙ·Ó ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔț٠ÙËÓ
„ËÊȷ΋ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô ‹¯Ô˘, ÂÈϤÍÙ Bitstream.
ˇ DTS
- Off : ¢ÂÓ ÂÍ¿ÁÂÈ „ËÊÈ·Îfi Û‹Ì·.
- On : EÍ¿ÁÂÈ DTS BITSTREAM ÌfiÓÔÓ Ì¤Ûˆ ÌÈ·˜
„ËÊȷ΋˜ ÂÍfi‰Ô˘. EÈϤÍÙ DTS fiÙ·Ó Û˘Ó‰¤ÛÂÙ ÙË
Û˘Û΢‹ Ì ¤Ó· AÔΈ‰ÈÎÔÔÈËÙ‹ DTS.
¨ Dynamic Compression
- On : °È· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ‰˘Ó·ÌÈ΋ Û˘Ì›ÂÛË.
- Off : °È· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙÔ Î·ÓÔÓÈÎfi ‡ÚÔ˜.
ˆ PCM Down Sampling
- On : ∫¿ÓÂÙ ·˘Ù‹ ÙËÓ ÂÈÏÔÁ‹ fiÙ·Ó Ô ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹˜ Ô˘
Â›Ó·È Û˘Ó‰Â‰Â̤ÓÔ˜ ÛÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ‰ÂÓ Â›Ó·È
Û˘Ì‚·Ùfi˜ Ì 96 KHz. ™Â ·˘Ù‹ ÙËÓ ÂÚ›ÙˆÛË, Ù·
Û‹Ì·Ù· 96 KHz ÌÂÙ·ÙÚ¤ÔÓÙ·È Û 48 KHZ.
- Off : ∫¿ÓÂÙ ·˘Ù‹ ÙËÓ ÂÈÏÔÁ‹ fiÙ·Ó Ô ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹˜ Ô˘
Â›Ó·È Û˘Ó‰Â‰Â̤ÓÔ˜ ÛÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ›ӷÈ
Û˘Ì‚·Ùfi˜ Ì 96 KHz. ™ÙËÓ ÂÚ›ÙˆÛË ·˘Ù‹, ÙÔ
Û‹Ì· ı· ·Ô‰›‰ÂÙ·È ¯ˆÚ›˜ ·ÏÏ·Á¤˜.
ÎÔ˘Ì›
MENU.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Setup
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
ηÈ, ÛÙË
Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ENTER.
‚ È· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Audio Setup ηÈ,
3. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ENTER.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· οÓÂÙ ÙËÓ ÂÈı˘ÌËÙ‹
4. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
∞ÎfiÌ· Î·È fiÙ·Ó Ë „ËÊÈÔÔ›ËÛË PCM ›ӷÈ
·ÂÓÂÚÁÔÔÈË̤ÓË (Off)
ñ √ÚÈṲ̂ÓÔÈ ‰›ÛÎÔÈ ·Ô‰›‰Ô˘Ó „ËÊÈÔÔÈË̤ÓÔ
‹¯Ô ̤ۈ ÙˆÓ „ËÊÈ·ÎÒÓ ÂÍfi‰ˆÓ.
ÂÈÏÔÁ‹ ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š‹ ÙÔ
ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER..
Setup
Language Setup
Š
Audio Setup
Š
Display Setup
Š
Parental Setup :
Š
Š
DivX(R) Registration
Enter
Return
Menu
AUDIO SETUP
Dolby Digital Out
: PCM
MPEG-2 Digital Out
: PCM
DTS
: Off
Dynamic Compression : On
PCM Down Sampling
: On
Setup
Enter
26
Return
Menu
∫·Ù·Û΢¿˙ÂÙ·È Î·ÙfiÈÓ ·‰Â›·˜ ·fi ÙËÓ ÂÙ·ÈÚ›·
Dolby Laboratories. ΔÔ “Dolby” Î·È ÙÔ Û‡Ì‚ÔÏÔ ÙÔ˘
‰ÈÏÔ‡ D Â›Ó·È ÂÌÔÚÈο Û‹Ì·Ù· Ù˘ Dolby
Laboratories.
ΔÔ “DTS” Î·È ÙÔ “DTS Digital Surround” ›ӷÈ
Û‹Ì·Ù· ηٷÙÂı¤ÓÙ· Ù˘ Digital Theater Systems,
Inc.
ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË ÙˆÓ ÂÈÏÔÁÒÓ ÚÔ‚ÔÏ‹˜
ˆ TV System (™‡ÛÙËÌ· ÚÔ‚ÔÏ‹˜ ÙËÏÂÔÙÈÎÔ‡ Û‹Ì·ÙÔ˜)
√È ÂÈÏÔÁ¤˜ ÚÔ‚ÔÏ‹˜ Û·˜ ‰›ÓÔ˘Ó ÙËÓ ‰˘Ó·ÙfiÙËÙ·
Ó· Ú˘ıÌ›˙ÂÙ ‰È¿ÊÔÚ˜ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›Â˜ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ Ù˘
Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜.
ñ ∂¿Ó Ë ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û‹ Û·˜ ¤¯ÂÈ ÌfiÓÔÓ Â›ÛÔ‰Ô Û‹Ì·ÙÔ˜ PALVideo, ı· Ú¤ÂÈ Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ “PAL”. ŸÙ·Ó ÂÈϤÍÂÙ “PAL”,
ÙÔ ÊÔÚÌ¿ ÂÍfi‰Ô˘ ‰ÈÂÌÏÂÎfiÌÂÓÔ˘ Û‹Ì·ÙÔ˜ Â›Ó·È PAL 60
Hz.
Language Setup
Š
Audio Setup
Š
Display Setup
Š
Parental Setup :
Š
ñ ∂¿Ó Ë ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û‹ Û·˜ ¤¯ÂÈ ÌfiÓÔÓ Â›ÛÔ‰Ô Û‹Ì·ÙÔ˜ NTSC, ı·
Ú¤ÂÈ Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ “NTSC”.
- PAL : ∂¿Ó ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔț٠‰›ÛÎÔ PAL
ñ ∂¿Ó Ë ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û‹ Û·˜ ¤¯ÂÈ ÌfiÓÔÓ Â›ÛÔ‰Ô Û‹Ì·ÙÔ˜
NTSC-Video, ı· Ú¤ÂÈ Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ “NTSC”.
ñ ∂¿Ó Ë ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û‹ Û·˜ ¤¯ÂÈ ÌfiÓÔÓ Â›ÛÔ‰Ô Û‹Ì·ÙÔ˜ PAL,
ı· Ú¤ÂÈ Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ “PAL”.
DISPLAY SETUP
TV Aspect
Š
Setup DivX(R) Registration
: Wide
Still Mode
: Auto
Screen Messages
: On
Black Level
: Off
TV System
System
TV
: PAL NTSC
√ PAL
Setup Video Output
Enter
Return
Menu
Enter
Œ TV Aspect (§fiÁÔ˜ Ï¢ÚÒÓ TV)
∞Ó¿ÏÔÁ· Ì ÙÔÓ Ù‡Ô Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘ Ô˘ ¤¯ÂÙÂ, ›Ûˆ˜
ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ ÚÔÛ·ÚÌfiÛÂÙ ÙË Ú‡ıÌÈÛË Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘
(ÏfiÁÔ˜ Ï¢ÚÒÓ).
- 4:3 Letter Box : ∫¿ÓÙ ·˘Ù‹ ÙËÓ ÂÈÏÔÁ‹ fiÙ·Ó ı¤ÏÂÙÂ
Ó· ‚ϤÂÙ ÔÏfiÎÏËÚË ÙËÓ ÔıfiÓË 16:9 Ô˘ ·Ô‰›‰ÂÈ ÙÔ
DVD, Û ÔıfiÓË ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘ 4:3. ™ÙËÓ ÎÔÚ˘Ê‹ Î·È ÙË
‚¿ÛË Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘ ı· ÂÌÊ·Ó›˙ÔÓÙ·È Ì·‡Ú˜ ψڛ‰Â˜.
- 4:3 Pan&Scan : ∫¿ÓÙ ·˘Ù‹ ÙËÓ ÂÈÏÔÁ‹ fiÙ·Ó ¤¯ÂÙÂ
ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË ÌÂ Û˘Ì‚·ÙÈ΋ ÔıfiÓË, ÔfiÙ ı·
ÚÔ‚¿ÏÏÂÙ ÙÔ ÎÂÓÙÚÈÎfi ̤ÚÔ˜ Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘ 16:9. (Δ·
¿ÎÚ· Ù˘ ÂÈÎfiÓ·˜ ·ÚÈÛÙÂÚ¿ Î·È ‰ÂÍÈ¿ ı· Îfi‚ÔÓÙ·È).
- ∂˘Ú›· ÔıfiÓË 16:9: ™Â ÙËÏÂfiÚ·ÛË Â˘Ú›·˜ ÔıfiÓ˘ ı·
ÚÔ‚¿ÏÏÂÙÂ ÔÏfiÎÏËÚË ÙËÓ ÂÈÎfiÓ· 16:9.
DISPLAY SETUP
Aspect
Ratio
TV Aspect
- I-SCAN : ∂ÈϤÍÙ ÙÔ fiÙ·Ó ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ
¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ‹ÛÂÙ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô Component Interlace (525i).
- P-SCAN: ∂ÈϤÍÙ ÙÔ fiÙ·Ó ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ
¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ‹ÛÂÙ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô Component Progressive
(525p).
- SCART-RGB Output : ∂ÈϤÍÙ ÙÔ fiÙ·Ó ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ
¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ‹ÛÂÙ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô Scart-RGB.
ñ ∂¿Ó Ë ÂÈÏÔÁ‹ Yes/No ÛÙÔ ˘ÔÌÂÓÔ‡ Display Setup
‰ÂÓ Á›ÓÂÈ Ì¤Û· Û 10 ‰Â˘ÙÂÚfiÏÂÙ·, Ë ÔıfiÓË
ÂÈÛÙÚ¤ÊÂÈ ÛÙÔ ÚÔËÁÔ‡ÌÂÓÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡.
: 16:9 Wide
4:3 Letter Box
4:3 Pan&Scan
Screen Message √ 16:9 Wide
Setup
: Off
TV System
: PAL
Video Output
: SCART-RGB
DISPLAY SETUP
TV Aspect
Return
Menu
´ Still Mode (∞ΛÓËÙË ÂÈÎfiÓ·)
√È ÂÈÏÔÁ¤˜ ·˘Ù¤˜ ·ÔÙÚ¤Ô˘Ó ÙÔ “ÙÚ¤ÌÈÛÌ·” Ù˘
ÂÈÎfiÓ·˜ ÛÙÔÓ ÙÚfiÔ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ ·Î›ÓËÙ˘ ÂÈÎfiÓ·˜ ηÈ
ÚÔ‚¿ÏÏÔ˘Ó ÙÔ ÌÈÎÚfi ΛÌÂÓÔ Î·ı·ÚfiÙÂÚ·.
- Auto (∞˘ÙfiÌ·ÙÔ) : ŸÙ·Ó ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Auto, Ë ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·
Field/Frame ÌÂÙ·ÙÚ¤ÂÙ·È ·˘ÙfiÌ·Ù·.
- Field (¶Â‰›Ô) : ∂ÈϤÁÂÙ ·˘Ù‹ ÙË ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· fiÙ·Ó Ë
ÔıfiÓË “ÙÚÂÌ›˙ÂÈ” ÛÙË ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Auto.
- Frame (∫·Ú¤) : ∂ÈϤÍÙ ·˘Ù‹ ÙË ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· fiÙ·Ó ı¤ÏÂÙÂ
Ó· ‚ϤÂÙ ٷ ÌÈÎÚ¿ ÁÚ¿ÌÌ·Ù· ηı·ÚfiÙÂÚ· ÛÂ
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Auto.
ˇ Screen Messages (ªËӇ̷ٷ ÔıfiÓ˘)
ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÂ›Ù·È ÁÈ· ÂÓÂÚÁÔÔ›ËÛË On ‹ ÙËÓ ·ÂÓÂÚÁÔÔ›ËÛË
Off ÙˆÓ ÌËÓ˘Ì¿ÙˆÓ Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘.
: Wide
Still Mode
: Auto
Screen Messages
Black Level
TV System
Enter
Menu
- S-VIDEO : ∂ÈϤÍÙ ÙÔ fiÙ·Ó ı¤ÏÂÙ ӷ
¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ‹ÛÂÙ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô Video Î·È S-Video.
Still Mode
Black Level
Return
Ø Video Output (ŒÍÔ‰Ô˜ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ)
∂ÈϤÁÂÈ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô ‚›ÓÙÂÔ.
Setup
Video Output
Enter
: On
S-Video
I-SCAN
P-SCAN
√ SCART-RGB
Return
Menu
ñ ™˘Ì‚Ô˘Ï¢Ù›Ù ÙÔ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚ›‰ÈÔ ¯Ú‹Û˘ Ù˘
ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘ Û·˜ ÁÈ· Ó· ‰È·ÈÛÙÒÛÂÙ ·Ó
˘ÔÛÙËÚ›˙ÂÈ ÚÔԉ¢ÙÈ΋ Û¿ÚˆÛË (P-SCAN).
∂¿Ó ˘ÔÛÙËÚ›˙ÂÈ ÚÔԉ¢ÙÈ΋ Û¿ÚˆÛË,
·ÎÔÏÔ˘ı‹ÛÙ ÙȘ Ô‰ËÁ›Â˜ ÙÔ˘ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚȉ›Ô˘ ÁÈ· Ó·
Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂÙ ÙȘ ·ÓÙ›ÛÙÔȯ˜ Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂȘ ÛÙÔ
Û‡ÛÙËÌ· ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ù˘ ÙËÏÂfiÚ·Û˘ Û·˜.
ñ ∂¿Ó Ë ¤ÍÔ‰Ô˜ ‚›ÓÙÂÔ Ú˘ıÌÈÛÙ› Ï·Óı·Ṳ̂ӷ,
ÂӉ¯Ô̤ӈ˜ Ó· ·ÔÎÏÂÈÛÙ› Ë ÚÔ‚ÔÏ‹.
¨ Black Level (™Ù¿ıÌË ÙÔ˘ Ì·‡ÚÔ˘)
ƒ˘ıÌ›˙ÂÈ ÙË ÊˆÙÂÈÓfiÙËÙ· Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘. (On ‹ Off). ¢ÂÓ
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ› ÛÙË ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ÚÔԉ¢ÙÈ΋˜ Û¿ÚˆÛ˘.
27
Greek
1. ªÂ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ Û ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Stop, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
MENU.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Setup ηÈ, ÛÙË
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ENTER.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Display Setup
3. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ENTER.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· οÓÂÙ ÙËÓ ÂÈı˘ÌËÙ‹
4. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
ÂÈÏÔÁ‹ ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ÙÔ
ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.
- NTSC : ∂¿Ó ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔț٠‰›ÛÎÔ NTSC
ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË ÙÔ˘ ÁÔÓÈÎÔ‡ ÂϤÁ¯Ô˘
∏ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ÁÔÓÈÎÔ‡ ÂϤÁ¯Ô˘ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ› fiÙ·Ó
·Ó··Ú¿ÁÂÙ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘˜ DVD Ô˘ ÂÚȤ¯Ô˘Ó
·ÍÈÔÏfiÁËÛË, Ë ÔÔ›· Û·˜ ‚ÔËı¿ Ó· ÂϤÁ¯ÂÙ ÙÔ˘˜
Ù‡Ô˘˜ DVD Ô˘ ·Ú·ÎÔÏÔ˘ı› Ë ÔÈÎÔÁ¤ÓÂÈ¿ Û·˜.
∫¿ı ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ ÂÚȤ¯ÂÈ ¤ˆ˜ Î·È 8 Â›‰·
·ÍÈÔÏfiÁËÛ˘.
ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË ÙÔ˘ ÂÈ¤‰Ô˘ ·ÍÈÔÏfiÁËÛ˘
1. ªÂ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ Û ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Stop, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
MENU.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Setup ηÈ, ÛÙË
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ENTER.
Language Setup
Š
Audio Setup
Š
Display Setup
Š
°È· Ó· ÂÍ·Ê·Ó›ÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ú˘ı̛ۈÓ,
·Ù‹ÛÙÂ Î·È ¿ÏÈ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› MENU.
°È· ·Ú¿‰ÂÈÁÌ·, Â¿Ó ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ¤ˆ˜ ∂›‰Ô
6, ÔÈ ‰›ÛÎÔÈ Ô˘ ÂÚȤ¯Ô˘Ó Â›Â‰Ô 7 Î·È 8
‰ÂÓ ı· ·›˙Ô˘Ó.
∞ÏÏ·Á‹ ÙÔ˘ Έ‰ÈÎÔ‡ ÚfiÛ‚·Û˘
1. ªÂ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ Û ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Stop, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
MENU.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Setup ηÈ, ÛÙË
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ENTER.
Language Setup
Š
Audio Setup
Š
Display Setup
Š
Parental Setup :
Š
Enter
Return
Menu
Š
Parental Setup :
Setup DivX(R) Registration
Enter
Š
Setup DivX(R) Registration
Return
Š
Menu
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Parental Setup
3. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ENTER.
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Parental Setup
3. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ENTER..
∂ÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÙ·È Ë ÔıfiÓË Enter Password (¶ÏËÎÙÚÔÏfiÁËÛË
Έ‰ÈÎÔ‡ ·ÛÊ·Ï›·˜). ∂ÈÛ·Á¿ÁÂÙ ÙÔÓ Îˆ‰ÈÎfi ÚfiÛ‚·Û˘.
Language Setup
Š
Language Setup
Š
Audio Setup
Š
Audio Setup
Š
Display Setup
Š
Display Setup
Š
Parental Setup :
Š
Parental Setup :
Š
Setup DivX(R) Registration
Enter
Return
Setup DivX(R) Registration
Menu
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Rating Level
4. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ENTER.
Enter
Return
Menu
‚ ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙÔ Change
4. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ›/‚
Password ηÈ, ¤ÂÈÙ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì›
ENTER. ¶ÏËÎÙÚÔÏÔÁ‹ÛÙ ÙÔÓ Ó¤Ô Îˆ‰ÈÎfi ÚfiÛ‚·Û˘.
PARENTAL SETUP
Rating Level
Š
Š
PARENTAL SETUP
: Kids Safe
Rating Level
Change Password
:Kids Safe
Change Password
Setup
Setup
Enter
Return
Menu
Enter
5. ∂ÈÛ·Á¿ÁÂÙ ÙÔÓ Îˆ‰ÈÎfi ÚfiÛ‚·Û˘.
- By default, password is set to 0000.
Return
Menu
PARENTAL SETUP
Rating Level
PARENTAL SETUP
Rating Level
:Kids Safe
Change Password
: Kids Safe
Enter Password
Change Password
Enter Password
Setup
Enter
Return
Menu
Setup
Enter
Return
Menu
PARENTAL SETUP
6. ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ ÙÔ ∂›Â‰Ô ·ÍÈÔÏfiÁËÛ˘ Ô˘
Rating Level
ÂÈı˘Ì›Ù ηÈ, ÛÙË Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› Š ‹
ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER. .¯. ƒ‡ıÌÈÛË ÛÙÔ Kids Safe.
PARENTAL SETUP
Rating
RatingLevel
Level
Change Passwor
Setup
Enter
28
Return
: Kids Safe
√ Kids Safe
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Level 6
Menu
:Kids Safe
Change Password
Enter New Password
Setup
Enter
Return
Menu
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
∂¿Ó ͯ¿Û·Ù ÙÔÓ Îˆ‰ÈÎfi ÚfiÛ‚·Û˘, ·Ó·ÙÚ¤ÍÙÂ
ÛÙËÓ ÂÓfiÙËÙ· “•¤¯·Û· ÙÔÓ Îˆ‰ÈÎfi ÚfiÛ‚·Û˘”
ÛÙÔÓ √‰ËÁfi ·ÓÙÈÌÂÙÒÈÛ˘ ÚÔ‚ÏËÌ¿ÙˆÓ.
¶·Ú·ÔÌ¤˜
∂ÈÛ·ÁˆÁ‹
∏ ÂÙ·ÈÚ›· Samsung ı· ΢ÎÏÔÊÔÚ‹ÛÂÈ ÛÙÔ Ì¤ÏÏÔÓ
ÂΉfiÛÂȘ ·Ó·‚¿ıÌÈÛ˘ ÙÔ˘ ÏÔÁÈÛÌÈÎÔ‡,
ÚÔÎÂÈ̤ÓÔ˘ Ó· ‚ÂÏÙȈı› Ë ·fi‰ÔÛË Ù˘
Û˘Û΢‹˜ ·˘Ù‹˜. √È ÂΉfiÛÂȘ ·˘Ù¤˜ ı· ‰È·ÙÂıÔ‡Ó
̤ۈ Ù˘ ‰È·‰ÈÎÙ˘·Î‹˜ ÙÔÔıÂÛ›·˜ Ù˘ Samsung
(www.samsung.com).
∂Âȉ‹ Ô Ó¤Ô˜, ÂÍÂÏÈÁ̤ÓÔ˜ ÎÒ‰Èη˜ mpeg4
ÂÍ·ÎÔÏÔ˘ı› Ó· ·Ó·Ù‡ÛÛÂÙ·È. √È ‚ÂÏÙÈÒÛÂȘ Ô˘
Á›ÓÔÓÙ·È ÂÍ·ÚÙÒÓÙ·È ·fi ÙÔ ÏÔÁÈÛÌÈÎfi
·Ó·‚¿ıÌÈÛ˘ Ô˘ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈ›ÙÂ,Ì Î·ıÒ˜ Î·È ·fi
ÙÔ ÏÔÁÈÛÌÈÎfi Ô˘ ÂÚÈ›¯Â ÙÔ DVD Û·˜ ÚÈÓ ·fi
ÙËÓ ·Ó·‚¿ıÌÈÛË.
¶ˆ˜ Ó· ÊÙÈ¿ÍÂÙ ¤Ó·Ó ‰›ÛÎÔ
·Ó·‚¿ıÌÈÛ˘
1. £· Ú¤ÂÈ Ó· ÂÎÙÂϤÛÂÙ ϋ„Ë ÂÓfi˜ Ó¤Ô˘ ·Ú¯Â›Ô˘ ·fi
ÙÔ ∫¤ÓÙÚÔ ªÂÙ·ÊfiÚÙˆÛ˘ ∞گ›ˆÓ Ù˘ ‰È·‰ÈÎÙ˘·Î‹˜
ÙÔÔıÂÛ›·˜ Ù˘ Samsung (www.samsung.com).
2. °Ú¿„Ù ÙÔ ·Ú¯Â›Ô Û ‰›ÛÎÔ, ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔÈÒÓÙ·˜ ÙË ÌÔÓ¿‰·
ÂÁÁÚ·Ê‹˜ CD ÙÔ˘ ˘ÔÏÔÁÈÛÙ‹ Û·˜.
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ™‡ÛÙËÌ· ·Ú¯Â›ˆÓ CD-ROM Â›Â‰Ô ISO
- ™‡ÓÔÏÔ ¯·Ú·ÎÙ‹ÚˆÓ ISO 9660
- √ÏÔÎÏËڈ̤ÓÔ, ÌÔÓ‹˜ Û˘Ó‰ڛ·˜
- ÷ÌËÏ‹ Ù·¯‡ÙËÙ· ÂÁÁÚ·Ê‹˜
¢È·‰Èηۛ· ·Ó·‚¿ıÌÈÛ˘
1. ∞ÓÔ›ÍÙ ÙË ı‹ÎË ÙÔ˘ ‰›ÛÎÔ˘. ΔÔÔıÂÙ‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ ÛÙË
ı‹ÎË. ∫Ï›ÛÙ ÙË ı‹ÎË.
∂ÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÙ·È Ë ÔıfiÓË Firmware upgrade (∞Ó·‚¿ıÌÈÛË
˘ÏÈÎÔÏÔÁÈÛÌÈÎÔ‡).
2. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ¥/Š ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙ Total ηÈ, ÛÙË
Û˘Ó¤¯ÂÈ·, ·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘Ì› ENTER.a
Greek
∞Ó·‚¿ıÌÈÛË ˘ÏÈÎÔÏÔÁÈÛÌÈÎÔ‡
∏ ·Ó·‚¿ıÌÈÛË ˘ÏÈÎÔÏÔÁÈÛÌÈÎÔ‡ ·Ú¯›˙ÂÈ
- ™ÙÔ Ì¤ÛÔ Ù˘ ÂÁÁÚ·Ê‹˜, Ë ı‹ÎË ı· ·ÓÔ›ÍÂÈ
·˘ÙfiÌ·Ù·. ∞ÊÔ‡ ·Ê·ÈÚ¤ÛÂÙ ÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ, ÂÚÈ̤ÓÂÙÂ
ÁÈ· ÂÚ›Ô˘ 2 ÏÂÙ¿.
- ∂¿Ó Ë ÌÔÓ¿‰· ·Ó·‚·ıÌÈÛÙ› Ì ÂÈÙ˘¯›·, ı· Û‚‹ÛÂÈ
Î·È ı· ·Ó¿„ÂÈ Î·È ¿ÏÈ, ÂÓÒ Ë ı‹ÎË ‰›ÛÎÔ˘ ı·
ÎÏ›ÛÂÈ ·˘ÙfiÌ·Ù·.
3. ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ٷ ·ÚÈıÌËÙÈο Ï‹ÎÙÚ· ÁÈ· Ó· ÂÈϤÍÂÙÂ
ÂÈı˘ÌËÙ‹ ÁÏÒÛÛ·.
Press
Touche
Drücken Sie
Pulsar
Premere
Druk op
1
2
3
4
5
6
ÙËÓ
for English
pour Français
für Deutsch
para Español
per Italiano
voor Nederlands
™ËÌ›ˆÛË
- ∂¿Ó Ë ÔıfiÓË “Select Menu Language” ‰ÂÓ
ÂÌÊ·ÓÈÛÙ›, ·¢ı˘Óı›Ù ÛÙÔ “∫¤ÓÙÚÔ ™¤Ú‚Ș
Ù˘ Samsung”.
- ∫·Ù¿ ÙË ‰È¿ÚÎÂÈ· Ù˘ ·Ó·‚¿ıÌÈÛ˘ ÌËÓ
·Ù‹ÛÂÙ ηӤӷ ÎÔ˘Ì› Î·È ÌËÓ ·ÔÛ˘Ó‰¤ÛÂÙÂ
ÙÔ Î·ÏÒ‰ÈÔ Ú‡̷ÙÔ˜.
- ∂¿Ó Ë ‰È·‰Èηۛ· ·Ó·‚¿ıÌÈÛ˘ ·ÏÏ¿ÍÂÈ,
·Ó·ÙÚ¤ÍÙ ÛÙË ‰ÈÎÙ˘·Î‹ ÙÔÔıÂÛ›· (www.samsung.com).
∏ ·Ó·‚¿ıÌÈÛË ÙÔ˘ ˘ÏÈÎÔÏÔÁÈÛÌÈÎÔ‡
ÂÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÙ·È ÛÙËÓ ÔıfiÓË
29
’ÓÙÈÌÂÙÒÒÈÛË ÒÚÔ‚ÏËÌ¿ÙˆÓ
¶ÚÔÙÔ‡ ÛÙ›ÏÂÙ ÙË Û˘Û΢‹ ÁÈ· ۤڂȘ (·ÓÙÈÌÂÙÒÒÈÛË ÒÚÔ‚ÏËÌ¿ÙˆÓ), ÂϤÁÍÙ ٷ
ҷڷοو.
˜Ó¤ÚÁÂÈ·
¶Úfi‚ÏËÌ·
¢ÂÓ ÌÒÔÚÔ‡Ó Ó·
Á›ÓÔ˘Ó ¯ÂÈÚÈÛÌÔ›
·Òfi ÙÔ
ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙ‹ÚÈÔ.
ñ ˜Ï¤ÁÍÙ ÙȘ Ìҷٷڛ˜ ÙÔ˘ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙËÚ›Ô˘. ÿÛˆ˜ ¯ÚÂÈ¿˙ÔÓÙ·È ·ÓÙÈηٿÛÙ·ÛË.
ñ ÃÚËÛÈÌÔÒÔÈ‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙ‹ÚÈÔ Û ·ÒfiÛÙ·ÛË ÌÈÎÚfiÙÂÚË ·Òfi 6 ̤ÙÚ·.
ñ ’Ê·ÈÚ¤ÛÙ ÙȘ Ìҷٷڛ˜ Î·È ÎÚ·Ù‹ÛÙ ҷÙË̤ÓÔ ¤Ó· ‹ ÒÂÚÈÛÛfiÙÂÚ· ÎÔ˘ÌÒÈ¿ ÁÈ·
ÌÂÚÈο ÏÂÒÙ¿, ÒÚÔÎÂÈ̤ÓÔ˘ Ó· ÂÍ·ÓÙÏËı› Ë ÈÛ¯‡˜ ÙÔ˘ ÌÈÎÚÔÂÒÂÍÂÚÁ·ÛÙ‹ ÒÔ˘
ÒÂÚȤ¯ÂÈ ÙÔ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙ‹ÚÈÔ Î·È Ó· ÂÒ·ÓÂÎÎÈÓËı›. ¨ÔÒÔıÂÙ‹ÛÙ ÙȘ Ìҷٷڛ˜ ηÈ
Ò¿ÏÈ Î·È ‰ÔÎÈÌ¿ÛÙÂ Â¿Ó ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ› ÙÔ ÙËϯÂÈÚÈÛÙ‹ÚÈÔ.
¥ ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ ‰ÂÓ
·Ó·Ò·Ú¿ÁÂÙ·È.
ñ μ‚·Èˆı›Ù fiÙÈ Ô ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ ¤¯ÂÈ ÙÔÒÔıÂÙËı› Ì ÙËÓ ÒÏÂ˘Ú¿ ÒÔ˘ ʤÚÂÈ ÙËÓ ÂÙÈΤٷ
ÒÚÔ˜ Ù· ÂÒ¿Óˆ.
ñ ˜Ï¤ÁÍÙ ÙÔÓ ·ÚÈıÌfi ÒÂÚÈÔ¯‹˜ ÙÔ˘ DVD.
¥ ‹¯Ô˜ 5.1
ηӷÏÈÒÓ ‰ÂÓ
·Ó·Ò·Ú¿ÁÂÙ·È.
ñ ¥ ‹¯Ô˜ 5.1 ·Ó·Ò·Ú¿ÁÂÙ·È ÌfiÓÔÓ fiÙ·Ó ÒÏËÚÔ‡ÓÙ·È ÔÈ Ò·Ú·Î¿Ùˆ Û˘Óı‹Î˜: :
1) š Û˘Û΢‹ DVD Â›Ó·È Û˘Ó‰Â‰Â̤ÓË Ì ÙÔÓ Î·Ù¿ÏÏËÏÔ ÂÓÈÛ¯˘Ù‹
2) ¥ ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ ¤¯ÂÈ ÂÁÁÚ·Ê› Ì ‹¯Ô 5.1 ηӷÏÈÒÓ.
ñ ˜Ï¤ÁÍÙÂ Â¿Ó Ô ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ ÒÔ˘ ·Ó·Ò·Ú¿ÁÂÙ·È Ê¤ÚÂÈ ÙËÓ ÂÒÈÛ‹Ì·ÓÛË “Dolby 5.1 ch” ÛÙÔ
Â͈ÙÂÚÈÎfi ÙÔ˘.
ñ ˜Ï¤ÁÍÙ fiÙÈ ÙÔ Ë¯ËÙÈÎfi Û·˜ Û‡ÛÙËÌ· Â›Ó·È Û˘Ó‰Â‰Â̤ÓÔ Î·È ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ› ηÓÔÓÈο.
ñ ™Â ¤Ó· ÌÂÓÔ‡ Ú‡ıÌÈÛ˘, Â›Ó·È Ë ¤ÍÔ‰Ô˜ ‹¯Ô˘ Ú˘ıÌÈṲ̂ÓË Û (Bitstream);
¨Ô ÂÈÎÔÓ›‰ÈÔ
ÂÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÙ·È ÛÙËÓ
ÔıfiÓË.
ñ ¥È ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›Â˜ ‹ Ë ÂÓ¤ÚÁÂÈ· ‰ÂÓ ÌÒÔÚ› Ó· ÔÏÔÎÏËÚˆı› ·˘Ù‹ ÙË ÛÙÈÁÌ‹ ÂÒÂȉ‹:
1. ’Ò·ÁÔÚ‡ÂÙ·È ·Òfi ÙÔ ÏÔÁÈÛÌÈÎfi ÙÔ˘ DVD.
2. ¨Ô ÏÔÁÈÛÌÈÎfi ÙÔ˘ DVD ‰ÂÓ ˘ÒÔÛÙËÚ›˙ÂÈ ÙË ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· (Ò.¯. ÁˆÓ›· Ï‹„˘).
3. š ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· ‰ÂÓ Â›Ó·È ‰È·ı¤ÛÈÌË ·˘Ù‹ ÙË ÛÙÈÁÌ‹.
4. ™ËÙ‹Û·Ù οÒÔÈÔÓ ·ÚÈıÌfi Ù›ÙÏÔ˘ ‹ ÎÂÊ·Ï·›Ô˘ ‹ ¯ÚfiÓÔ ·Ó·˙‹ÙËÛ˘ ÒÔ˘ ‚Ú›ÛÎÂÙ·È
ÂÎÙfi˜ ‡ÚÔ˘˜.
¨Ô Disc Menu ‰ÂÓ
ÂÌÊ·Ó›˙ÂÙ·È.
ñ ˜Ï¤ÁÍÙÂ Â¿Ó Ô ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ ¤¯ÂÈ ªÂÓÔ‡.
š ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·
·Ó·Ò·Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ‰È·Ê¤ÚÂÈ ñ ¥ÚÈṲ̂Ó˜ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›Â˜ ÒÔ˘ ¤¯Ô˘Ó ÂÒÈϯı› ÛÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Setup ÂÓ‰¤¯ÂÙ·È Ó· ÌËÓ
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁÔ‡Ó ÛˆÛÙ¿, Â¿Ó Ô ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ ‰ÂÓ Â›Ó·È Îˆ‰ÈÎÔÒÔÈË̤ÓÔ˜ Ì ÙËÓ ·ÓÙ›ÛÙÔȯË
·Òfi ÙËÓ ÂÒÈÏÔÁ‹ ÒÔ˘
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·.
¤ÁÈÓ ÛÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Setup.
¥ ÏfiÁÔ˜ ÒÏ¢ÚÒÓ
ñ ¥ ÏfiÁÔ˜ ÒÏ¢ÚÒÓ ÔıfiÓ˘ Â›Ó·È ÛÙ·ıÂÚfi˜ ÛÙ· DVD Û·˜.
Ù˘ ÔıfiÓ˘ ‰ÂÓ
ÌÒÔÚ› Ó· ·ÏÏ·¯ı›.
30
™ÂÏ›‰·
P3
P5
P13-14
P26
P24~28
P27
¢ÂÓ ˘Ò¿Ú¯ÂÈ ‹¯Ô˜.
ñ μ‚·Èˆı›Ù fiÙÈ ÂÒÈϤͷÙ ÙË ÛˆÛÙ‹ ¤ÍÔ‰Ô „ËÊÈ·ÎÔ‡ ‹¯Ô˘ ÛÙÔ ÌÂÓÔ‡ Audio
Options.
P26
š ÔıfiÓË ¤¯ÂÈ
ÊÚ·Á›
ñ ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘ÌÒ›
ÁÈ· ÒÂÚÈÛÛfiÙÂÚÔ ·Òfi 5 ‰Â˘ÙÂÚfiÏÂÒÙ·, ¯ˆÚ›˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ ÛÙË
Û˘Û΢‹. ŸÏ˜ ÔÈ Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂȘ ı· ÂÒÈÛÙÚ¤„Ô˘Ó ÛÙȘ ÂÚÁÔÛÙ·ÛȷΤ˜.
P15
•¤¯·Û· ÙÔÓ
Έ‰ÈÎfi
ÒÚfiÛ‚·Û˘
ñ ¶·Ù‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ˘ÌÒ›
ÁÈ· ÒÂÚÈÛÛfiÙÂÚÔ ·Òfi 5 ‰Â˘ÙÂÚfiÏÂÒÙ·, ¯ˆÚ›˜ ‰›ÛÎÔ ÛÙË
Û˘Û΢‹. ŸÏ˜ ÔÈ Ú˘ıÌ›ÛÂȘ ı· ÂÒÈÛÙÚ¤„Ô˘Ó ÛÙȘ ÂÚÁÔÛÙ·ÛȷΤ˜. ªËÓ
¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÒÔÈ‹ÛÂÙ ·˘Ù‹ ÙË Ï‡ÛË Ò·Ú¿ ÌfiÓÔÓ Â¿Ó Â›Ó·È ·ÒfiÏ˘ÙË ·Ó¿ÁÎË.
P28
˜¿Ó
·ÓÙÈÌÂÙˆÒ›ÛÂÙÂ
¿ÏÏ· ÒÚÔ‚Ï‹Ì·Ù·.
ñ ¶ËÁ·›ÓÂÙ ÛÙ· ÒÂÚȯfiÌÂÓ· Î·È ÂÓÙÔÒ›ÛÙ ÙËÓ ÂÓfiÙËÙ· ÙÔ˘ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚȉ›Ô˘ Ô‰ËÁÈÒÓ ÒÔ˘
ÒÂÚȤ¯ÂÈ ÙȘ ÂÍËÁ‹ÛÂȘ ÒÔ˘ ·ÊÔÚÔ‡Ó ÙÔ ÒÚfi‚ÏËÌ· ·˘Ùfi Î·È ·ÎÔÏÔ˘ı‹ÛÙÂ Î·È Ò¿ÏÈ ÙË
‰È·‰Èηۛ·.
ñ ˜¿Ó ÙÔ ÒÚfi‚ÏËÌ· ‰ÂÓ ÂÒÈÏ˘ı›, ÂÒÈÎÔÈÓˆÓ‹ÛÙ Ì ÙÔ ÒÏËÛȤÛÙÂÚÔ ÂÍÔ˘ÛÈÔ‰ÔÙË̤ÓÔ
ΤÓÙÚÔ Û¤Ú‚È˜.
š ÂÈÎfiÓ· ¤¯ÂÈ
ıfiÚ˘‚Ô ‹
Ò·Ú·Ì·ÚÊÒÓÂÙ·È
ñ μ‚·Èˆı›Ù fiÙÈ Ô ‰›ÛÎÔ˜ ‰ÂÓ Â›Ó·È ‚ÚÒÌÈÎÔ˜ Î·È ‰ÂÓ ¤¯ÂÈ ÁÚ·ÙÛÔ˘ÓȤ˜.
ñ œ·ı·Ú›ÛÙ ÙÔ ‰›ÛÎÔ.
P2
Δ¯ÓÈΤ˜ ÚԉȷÁڷʤ˜
°ÂÓÈο
μ¿ÚÔ˜
¢È·ÛÙ¿ÛÂȘ
9W
1.7 Kg
430 mm (¶) X 207 mm (μ) X 37 mm (À)
£ÂÚÌÔÎÚ·Û›· ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜
+5ÆC ¤ˆ˜ +35ÆC
ÀÁÚ·Û›· ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜
10 % ¤ˆ˜ 75 %
DVD
(DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC)
¢›ÛÎÔ˜
AC 110-240V ~ 50/60 Hz
CD : 12Cm
(COMPACT DISC)
CD : 8Cm
(COMPACT DISC)
μ›ÓÙÂÔ Û˘ÓÈÛÙˆÛÒÓ
Greek
∞·ÈÙ‹ÛÂȘ ÈÛ¯‡Ô˜
∫·Ù·Ó¿ÏˆÛË Ú‡̷ÙÔ˜
Δ·¯‡ÙËÙ· ·Ó¿ÁÓˆÛ˘: 3,49 ~ 4,06 m/sec.
ÃÚfiÓÔ˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜ ηٿ ÚÔÛ¤ÁÁÈÛË
(‰›ÛÎÔ˜ Ì›·˜ fi„˘ Î·È ÌÔÓ‹˜ ÛÙÚÒÛ˘) : 135 ÏÂÙ¿
Δ·¯‡ÙËÙ· ·Ó¿ÁÓˆÛ˘: 4,8 ~ 5,6 m/sec.
ª¤ÁÈÛÙÔ˜ ¯ÚfiÓÔ˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜: 74 ÏÂÙ¿
Δ·¯‡ÙËÙ· ·Ó¿ÁÓˆÛ˘: 4,8 ~ 5,6 m/sec.
ª¤ÁÈÛÙÔ˜ ¯ÚfiÓÔ˜ ·Ó··Ú·ÁˆÁ‹˜: 20 ÏÂÙ¿
1 ηӿÏÈ: 1,0 Vp-p ÛÙ· 75 ø
R (∫fiÎÎÈÓÔ): 0,7 Vp-p ÛÙ· 75 ø
G (¶Ú¿ÛÈÓÔ): 0,7 Vp-p ÛÙ· 75 ø
μ‡ÛÌ· SCART
ªÏ (B): 0,7 Vp-p ÛÙ· 75 ø
μ›ÓÙÂÔ Û˘ÓÈÛÙˆÛÒÓ: 1,0 Vp-p ÛÙ· 75 ø
™‹Ì· ʈÙÂÈÓfiÙËÙ·˜: 1,0 Vp-p ÛÙ· 75 ø
ŒÍÔ‰Ô˜
‚›ÓÙÂÔ
™‹Ì· ¯ÚÒÌ·ÙÔ˜: 0,3 Vp-p ÛÙ· 75 ø
Y : 1,0 Vp-p ÛÙ· 75 ø
μ›ÓÙÂÔ Û˘ÓÈÛÙˆÛÒÓ
Pr : 0,70 Vp-p ÛÙ· 75 ø
Pb : 0,70 Vp-p ÛÙ· 75 ø
S-VIDEO
μ‡ÛÌ· SCART
2 ηӿÏÈ·
ŒÍÔ‰Ô˜
‹¯Ô˘
™‹Ì· ʈÙÂÈÓfiÙËÙ·˜: 1,0 Vp-p ÛÙ· 75 ø
™‹Ì· ¯ÚÒÌ·ÙÔ˜: 0,3 Vp-p ÛÙ· 75 ø
2 ηӿÏÈ·: ∞ (1/L), ¢ (2/R)
∞ (1/L), ¢ (2/R)
*∞fiÎÚÈÛË Û˘¯ÓÔًوÓ
™˘¯ÓfiÙËÙ· ‰ÂÈÁÌ·ÙÔÏË„›·˜ 96 kHz: 4 Hz ¤ˆ˜ 44 KHz
*§fiÁÔ˜ ‹¯Ô˘/ıÔÚ‡‚Ô˘
110 dB
*¢˘Ó·ÌÈÎfi ‡ÚÔ˜
100 dB
*™˘ÓÔÏÈ΋ ·ÚÌÔÓÈ΋ ·Ú·ÌfiÚʈÛË
0.004 %
*: √ÓÔÌ·ÛÙÈ΋ ÙÈÌ‹ ÚԉȷÁÚ·Ê‹˜
- ∏ ÂÙ·ÈÚ›· Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd ÂÈÊ˘Ï¿ÛÛÂÙ·È ÙÔ˘ ‰ÈηÈÒÌ·ÙÔ˜ Ó· ÙÚÔÔÔÈ› ÙȘ
ÚԉȷÁڷʤ˜ ¯ˆÚ›˜ ÂȉÔÔ›ËÛË.
- √È ÙÈ̤˜ ‚¿ÚÔ˘˜ Î·È Ï¢ÚÒÓ Â›Ó·È Î·Ù¿ ÚÔÛ¤ÁÁÈÛË.
31
ELLAS (GREECE)
Agaphtev pelavth,
Saı eucaristouvme gia thn empistosuvnh pou deivxate
sthn SAMSUNG me thn agorav authvı thı suskeuhvı.
To proiovn autov thı SAMSUNG eivnai egguhmevno gia
perivodo dwvdeka (12) mhnwvn apov thn hmeromhniva agoravı tou gia antallaktikav kai ergatikav. Sthn
perivptwsh pou qa creiasteiv episkeuhv, to proiovn
autov thı SAMSUNG qa prevpei na staleiv hv na
metaferqeiv sto exousiodothmevno service, me evxoda
tou agorasthv.
Exousiodothmevnoi antiprovswpoi kai exousiodothmevna kevntra service se avlleı Eurwpaikevı cwvreı, qa
apodecqouvn touı ovrouı thı egguvhshı.
Plhroforiveı gia ta exousiodothmevna kevntra service
sthn Ellavda, mporeivte na pavrete apov thn
FOURLIS TRADE A.E.B.E.
L. Kruonerivou 112
145 68 Kruonevri, Apikhvı
Thl. 210.629.3100
■ Oroi thı egguvhshı
1. H egguvhsh iscuvei eavn kai movno eavn to proiovn
creiavzetai service kai h kavrta egguvhshı evcei
plhvrwı sumplhrwqeiv kai sfragisqeiv apov to
katavsthma agoravı. Epivshı prevpei na
proskomisqeiv kai to timolovgio hv h apovdeixh
lianikhvı pwvlhshı, pavnw sthn opoiva o seiriakovı
ariqmovı tou proiovntoı prevpei na eivnai eukrinhvı.
2. H upocrevwsh thı SAMSUNG aforav movno thn
episkeuhv tou proiovntoı
3. H episkeuhv tou proiovntoı prevpei na anativqetai
movno se exousiodothmevna kevntra service hv
exousiodothmevnouı antiproswvpouı thı SAMSUNG. Kamiva apozhmivwsh den qa givnei apodekthv
gia episkeuhv pou evcei givnei apov mh exousiodothmevno apov thn SAMSUNG sunergeivo.
4. To proiovn autov den qa qewrhqeiv ellatwmatikov
sta ulikav hv sthn ergasiva episkeuhvı eavn qa prep
v ei na prosarmosteiv, metatrapeiv hv ruqmisteiv
wvste na summorfwqeiv me tiı topikevı tecnikevı
prodiagrafevı hv prodiagrafevı pou iscuvoun se
cwvra avllh apov authv gia thn opoiva proorizovtan hv
kataskeuavsthke.
H egguvhsh authv den kaluvptei apozhmiwvseiı giaÚ
* Kefalevı bivnteo kai kasetofwvnwn
* Kefalevı binteokavmeraı
Gennhvtrieı aktinwvn Iaser sta CD, DVD
Thleceiristhvria
Lucniveı fouvrnwn mikrokumavtwn
Prosarmogevı, metatropevı hv ruqmivseiı, anexavrthta an eivnai epituchvı hv anepituchvı, ouvte
opoiadhvpote zhmiva proevrcetai ex autouv...
5. H egguvhsh authv den kaluvptei kamiva apov tiı
parakavtw periptwvseiıÚ
* Periodikouvı elevgcouı, sunthvrhsh kai
episkeuhv hv antikatavstash merwvn pou
ofeivlontai se fusiologikhv fqorav
* Ta evxoda kai touı kinduvnouı metaforavı pou
scetivzontai me thn egguvhsh autouv tou
proiovntoı
* Zhmiva se autov to proiovn pou proevrcetai apovÚ
A. Katavcrhsh hv kai kakhv crhvsh, sumperilambanomevnhı allav kai mh periorismevnhı seÚ
Mh crhvsh autouv tou proiovntoı gia touı
skopouvı pou fusiologikav proorivzetai hv
suvmfwna me tiı odhgiveı crhvsewı gia thn
swsthv crhvsh kai sunthvrhsh autouv tou
proiovntoı
Thn egkatavstash kai crhvsh tou proiovntoı me trovpouı pou antivkeintai stiı tecnikevı prodiagrafevı
asfaleivaı pou iscuvoun katav thn crhvsh
tou proiovntoı
B. Episkeuhv pou evgine apov mh exousiodothmevna sunergeiva service
G. Atuchvmata, qeomhniveı hv opoiadhvpote
aitiva pevra tou elevgcou thı SAMSUNG,
sumperilambanomevnwn allav mh periorismevnwn twn keraunwvn, tou nerouv, thı fwtiavı, twn dhmosivwn anataracwvn, tou kakouv
aerismouv klp.
D. H egguvhsh authv den ephreavzei ta dikaiwvmata tou katanalwthv pou
problevpontai apov thn efarmosteva eqnikhv
nomoqesiva pou iscuvei, ouvte ta dikaiwvmata
twn katanalwtwvnv enantivon twn lianopwlhtwvnv pou aporrevoun apov thn suvmbash
pwvlhshı.
E. Se perivptwsh pou den upavrcei eqnikhv
nomoqesiva authv h egguvhsh qa eivnai h
monadikhv kai apokleistikhv kavluyh tou
katanalwthv gia kavqe zhmiav.
*
*
*
*
FOURLIS TRADE A.E.B.E.
Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE
If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products, please contact the SAMSUNG
customer care centre.
Region
North America
Country
CANADA
MEXICO
U.S.A
ARGENTINE
BRAZIL
Latin America
CHILE
COSTA RICA
ECUADOR
EL SALVADOR
GUATEMALA
JAMAICA
PANAMA
PUERTO RICO
REP. DOMINICA
TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
VENEZUELA
COLOMBIA
BELGIUM
CZECH REPUBLIC
DENMARK
FINLAND
FRANCE
Europe
CIS
GERMANY
HUNGARY
ITALIA
LUXEMBURG
NETHERLANDS
NORWAY
POLAND
PORTUGAL
SLOVAKIA
SPAIN
SWEDEN
U.K
Republic of Ireland
Switzerland
RUSSIA
KAZAHSTAN
UZBEKISTAN
UKRAINE
LITHUANIA
LATVIA
ESTONIA
AUSTRALIA
CHINA
HONG KONG
INDIA
Asia Pacific
INDONESIA
JAPAN
MALAYSIA
PHILIPPINES
SINGAPORE
THAILAND
TAIWAN
VIETNAM
SOUTH AFRICA
Middle East & Africa
U.A.E
Customer Care Center
1-800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
01-800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
1-800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
0800-333-3733
0800-124-421
4004-0000
800-726-7864 (SAMSUNG)
0-800-507-7267
1-800-10-7267
800-6225
1-800-299-0013
1-800-234-7267
800-7267
1-800-682-3180
1-800-751-2676
1-800-7267-864
0-800-100-5303
01-8000112112
02 201 2418
844 000 844
Distributor pro Českou republiku :
Samsung Zrt., česka organizační složka
Vyskočilova 4, 14000 Praha 4
38 322 887
09 693 79 554
3260 SAMSUNG or
08 25 08 65 65 (€ 0,15/Min)
01805 - 121213 (€ 0,14/Min)
06-80-SAMSUNG (7267864)
800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
0032 (0)2 201 24 18
0900 20 200 88 (€ 0,10/Min)
231 627 22
0 801 801 881
80 8 200 128
0800-SAMSUNG (726786)
902 10 11 30
08 585 367 87
0870 SAMSUNG (7267864)
0818 717 100
0800-7267864
8-800-200-0400
8-800-080-1188
8-800-120-0400
8-800-502-0000
8-800-77777
800-7267
800-7267
1300 362 603
800-810-5858, 010-6475 1880
3698 - 4698
3030 8282
1800 110011
0800-112-8888
0120-327-527
1800-88-9999
1800-10-SAMSUNG (7267864)
1800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
1800-29-3232
02-689-3232
0800-329-999
1 800 588 889
0860 7267864 (SAMSUNG)
800SAMSUNG (7267864)
8000-4726
Web Site
www.samsung.com/ca
www.samsung.com/mx
www.samsung.com
www.samsung.com/ar
www.samsung.com/br
www.samsung.com/cl
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com.co
www.samsung.com/be
www.samsung.com/cz
www.samsung.com/dk
www.samsung.com/fi
www.samsung.com/fr
www.samsung.de
www.samsung.com/hu
www.samsung.com/it
www.samsung.lu
www.samsung.com/nl
www.samsung.com/no
www.samsung.com/pl
www.samsung.com/pt
www.samsung.com/sk
www.samsung.com/es
www.samsung.com/se
www.samsung.com/uk
www.samsung.com/uk
www.samsung.com/ch
www.samsung.ru
www.samsung.kz
www.samsung.uz
www.samsung.com/ur
www.samsung.lt
www.samsung.com/lv/index.htm
www.samsung.ee
www.samsung.com/au
www.samsung.com.cn
www.samsung.com/hk
www.samsung.com/in
www.samsung.com/id
www.samsung.com/jp
www.samsung.com/my
www.samsung.com/ph
www.samsung.com/sg
www.samsung.com/th
www.samsung.com/tw
www.samsung.com/vn
www.samsung.com/za
www.samsung.com/mea
ȈȦıIJȒ ǻȚȐșİıȘ ĮȣIJȠȪ IJȠȣ ȆȡȠȧȩȞIJȠȢ
ǹʌȠȡȡȓȝȝĮIJĮ ǾȜİțIJȡȚțȠȪǾȜİțIJȡȠȞȚțȠȪ ǼȟȠʌȜȚıȝȠȪ
ȉĮ ıȒȝĮIJĮ ʌȠȣ İȝijĮȞȓȗȠȞIJĮȚ İʌȐȞȦ ıIJȠ ʌȡȠȧȩȞ Ȓ ıIJĮ İȖȤİȚȡȓįȚĮ ʌȠȣ IJȠ ıȣȞȠįİȪȠȣȞ
ȣʌȠįİȚțȞȪȠȣȞ ȩIJȚ įİȞ șĮ ʌȡȑʌİȚ ȞĮ ȡȓʌIJİIJĮȚ ȝĮȗȓ ȝİ IJĮ ȣʌȩȜȠȚʌĮ ȠȚțȚĮțȐ ĮʌȠȡȡȓȝȝĮIJĮ
ȝİIJȐ IJȠ IJȑȜȠȢ IJȠȣ țȪțȜȠȣ ȗȦȒȢ IJȠȣ ȆȡȠțİȚȝȑȞȠȣ ȞĮ ĮʌȠijİȣȤșȠȪȞ İȞįİȤȩȝİȞİȢ
ȕȜĮȕİȡȑȢ ıȣȞȑʌİȚİȢ ıIJȠ ʌİȡȚȕȐȜȜȠȞ Ȓ IJȘȞ ȣȖİȓĮ İȟĮȚIJȓĮȢ IJȘȢ ĮȞİȟȑȜİȖțIJȘȢ įȚȐșİıȘȢ
ĮʌȠȡȡȚȝȝȐIJȦȞ ıĮȢ ʌĮȡĮțĮȜȠȪȝİ ȞĮ IJȠ įȚĮȤȦȡȓıİIJİ Įʌȩ ȐȜȜȠȣȢ IJȪʌȠȣȢ
ĮʌȠȡȡȚȝȝȐIJȦȞ țĮȚ ȞĮ IJȠ ĮȞĮțȣțȜȫıİIJİ ȫıIJİ ȞĮ ȕȠȘșȒıİIJİ ıIJȘȞ ȕȚȫıȚȝȘ
İʌĮȞĮȤȡȘıȚȝȠʌȠȓȘıȘ IJȦȞ ȣȜȚțȫȞ ʌȩȡȦȞ
ȅȚ ȠȚțȚĮțȠȓ ȤȡȒıIJİȢ șĮ ʌȡȑʌİȚ ȞĮ ȑȜșȠȣȞ ıİ İʌȚțȠȚȞȦȞȓĮ İȓIJİ ȝİ IJȠȞ ʌȦȜȘIJȒ Įʌ
ȩʌȠȣ
ĮȖȩȡĮıĮȞ ĮȣIJȩ IJȠ ʌȡȠȧȩȞ İȓIJİ IJȚȢ țĮIJȐ IJȩʌȠȣȢ ȣʌȘȡİıȓİȢ ʌȡȠțİȚȝȑȞȠȣ ȞĮ
ʌȜȘȡȠijȠȡȘșȠȪȞ IJȚȢ ȜİʌIJȠȝȑȡİȚİȢ ıȤİIJȚțȐ ȝİ IJȠȞ IJȩʌȠ țĮȚ IJȠȞ IJȡȩʌȠ ȝİ IJȠȞ ȠʌȠȓȠ
ȝʌȠȡȠȪȞ ȞĮ įȫıȠȣȞ ĮȣIJȩ IJȠ ʌȡȠȧȩȞ ȖȚĮ ĮıijĮȜȒ ʌȡȠȢ IJȠ ʌİȡȚȕȐȜȜȠȞ ĮȞĮțȪțȜȦıȘ
ȅȚ İʌȚȤİȚȡȒıİȚȢȤȡȒıIJİȢ șĮ ʌȡȑʌİȚ ȞĮ ȑȜșȠȣȞ ıİ İʌĮijȒ ȝİ IJȠȞ ʌȡȠȝȘșİȣIJȒ IJȠȣȢ țĮȚ ȞĮ
İȜȑȖȟȠȣȞ IJȠȣȢ ȩȡȠȣȢ țĮȚ IJȚȢ ʌȡȠȨʌȠșȑıİȚȢ IJȠȣ ıȣȝȕȠȜĮȓȠȣ ʌȫȜȘıȘȢ ȉȠ ʌȡȠȧȩȞ ĮȣIJȩ
įİȞ șĮ ʌȡȑʌİȚ ȞĮ ĮȞĮȝȚȖȞȪİIJĮȚȝİ ȐȜȜĮ ıȣȞȘșȚıȝȑȞĮ ĮʌȠȡȡȓȝȝĮIJĮ ʌȡȠȢ įȚȐșİıȘ
è‰ԇÁÌË ÏÂÍË
1. è˙‚Ó̇˜‡ÎÌÓ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈ‚‡ÌÂ
* é·˙ÌÂÚ Ò Í˙Ï Ë‰ÂÌÚËÙË͇ˆËÓÌÌËflÚ ÂÚËÍÂÚ
̇ÏË‡˘ Ò ̇ Á‡‰Ì‡Ú‡ ˜‡ÒÚ Ì‡ Û‰‡, Á‡ ‰ ÒÚÂ
ÒË„ÛÂÌ ˜Â ‡·ÓÚËÚÂ Ò Û‰‡ ̇ Ô‡‚ËÎÌÓÚÓ
Á‡ı‡Ì‚‡ÌÂ.
* èÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÚ Û‰‡ ̇ ÏflÒÚÓ Ò ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘‡ ‚ÂÌÚË·ˆËfl
(7~10cm ‰ÛÔÍË) ç ·ÎÓÍË‡ÈÚ ÓÚ‚ÓËÚÂ.
* ç ·ÛÚ‡ÈÚ „ÌÂÁ‰ÓÚÓ Á‡ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ÂÚÂ Ò ˙͇.
* ç Á‡Í΢‚‡ÈÚ ‡Á΢ÌËÚ ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚË.
* àÁÍβ˜ÂÚ ˆflÎÓÚÓ Á‡ı‡Ì‚‡Ì ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ ÔÂÏÂÒÚ‚‡ÚÂ
Û‰‡.
* èÂ‰Ë ‰‡ Ò ҂˙ÊÂÚÂ Ò ‰Û„Ë Û‰Ë, ËÁÍβ˜ÂÚ „Ë.
* å‡ıÌÂÚ ‰ËÒ͇ Ë ËÁÍβ˜ÂÚ Û‰‡, ÓÒÓ·ÂÌÓ ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ Ìflχ
‰‡ „Ó ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú Á‡ ‰˙Î˙„ ÔÂËÓ‰ ÓÚ ‚ÂÏÂ.
* ôeÔceΉ˜˙Ú Á‡ ÏÂÊÓ‚Ó Á‡ıaÌ‚aÌ ce ËÁÔoÎÁ‚a ͇ÚÓ
ÔÂÍ˙c‚a˘o ycÚpoÈcÚ‚Ó Ë Úpfl·‚a ‰a e ‚ pa·ÚÌa „oÚo‚ÌocÚ
Ôo ‚cflÍo ‚peÏe.
2. ᇠ‚‡¯‡ ·ÂÁÓÔ‡ÒÌÓÒÚ
* íÓÁË ÔÓ‰ÛÍÚ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ ·ÁÂ. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÌÂÚÓ Ì‡
̇ÒÚÓÈÍË Ë ÏÓ‰ËÙË͇ˆËË ÍÓÈÚÓ Ì ҇ ÛÔÓÏÂ̇ÚË ‚
Ú‡ÁË ËÌÒÚÛ͈Ëfl ÏÓÊ ‰‡ ‰Ó‚‰ ‰Ó ËÁÎ˙˜‚‡Ì ̇
‡‰Ë‡ˆËfl. ç ÓÚ‚‡flÈÚ ͇ԇ͇ Ë Ì Ò ÓÔËÚ‚‡ÈÚÂ
‰‡ ÔÓÔ‡‚ËÚ Û‰‡ Ò‡Ï. é·˙ÌÂÚ Ò Í˙Ï
Í‚‡ÎËÙˈË‡Ì ÚÂıÌËÍ.
3. èpe‰yÔpeʉeÌËfl
* ì‰‡ Ì  Ô‰̇Á̇˜ÂÌ Á‡ Ë̉ÛÒÚˇÎ̇
ÛÔÓÚ·‡. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ „Ó Ò‡ÏÓ Á‡ ‰Óχ¯Ì‡
ÛÔÓÚ·‡.
* ì‰˙Ú Ì ·Ë‚‡ ‰a ce ËÁÎa„a ̇ ÍÔeÌ ËÎË Ô˙cÍaÌÂ
Ë Ì‡ ÌÂ„Ó ·Ë‚‡ ‰a ce ÔocÚa‚flÚ Ôe‰ÏeÚË, Ô˙ÎÌË c
Ú˜ÌÓcÚ, ÍaÚÓ ÌaÔËÏep ‚‡ÁË.
* Ç˙̯ÌË Ù‡ÍÚÓË Í‡ÚÓ „˙ÏÓÚ‚˘ÌË ·ÛË Ë
ÒÚ‡Ú˘ÌÓ ÂÎÂÍÚ˘ÂÒÚ‚Ó ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ ÔÓ‚ÎËflflÚ Ì‡
‡·ÓÚ‡Ú‡ ̇ Û‰‡ Ë Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚ÓÚÓ Ì‡ ͇ÚË̇ڇ. ÄÍÓ
ÚÓ‚‡ Ò ÒÎÛ˜Ë, ÏÓÎfl ËÁÍβ˜ÂÚ Û‰‡ Ë ËÁÍβ˜ÂÚ Ë
‚Íβ˜ÂÚ Í˙Ï ÏÂʇڇ.
* ‡ÍÓ Ò ӷ‡ÁÛ‚‡ ÍÓ̉ÂÌÁ‡ˆËfl ‚ Û‰‡, ÔÓ‡‰Ë flÁ͇
ÒÏfl̇ ̇ ÚÂÏÔÂ‡ÚÛ‡Ú‡, Û‰‡ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ì ‡·ÓÚË.
ÄÍÓ ÚÓ‚‡ Ò ÒÎÛ˜Ë ËÁÍβ˜ÂÚ Û‰‡ Ë „Ó ÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÚÂ
̇ ÒÚ‡È̇ ÚÂÏÔÂ‡ÚÛ‡ ÌflÍÓÎÍÓ ˜‡Ò‡ Á‡ ‰‡ ÒÂ
ËÁÔ‡Ë ‚·„‡Ú‡.
2
4. ÑËÒÍ
* ç ÔÓ˜ËÒÚ‚‡ÈÚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ÂÚ Ò˙Ò ÒÔÂÈÓ‚Â Á‡
ÔÓ˜ËÒÚ‚‡ÌÂ, ·ÂÌÁËÌ, ‡ÁÚ‚ÓËÚÂÎË ËÎË ‰Û„Ë
ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌË ÔÂÔ‡‡ÚË.
* ç ‰ÓÍÓÒ‚‡ÈÚ ÔÓ‚˙ıÌÓÒÚÚ‡ ̇ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ÂÚÂ.
˘‡ÈÚ „Ë Ò‡ÏÓ Á‡ Í‡Ë˘‡Ú‡.
* ÇÌËχÚÂÎÌË ËÁ·˙Ò‚‡ÈÚ Ï˙ÒÓÚËflÚ‡ ̇ÔÂ‰Ë Ë
̇Á‡‰ ÔÓ ‰ËÒ͇.
5. àÌÙÓχˆËfl Á‡ ÓÍÓÎ̇ڇ Ò‰‡
* ŇÚÂËËÚ Á‡ ÚÓÁË Û‰ Ò˙‰˙Ê‡Ú ıËÏË͇ÎË ÍÓÈÚÓ
Ò‡ ‚Â‰Ë Á‡ ÓÍÓÎ̇ڇ Ò‰‡.
* àÁı‚˙ÎÂÚ ·‡ÚÂËËÚ ̇ ÒÔˆˇÎÌËÚ Á‡ ÚÓ‚‡
ÏÂÒÚ‡.
èÓ‰ÛÍÚ‡ Ò˙Ô˙ÚÒÚ‚‡˘ Ú‡ÁË ËÌÒÚÛ͈Ëfl Â
ÎˈÂÌÁË‡Ì Ë Á‡˘ËÚÂÌ ÓÚ Á‡ÍÓ̇ Á‡ ‡‚ÚÓÒÍÓÚÓ
Ô‡‚Ó. ãˈÂÌÁ‡  ӄ‡Ì˘ÂÌ Á‡ ΢̇, ÌÂ
ÍÓÏÂÒˇÎ̇ ÛÔÓÚ·‡. ç ҇ Ô‰ÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÌË
Ô‡‚‡ Á‡ ÍÓÏÂÒˇÎ̇ ÛÔÓÚ·‡. ãˈÂÌÁ‡ ÌÂ
ÔÓÍË‚‡ ‰Û„Ë ÛÂ‰Ë ÓÒ‚ÂÌ ÚÓÁË ËÎË ÔÓˆÂÒË ‚
‡ÁÂÁ Ò ISO/OUR 11172-3 ËÎË ISO/OUR13818-3.
ãˈÂÌÁ‡ ÔÓÍË‚‡ ‰ÂÍÓ‰Ë‡ÌÂ Ë ‰ÂÍÓ‰Ë‡Ì ̇
‡Û‰ËÓ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Â ‚ Ò˙ÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËÂ Ò ISO/OUR
11172-3 ËÎË ISO/OUR 13818-3. ç ÒÂ
Ô‰ÓÒÚ‡‚flÚ Ô‡‚‡ ÔÓ‰ Ú‡ÁË ÎˈÂÌÁÌËfl Á‡
ÔÓ‰ÛÍÚË Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËË Ì ÓÚ„Ó‚‡fl˘Ë ̇ ISO/OUR
11172-3 ËÎË ISO/OUR 13818-3.
ÇÌËχÌËfl: àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÌÂÚÓ Ì‡ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË Ë
Ôӈ‰ÛË ÍÓÈÚÓ Ì ҇ ÓÔËÒ‡ÌË ÚÛÍ, ÏÓÊÂ
‰Ó‚‰ ‰Ó ËÁ·„‡Ì ̇ ‡‰Ë‡ˆËfl.
èÂ‰Ë ‰‡
Á‡ÔÓ˜ÌÂÚÂ
ë˙‰˙ʇÌËÂ
ÄÍÒÂÒÓ‡Ë
ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍË
éÒÌÓ‚ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ÑËÒÍ ÚËÔÓ‚Â Ë ı‡p‡ÍÚÂpËÒÚËÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
éÔËÒ‡ÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
ÑËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
-
ÑËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ
àÌÒÚÛ͈Ëfl Á‡
ÛÔÓÚ·‡
ŇÚÂËË Á‡
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÚÓ
(AAA Size)
䇷Âθ ‰Îfl
ÇˉÂÓ/ÄÛ‰ËÓ
c˄̇ÎÓ‚
èÓÒÚ‡‚flÌ ̇ ·‡ÚÂËËÚ ‚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÚÓ
1. éÚ‚ÓÂÚ ÓÚ‰ÂÎÂÌËÂÚÓ ÓÚ Á‡‰Ì‡Ú‡ ÒÚ‡Ì‡ ̇
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÚÓ.
2. èÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÚ ‰‚ AAA ·‡ÚÂËË, ͇ÚÓ Ó·˙ÌÂÚÂ
‚ÌËχÌË ̇ ÔÓÎflËÁ‡ˆËflÚ‡.
3. å‡ıÌÂÚ ͇ԇ͇ ̇ ·‡ÚÂËflÚ‡.
ÄÍÓ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÚÓ Ì ‡·ÓÚË:
- ëÏÂÌÂÚ ÔÓÎflÌÓÒÚÚ‡
- èÓ‚ÂÂÚ ‰‡ÎË Ì ҇ ËÁÚÓ˘ÂÌË ·‡ÚÂËËÚÂ
- ëÂÌÁÓ‡ ̇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÚÓ ‰‡ Ì  ·ÎÓÍË‡Ì.
- èÓ‚ÂÂÚ ‰‡ÎË Ìflχ ÙÎÛÓÂÒˆÂÌÚÌÓ ÓÒ‚ÂÚÎÂÌËÂ
̇ÓÍÓÎÓ.
ë‚˙Á‚‡ÌÂ
àÁ·Óp ̇ ‚p˙Á͇ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
éÒÌÓ‚ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË
Ç˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì ̇ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ Search Ë Skip ÙÛÌ͈ËËÚ . . . . .16
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ Á‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ . . . . . .16
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
èÓ‚Ú‡flÌ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Ň‚ÌÓ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
îÛÌ͈ËË Á‡ ̇Ô‰̇ÎË
燄·ÒflÌ ̇ ‡ÒÔÂÍÚ‡ (EZ View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
àÁ·ÓaÌ ̇ ‡Û‰ËÓ ÂÁË͇ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
àÁ·Ó ̇ ÒÛ·ÚËÚË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
ëÏfl̇ ̇ ˙„˙· ̇ ͇ÏÂ‡Ú‡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ ÌÂÁ‡·‡‚ÌÓ ÔÓ‚Ú‡flÌÂ/ÔÂÒ͇˜‡Ì . .20
éÚ·ÂÎflÁ‚‡Ì - Bookmark ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl . . . . . . . . . . .20
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ áÛÏ ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
MÂÌ˛ Á‡ MP3/WMA/JPEG/MPEG4/
CD ‡Û‰ËÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
àÁ·Ó ̇ Ô‡Ô͇ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
MP3/WMA/CD ‡Û‰ËÓ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì . . . . . . . 22
MPEG4 ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
èÓ͇Á‚‡Ì ̇ ÒÌËÏÍË CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
ëÏfl̇ ̇ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ì‡ ÂÁËÍa ÙÛÌ͈ËË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ì‡ ‡Û‰ËÓ ÓÔˆËËÚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ìa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ì‡ Ó‰ËÚÂÎÒÍËflÚ ÍÓÌÚÓÎ . . . . . . . . .28
ëÔ‡‚͇
é·ÌÓ‚fl‚‡Ì . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
óÂÒÚo Ò¢‡ÌË ÔÓ·ÎÂÏË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
íÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
3
Bulgary
è‰ԇÁÌË ÏÂÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
èÂ‰Ë ‰‡ Á‡ÔÓ˜ÌÂÚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍË
éÒÌÓ‚ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË
éÚ΢ÂÌ Á‚ÛÍ
Dolby Digital, ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„Ëfl ̇ Dolby Laboratories,
Ô‰ÓÒÚ‡‚fl ˉ‡ÎÌÓ flÒÂÌ Ë ˜ËÒÚ Á‚ÛÍ.
ÖÍ‡Ì
é·ËÍÌÓ‚ÂÌ Ë ¯ËÓÍ (16:9) ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ò ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú.
Ň‚ÌÓ ‰‚ËÊÂÌËÂ
LJÊÌËÚ ҈ÂÌË ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ Ò Ô„ÎÂʉ‡Ú ̇ ·‡‚ÌÓ
‰‚ËÊÂÌËÂ.
êÓ‰ËÚÂÎÒÍË ÍÓÌÚÓÎ (DVD)
í‡ÁË ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Ë ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl‚‡ ‰‡ ̇ÒÚÓÈÚ ÌË‚‡Ú‡
̇ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ÂÚ ÍÓÈÚÓ ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ Ò ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ú
̇ ÚÓÁË Û‰ Ë ÍÓËÚÓ Ì ÏÓ„‡Ú.
ê‡Á΢ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡
åÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ‡Á΢ÌË
ÂÁˈË(‡Û‰ËÓ/ÒÛ·ÚËÚË) Ë ˙„ÎË ‰Ó͇ÚÓ „Ή‡ÚÂ
ÙËÎÏË.
èÓ„ÂÒË‚ÌÓ Ò͇ÌË‡ÌÂ
èÓ„ÂÒË‚ÌÓÚÓ Ò͇ÌË‡Ì ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl‚‡ ‰‡ ÔÓ‰Ó·ËÚÂ
͇˜ÂÒÚ‚ÓÚÓ Ì‡ ͇ÚË̇ڇ.
EZ VIEW (DVD)
îÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ ‚Ë ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl‚‡ ‰‡ ̇„·ÒËÚ ͇ÚË̇ڇ
ڇ͇ ˜Â ‡ Ô‡ÒÌ ̇ ‚‡¯ËflÚ ÂÍ‡Ì.
è„Ή ̇ ÒÌËÏÍË (JPEG)
åÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ Ô„Ή‡Ú ÒÌËÏÍË Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ ̇
‚‡¯ËflÚ Û‰.
èÓ‚Ú‡flÌÂ
åÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ ÔÓ‚ÚÓËÚ ÔÂÒÂÌ ËÎË ÙËÎÏ Ò Ì‡ÚËÒ͇ÌÂ
̇ REPEAT ·ÛÚÓ̇.
MP3/WMA
ì‰‡ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â Ò Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Â
MP3/WMA.
çÂÁ‡·‡‚ÌÓ ÔÓ‚Ú‡flÌ (DVD)
îÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ Ò ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ Á‡ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì ̇
Ô‰˯ÌËÚ 10 ÒÂÍ ÓÚ ÙËÎχ, ÓÚ Ò„‡¯Ì‡Ú‡
ÔÓÁˈËfl.
èÂÒ͇˜‡Ì (DVD)
í‡ÁË ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÔÂÒ͇˜‡ 1 0ÒÂÍ Ì‡Ô‰ ÓÚ
Ò„‡¯Ì‡Ú‡ ÔÓÁˈËfl.
MPEG4
ì‰‡ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰ MPEG4 ÙÓχÚË ÓÚ
avi Ù‡ÈÎ.
4
LJÊÌÓ
- ÑËÒÍÓ‚Â ÍÓÈÚÓ Ì ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ ÒÂ
‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰‡Ú
• DVD-ROM • DVD-RAM
• CD-ROM • CDV
• CDI • CVD
• CDGs ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì ҇ÏÓ Ì‡ Á‚Û͇, ÌÂ
Ë „‡ÙËÍË.
- Ç˙ÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚÚ‡ Á‡ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì Á‡‚ËÒË
ÓÚ ÛÒÎÓ‚ËflÚ‡ Á‡ Á‡ÔËÒ.
• DVD-R, +R
• CD-RW
• DVD+RW, -RW (V mode)
- ì‰‡ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ì ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡
ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌË CD-R, CD-RW
Ë DVD-R ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â, ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ
ÛÒÎÓ‚ËflÚ‡ ̇ Á‡ÔËÒ.
ᇢËÚ‡ ÒÂ˘Û Á‡ÔËÒ‚‡ÌÂ
åÌÓ„Ó DVD ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â Ò‡ Á‡˘ËÚÂÌË Ë Ì ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ ÒÂ
ÔÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‚‡Ú ÔÓ‡‰Ë Ú‡ÁË ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl. èÓ‡‰Ë ÚÓ‚‡,
„‡·‚‡ ‰‡ Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ ÚÓÁË ÔÎÂÈ˙ ‰ËÂÍÚÌÓ Í˙Ï íÇ, ‡
Ì ÔÂÁ ‚ˉÂÓ. ÄÍÓ ‚ÒÂ Ô‡Í „Ó Ì‡Ô‡‚ËÚÂ, ͇ÚË̇ڇ
˘Â ·˙‰Â ‡ÁχÁ‡Ì‡.
íÓÁË ÔÓ‰ÛÍÚ Ò˙‰˙ʇ Á‡˘ËÚÂ̇ ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„Ëfl Ò
Ô‡ÚÂÌÚË ‚ ëÄô Ë ÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÂÌËˆË Ì‡ ÎˈÂÌÁ‡ Ò‡
Macrovision Corporation Ë ‰Û„ËÚ ÌÓÒËÚÂÎË Ì‡
Ô‡‚‡Ú‡. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÌÂÚÓ Ì‡ Ú‡ÁË ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„Ëfl Úfl·‚‡ ‰‡
Ò ‡ÁÂ¯Ë ÓÚ Macrovision Corporation, Ë
ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÌÂÚÓ Ì‡ Û‰‡ Ú‡·‚‡ ‰‡  ËÁˆflÎÓ Ò Î˘̇,
‰Óχ¯Ì‡ ÛÔÓÚ·‡. åÓ‰ËÙˈË‡ÌÂ Ë ÔÂ‡·ÓÚ‚‡ÌÂ
̇ Û‰‡  Á‡·‡ÌÂÌÓ.
èÓ„ÂÒË‚ÌÓ Ò͇ÌË‡Ì OUTPUTS (525p)
“èéíêÖÅàíÖãü íêüÅÇÄ ÑÄ áçÄÖ óÖ Çëàóäà íÇ
èêàÖåçàñà ëÄ ëöÇåÖëíàåà ë íéáà èêéÑìäí
à åéÜÖ ÑÄ èêàóàçà èéäÄáÇÄçÖ çÄ
çÖèêÄÇàãçà éÅêÄáà çÄ ÖäêÄçÄ, Ääé
èêéÉêÖëàÇçéíé ëäÄçàêÄçÖ Ö 525.
èêÖèéêöóàíÖãçé Ö ÑÄ èêÖåàçÖíÖ çÄ ‘STANDARD DEFINITION’.
Ääé àåÄíÖ Çöèêéëà éíçéëçé ÇÄòàüí íÇ à
ëöÇåÖëíàåéëííÄ åì ë íéáà åéÑÖã 525p DVD
èãÖâöê, åéãü ëÇöêÜÖíÖ ëÖ ëöë ëÖêÇàáÄ çÄ
ëÄåëìçÉ.
å
ÑËÒÍ ÚËÔÓ‚Â Ë ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË
íÓÁË DVD Û‰, ÏÓÊ ‰‡ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰ ÒΉÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â Ò ÎÓ„‡.
íËÔ Á‡ÔËÒ
DVD
ÄÛ‰ËÓ
+
ÇˉÂÓ
äÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍ
ê‡ÁÏÂ
å‡ÍÒ ‚ÂÏÂ
‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ
12 Cm
Ö‰ËÌ˘ÂÌ 240 ËÌ Ë ‰‚ÓÂÌ
480 ÏËÌ
8 Cm
E‰ËÌ˘ÂÌ 80 ÏËÌ Ë ‰‚ÓÂÌ
160 ÏËÌ.
12 Cm
74 ÏËÌ.
ÄÛ‰ËÓ
8 Cm
å‡ÍËӂ͇ ̇ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ÂÚÂ
~
PAL
ê„ËÓ̇ÎÂÌ ÌÓÏÂ Á‡ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ
PAL ÒËÒÚÂχ Á‡ ËÁÎ˙˜‚‡ÌÂ
Dolby Digital ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â
STEREO
DIGITAL
SOUND
20 ÏËÌ.
ï‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË
- íÂÁË ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â Ò˙‰˙Ê‡Ú ÓÚ΢ÌÓ
͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó Ì‡ Á‚Û͇ Ë Í‡ÚË̇ڇ.
- ë ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡, ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
ÎÂÒÌÓ ‰‡ ̇‚Ë„Ë‡Ú ‚ ‰ËÒ͇.
- ÑËÒ͇  Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì Í‡ÚÓ ‰Ë„ËÚ‡ÎÂÌ
ÒË„Ì‡Î Ò ÔÓ-‰Ó·Ó ‡Û‰ËÓ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó.
ê„ËÓ̇ÎÂÌ ÌÓÏÂ
DVD ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ÂÚÂ Ë Û‰ËÚ ҇ ÍÓ‰Ë‡ÌË ÔÓ
„ËÓÌË. íÂÁË „ËÓÌË Úfl·‚‡ ‰‡ Ò˙‚Ô‡‰‡Ú Á‡
‰‡ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ò ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰Â. ÄÍÓ ÍÓ‰‡ ÌÂ
Ò˙‚Ô‡‰‡, ‰ËÒ͇ Ìflχ ‰‡ Ò ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰Â.
ê„ËÓ̇ÎÌËflÚ ÌÓÏÂ ̇ ÔÎÂ˙‡  ÓÔËÒ‡Ì Ì‡
ԇ̷ ̇ Û‰‡.
ëÚÂÂÓ Á‚ÛÍ
ÑË„ËÚ·ÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â
DTS
DivX ëÂÚËÙË͇Ú
MP3
èÓÒÚ‡‚flÈÚ ҇ÏÓ Â‰ËÌ DVD ‰ËÒÍ Ì‡ ‚‰Ì˙Ê.
èÓÒÚ‡‚flÌÂÚÓ Ì‡ ‰‚‡ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ ÔÓ‚‰Ë
Û‰‡.
DivX, DivX ÒÂÚËÙËÍ‡Ú Ë
‡ÒÓˆËË‡ÌËÚÂ Ò ÌÂ„Ó ÎÓ„‡ Ò‡ Á‡Ô‡ÁÂ̇
χ͇ ̇ DivXNetworks, Inc Ë ÒÂ
ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú Ò ÎˈÂÌÁËfl.
5
Bulgary
ÑËÒÍ (ÎÓ„Ó)
éÔËÒ‡ÌËÂ
è‰ÂÌ Ô‡ÌÂÎ
5
DVD-P370
1 2
3
4
6 7
8
6
8
6
5
DVD-P375
1 2
3
1. STANDBY/ON - êÂÊËÏ
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚ/ÇÍÎ. (
)
äÓ„‡ÚÓ STANDBY/ON  ̇ÚËÒ̇Ú, Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ‡ Û„‡Ò‚‡ Ë
Û‰‡ Ò ‚Íβ˜‚‡.
4
6 7
5. ÖÍ‡Ì
à̉Ë͇ÚÓË Á‡ ‡·ÓÚ‡ ̇ Û‰‡ Ò ÔÓ͇Á‚‡Ú ÚÛÍ.
2. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ Á‡ ÂÊË „ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚ
äÓ„‡ÚÓ Û‰‡  ‚Íβ˜ÂÌ Á‡ Ô˙‚Ë Ô˙Ú Í˙Ï ÏÂʇڇ,
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ‡ ˘Â Ò‚ÂÚÌÂ
6. SKIP (
/
)SEARCH – èÂÒ͇˜‡ÌÂ/
Ô‚˙Ú‡ÌÂ
èÓÁ‚ÓÎfl‚‡ ‚Ë ‰‡ ÔÂÏËÌÂÚ ̇Ô‰ ËÎË Ì‡Á‡‰ ÓÚ
‰ËÒ͇. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ÔÂÒ͇˜‡ÌÂÚÓ Á‡ ‰‡ ÔÂÏËÌÂÚ ̇
‰Û„‡ „·‚‡, Á‡„·‚Ë ËÎË ÔÂÒÂÌ.
3. ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó Á‡ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ÂÚÂ
ÓÚ‚‡flÌÂ Ë Á‡Ú‚‡flÌ ̇ „ÌÂÁ‰ÓÚÓ Ì‡ ‰ËÒ͇
7. STOP - ÒÔË‡Ì (
ᇠ‰‡ ÒÔÂÚ ‰ËÒ͇
4. OPEN/CLOSE (
åÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÚ ‰ËÒ͇ ÚÛÍ.
8. PLAY/PAUSE – Ç˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ/
)
)
Ô‡ÛÁ‡ (
)
Ç˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì ËÎË Ô‡ÛÁ‡
è‰ÂÌ Ô‡ÌÂÎ ÂÍ‡Ì
é·˘Ó ‚ÂÏ Á‡ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ/ê‡Á΢ÌË Ò˙Ó·˘ÂÌËfl ̇ ÂÍ‡Ì‡
ÓÚÌÓÒÌÓ ÙÛÌ͈ËËÚÂ.
nodSC: çflχ ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÌ ‰ËÒÍ.
OPEn: ÉÌÂÁ‰ÓÚÓ Â ÓÚ‚ÓÂÌÓ
LOAd: ì‰‡ Á‡Âʉ‡ ËÌÙÓχˆËflÚ‡ ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇.
6
ᇉÂÌ Ô‡ÌÂÎ
2
1.
SCART ʇÍ
- à- ë‚˙Á‚‡Ì Í˙Ï TV scart ʇÍ.
2.
ÑË„ËÚ‡ÎÂÌ ‡Û‰ËÓ ËÁıÓ‰ÂÌ Ê‡Í
- àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ËÎË ÓÔÚ˘ÂÌ ËÎË ÍÓ‡ÍÒˇÎÂÌ
͇·ÂÎ Á‡ ‰‡ Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ Í˙Ï Dolby Digital
ÔËÂÏÌËÍ.
- àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ËÎË ÓÔÚ˘ÂÌ ËÎË ÍÓ‡ÍÒˇÎÂÌ
͇·ÂÎ Á‡ ‰‡ Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ Í˙Ï A/V ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎ
Ò˙‰˙ʇ˘ Dolby Digital, MPEG2 ËÎË DTS
‰ÂÍÓ‰Â.
3.
äÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÂÌ ‚ˉÂÓ ËÁıÓ‰ÂÌ Ê‡Í
- àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ÚÂÁË Ê‡ÍÓ‚Â ‡ÍÓ ËχÚ íÇ Ò˙Ò
ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÂÌ ‚ˉÂÓ Ê‡ÍÓ‚Â. íÂÁË Ê‡ÍÓ‚Â
Ô‰ÓÒÚ‡‚flÚ PR, PB Ë Y ‚ˉÂÓ.
- ÄÍÓ P-SCAN Video Output  ËÁ·‡Ì ÓÚ Setup
Menu
– ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË, ÔÓ„ÂÒË‚ÌÓÚÓ Ò͇ÌË‡ÌÂ
Ìflχ ‰‡ ‡·ÓÚË.
4
5
Bulgary
2
1
3
6
- ÄÍÓ I-SCAN Video Output  ËÁ·‡Ì ÓÚ Setup
Menu – ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË, ‚˙Ú¯ÂÌ ÂÊËÏ
Á‡ Ò͇ÌË‡Ì Ìflχ ‰‡ ‡·ÓÚË.
4.
ÄÛ‰ËÓ ËÁıÓ‰ÂÌ Ê‡Í
- ë‚˙ÊÂÚ Í˙Ï ‡Û‰ËÓ ‚ıÓ‰ÂÌ Ê‡Í Ì‡ ‚‡¯ËflÚ
íÇ ËÎË ‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ ÔËÂÏÌËÍ.
5.
‚ˉÂÓ ËÁıÓ‰ÂÌ Ê‡Í
- àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ Í‡·ÂÎ Á‡ ‰‡ Ò‚˙ÊÂÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ ‚ıÓ‰ÌËflÚ Ê‡Í Ì‡ íÇ.
- ÇˉÂÓ ËÁıÓ‰ÌËflÚ Ò˄̇ΠÓÚ Setup Menu –
ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË Ú‡·‚‡ ‰‡  ̇ S-Video.
6.
S-VIDEO ËÁıÓ‰ÂÌ Ê‡Í
- àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ S-Video ͇·ÂÎ Á‡ ‰‡ Ò‚˙ÊÂÚÂ
ʇ͇ Í˙Ï S-Video ʇ͇ ̇ íÇ Á‡ ÔÓ-‰Ó·Ó
͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó Ì‡ ͇ÚË̇ڇ.
- ÇˉÂÓ ËÁıÓ‰ÌËflÚ Ò˄̇· ÓÚ Setup Menu
Úfl·‚‡ ‰‡ ·˙‰Â ̇ÒÚÓÂÌ Ì‡ S-Video.
LJÊÌÓ
- äÓÌÒÛÎÚË‡ÈÚ ÒÂ Ò ‚‡¯‡Ú‡ ËÌÒÚÛ͈Ëfl ̇ íÇ, ‰‡ÎË Ò ÔÓ‰‰˙ʇ ÔÓ„ÂÒË‚ÌÓ Ò͇ÌË‡ÌÂ
ÄÍÓ Ò ÔÓ‰‰˙ʇ, ÒΉ‚‡ÈÚ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÚ‡ ÓÚ íÇ ÓÚÌÓÒÌÓ ÔÓ„ÂÒË‚ÌÓ Ò͇ÌË‡ÌÂ.
- ÄÍÓ P-SCAN ‚ˉÂÓ ËÁıÓ‰  ËÁ·‡Ì ‚ Setup Menu, Video Ìflχ ‰‡ ‡·ÓÚË.
- ÇËÊÚ ÒÚ. 27 Á‡ Ôӂ˜ ËÌÙÓχˆËfl ÓÚÌÓÒÌÓ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍËÚÂ.
7
ÑËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËÂ
5.
6.
1
14
15
7.
8.
9.
2
10.
3
16
11.
4
5
6
7
8
17
18
19
12.
13.
14.
15.
9
16.
10
20
21
17.
11
12
13
22
23
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
1.
2.
3.
4.
8
DVD POWER
BÇÍβ˜‚‡ÌÂ/àÁÍβ˜‚‡Ì ̇ Û‰‡
ñËÙÓ‚Ë ·ÛÚÓÌË
VIDEO SEL.
àÁ·Ó ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ ËÁıÓ‰ÂÌ ÙÓχÚ.
SEARCH ·ÛÚÓÌË (
)
/
èÓÁ‚ÓÎfl‚‡ ‚Ë ‰‡ ÔÂÏËÌÂÚ ̇Ô‰ ËÎË Ì‡Á‡‰ ‚ ‰ËÒ͇.
23.
INSTANT REPLAY
í‡ÁË ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Ò ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ Á‡ ‰‡ ÓÚˉÂÚ ̇ 10 ÒÂÍ Ì‡Á‡‰
ÓÚ Ò„‡¯Ì‡Ú‡ ÔÓÁˈËfl.
SKIP ·ÛÚÓÌ (
/
)
ᇠ‰‡ ÔÂÒÍÓ˜ËÚ ̇ „·‚‡, Á‡„·‚ËÂ, ÔÂÒÂÌ.
STOP – ëÔË‡Ì (
)
MENU
ᇠ‰‡ Ò ÔÓ͇Ê ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ Ì‡ Û‰ ̇ ÂÍ‡Ì‡.
œƒ¦‹
ENTER/œ
Ç˙‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ Ë ·ÛÚÓÌË ÍÛÒÓË Á‡ ËÁ·Ë‡ÌÂ.
EZ VIEW
ÄÒÔÂÍÚ‡ Ò˙ÓÚÌÓ¯ÂÌËÂÚÓ Ì‡ ͇ÚË̇ڇ ÏÓÊ ÎÂÒÌÓ ‰‡
·˙‰Â ̇„·ÒÂÌ (16:9 ËÎË 4:3).
DISC MENU
ᇠ‰‡ Ò ÔÓ͇Ê ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ Ì‡ ‰ËÒ͇ ̇ ÂÍ‡Ì‡.
SUBTITLE - ÒÛ·ÚËÚË ·ÛÚÓÌ
AUDIO ÅÛÚÓÌ
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ Ò Á‡ ‰ÓÒÚ˙Ô ‰Ó ‡Á΢ÌËÚ ‡Û‰ËÓ
ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇.
ZOOM
ì‚Â΢‡‚‡Ì ̇ ÂÍ‡Ì‡
OPEN/CLOSE (
)
éÚ‚‡flÌÂ/Á‡Ú‚‡flÌ ̇ ÂÍ‡Ì‡
STEP
ç‡Ô‰‚‡Ì ͇‰˙ ÒΉ ͇‰˙.
INSTANT SKIP
í‡ÁË ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÌÓ ÔÛÒ͇ 10 ÒÂÍ Ì‡Ô‰ ÓÚ
Ò„‡¯Ì‡Ú‡ ÚӘ͇.
PLAY/PAUSE (
)
Ç˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ/Ô‡ÛÁ‡.
RETURN
ᇠ‰‡ Ò ‚˙ÌÂÚ ‰Ó Ô‰˯ÌÓÚÓ ÏÂÌ˛.
INFO
èÓ͇Á‚‡Ì ̇ ËÌÙÓχˆËfl ̇ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ ÓÚÌÓÒÌÓ ‰ËÒ͇.
CANCEL
ᇠ‰‡ χıÌÂÚ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ ËÎË ÔÓ͇Á‚‡ÌÂÚÓ Ì‡
ËÌÙÓχˆËfl ÓÚ ÂÍ‡Ì‡.
REPEAT A-B
èÓÁ‚ÓÎfl‚‡ ‚Ë ‰‡ ÔÓ‚ÚÓËÚ ÓÚ ÚӘ͇ ‰Ó ÚӘ͇ - A-B
‰ËÒÍ.
REPEAT
èÓÁ‚ÓÎfl‚‡ ‚Ë ‰‡ ÔÓ‚Ú‡flÚ Á‡„·‚ËÂ, „·‚‡, ÔÂÒÂÌ
ËÎË ‰ËÒÍ.
ë‚˙Á‚‡ÌÂ
àχ ÌflÍÓÎÍÓ Ì‡˜Ë̇ ÔÓ ÍÓÈÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ Û‰‡ Ò íÇ.
èÂ‰Ë ‰‡ Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ DVD ÔÎÂÈ˙‡
- ÇË̇„Ë ËÁÍβ˜‚‡ÈÚ DVD ÔÎÂÈ˙‡, íÇ Ë ‰Û„‡Ú‡ ÚÂıÌË͇ ÔÂ‰Ë ‰‡ ‡Á͇˜ËÚ ͇·ÂÎËÚÂ.
- é·˙˘‡ÈÚ Ò Í˙Ï ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÚ‡ Á‡ ÛÔÓÚ·‡ ̇ ‰ÓÔ˙ÎÌËÚÂÎÌËÚ ÛÂ‰Ë ÍÓÈÚÓ Ò‡
Ò‚˙Á‚‡ÌË.
ë‚˙Á‚‡Ì Í˙Ï íÇ (SCART)
- àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ SCART, Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ SCART (EXT) ÚÂÏË̇· Í˙Ï Á‡‰Ì‡Ú‡ ÒÚ‡Ì‡ ̇ DVD
ÔÎÂÈ˙‡ Í˙Ï SCART (IN) ÚÂÏË̇· χ íÇ.
- ÄÍÓ íÇ Ìflχ SCART ÔÓÚ, ÏÓÊ Ú ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ÌflÍÓfl ÓÚ ‰Û„ËÚ ‡ÎÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ë.
ë‚˙Á‚‡Ì Í˙Ï íÇ (VIDEO CVBS)
1
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ Í‡·ÂÎË Á‡ ‰‡ Ò‚˙ÊÂÚÂ
VIDEO (Ê˙ÎÚ)/AUDIO (˜Â‚ÂÌ Ë ·flÎ) OUT
ÚÂÏË̇ÎË ÓÚ Á‡‰Ì‡Ú‡ ÒÚ‡Ì‡ ̇ DVD ÔÎÂÈ˙‡
Í˙Ï VIDEO /AUDIO IN ÚÂÏË̇ÎËÚ ̇ íÇ.
2
ÇÍβ˜ÂÚ DVD Û‰‡ Ë íÇ..
äêÄëçõâ
ÅÖãõâ
ÄÛ‰ËÓ͇·Âθ
äêÄëçõâ ÅÖãõâ
ÜÖãíõâ
ÇˉÂÓ͇·Âθ
ÜÖãíõâ
3
èÂÏËÌÂÚ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ Ò˄̇Î.
LJÊÌÓ
- åÓÊ ‰‡ Ò ˜Û‚‡ ¯ÛÏ ‡ÍÓ ‡Û‰ËÓ Í‡·Â·  ·ÎËÁÓ ‰Ó Á‡ı‡Ì‚‡˘ ͇·ÂÎ.
- ÄÍÓ ËÒ͇Ú ‰‡ Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ Í˙Ï ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎ, ÏÓÎfl Ó·˙ÌÂÚ Ò Í˙Ï ÒÚ‡Ìˈ‡Ú‡ Á‡ Ò˙Á‚‡Ì ̇
ÛÒË·ÚÂÎ – 13 – 14.
- çÓÏÂ‡ Ë ÏflÒÚÓÚÓ Ì‡ ÚÂÏË̇ÎËÚ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ò‡ ‡Á΢ÌË ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ íÇ.
åÓÎfl Ó·˙ÌÂÚ Ò Í˙Ï ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÚ‡ ̇ ‚‡¯ËflÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ.
- ÄÍÓ Ìflχ ‡Û‰ËÓ ‚ıÓ‰ÂÌ ÚÂÏË̇Π̇ íÇ, ÏÓÎfl Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ [AUDIO OUT][Îfl‚] (·flÎ) ÚÂÏË̇ΠÍ˙Ï DVD
ÔÎÂ˙‡.
- åÓÎfl Ì ҂˙Á‚‡ÈÚ Scart Ë ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÂÌ ‚ˉÂÓ (Y, Pb, Pr) ͇·ÂΠ‰ÌÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ, Ú˙È Í‡ÚÓ ÏÓÊ ‰‡
ÒË Ô˜‡Ú ‚Á‡ËÏÌÓ.
9
Bulgary
àÁ·Ó ̇ ‚˙Á͇
ë‚˙Á‚‡Ì Í˙Ï íÇ (S-Video)
- ë‚˙Á‚‡Ì ̇ íÇ ˜ÂÁ S-Video ͇·ÂÎ.
- ÇË ÏÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ Ò ̇Ò·‰ËÚ ̇ ‚ËÒÓÍÓ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌË Ó·‡ÁË. S-Video ‡Á‰ÂÎfl ˆ‚ÂÚÓ‚ÂÚ ̇ ·flÎÓ Ë
˜ÂÌÓ. (Y Ë C). ÄÛ‰ËÓ Ò˄̇· ÔÂÏË̇‚‡ ÔÂÁ ‡Û‰ËÓ Í‡·ÂÎ.
1
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ S-Video ͇·ÂÎ (Ì  ‚Íβ˜ÂÌ), Á‡ ‰‡
Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ SVIDEO OUT ÚÂÏË̇· ÓÚ Á‡‰Ì‡Ú‡ ÒÚ‡Ì‡
̇ DVD ÔÎ˙‡ Í˙Ï S-VIDEO IN ÚÂÏË̇· ̇ íÇ.
2
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ‡Û‰ËÓ Í‡·ÂÎË Á‡ ‰‡ Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ AUDIO
(˜Â‚ÂÌÓ Ë ·flÎÓ) OUT ÚÂÏË̇ÎËÚ Í˙Ï Á‡‰Ì‡Ú‡
ÒÚ‡Ì‡ ̇ DVD Û‰‡ ‚ AUDIO (˜Â‚ÂÌÓ Ë ·flÎÓ) IN
ÚÂÏË̇ÎËÚ ̇ íÇ. ÇÍβ˜ÂÚ íÇ Ë DVD Û‰‡.
äêÄëçõâ
ÅÖãõâ
3
èÂÏËÌÂÚ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ Í‡Ì‡Î‡ ̇ íÇ.
ÄÛ‰ËÓ͇·Âθ
äêÄëçõ
䇷Âθ S-VIDEO
(‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ Ì ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ)
ÅÖãõâ
4
ç‡ÒÚÓÈÚ ËÁıÓ‰ÌËflÚ S-Video ÓÚ Display Setup ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ.
LJÊÌÓ
- ÄÍÓ ËÒ͇Ú ‰‡ Ò ҂˙ÊÂÚ Í˙Ï ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎ, ÏÓÎfl Ó·˙ÌÂÚ Ò Í˙Ï Ò‚˙Á‚‡Ì ̇ ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂΠ̇ ÒÚ
13-14.
- çÓÏÂ‡ Ë ÏflÒÚÓÚÓ Ì‡ ÚÂÏË̇ÎËÚ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ò‡ ‡Á΢ÌË ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ íÇ.
åÓÎfl Ó·˙ÌÂÚ Ò Í˙Ï ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÚ‡ ̇ ‚‡¯ËflÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ.
- åÓÎfl Ì ҂˙Á‚‡ÈÚ Scart Ë ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÂÌ ‚ˉÂÓ (Y, Pb, Pr) ͇·ÂΠ‰ÌÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ, Ú˙È Í‡ÚÓ ÏÓÊ ‰‡
ÒË Ô˜‡Ú ‚Á‡ËÏÌÓ.
10
ë‚˙Á‚‡Ì Í˙Ï íÇ (Interlace)
- ë‚˙ÊÂÚ íÇ ˜ÂÁ ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌËflÚ Í‡·ÂÎ.
- åÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ Ò ̇Ò·‰ËÚ ̇ ‚ËÒÓÍÓ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â̇ ͇ÚË̇ .
Bulgary
- äÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌÓÚÓ ‚ˉÂÓ ‡Á‰ÂÎfl ͇ÚË̇ڇ ̇ ÂÎÂÏÂÌÚË ·flÎÓ Ë ˜ÂÌÓ (Y), ÒËÌ¸Ó (PB), ˜Â‚ÂÌÓ (PR)
Ò˄̇ÎË Á‡ ‰‡ Ô‰ÓÒÚ‡‚Ë ÔÓ-‰Ó·‡ ͇ÚË̇. (ÄÛ‰ËÓ Ò˄̇ÎËÚ Ò Ô‰ÓÒÚ‡‚flÚ ˜ÂÁ ‡Û‰ËÓ ËÁıÓ‰).
1
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ Í‡·ÂÎË (Ì ҇ Ô‰ÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÌË) Á‡ ‰‡
Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ COMPONENT VIDEO OUT ÚÂÏË̇ÎËÚ ÓÚ
Á‡‰Ì‡Ú‡ ÒÚ‡Ì‡ ̇ DVD ÔÎÂÈ˙‡ ‚ COMPONENT IN
ÚÂÏË̇· ̇ íÇ.
2
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ‡Û‰ËÓ Í‡·ÂÎË Á‡ ‰‡ Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ AUDIO
(˜Â‚ÂÌÓ Ë ·flÎÓ) OUT ÚÂÏË̇ÎËÚ Í˙Ï Á‡‰Ì‡Ú‡
ÒÚ‡Ì‡ ̇ DVD Û‰‡ ‚ AUDIO (˜Â‚ÂÌÓ Ë ·flÎÓ) IN
ÚÂÏË̇ÎËÚ ̇ íÇ. ÇÍβ˜ÂÚ íÇ Ë DVD Û‰‡.
äêÄëçõâ
3
äêÄëçõâ
èÂÏËÌÂÚ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ Í‡Ì‡Î‡ ‡Ì íÇ.
ëàçàâ
áÖãÖçõâ
ÅÖãõâ
ÄÛ‰ËÓ͇·Âθ
äêÄëçõâ
ÅÖãõâ
äêÄëçõâ
ëàçàâ
áÖãÖçõâ
äÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚È Í‡·Âθ
(‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ Ì ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ))
4
ç‡ÒÚÓÈÚ ËÁıÓ‰ÌËflÚ Ì‡ I-SCAN ÓÚ Display Setup
ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ. (ÒÚ 27)
LJÊÌÓ
- ÄÍÓ ‚ˉÂÓ ËÁıÓ‰ÌËflÚ ÔÓÚ Â ÌÂÔ‡‚ËÎÌÓ Ò‚˙Á‡Ì Í˙Ï S-Video, ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌËÚ ͇·ÂÎË ‡ÍÓ Ò‡
Ò‚˙Á‡ÌË, ÂÍ‡Ì‡ ˘Â Òڇ̠˜Â‚ÂÌ.
- ÄÍÓ ËÒ͇Ú ‰‡ Ò ҂˙ÊÂÚ Í˙Ï ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎ, ÏÓÎfl Ó·˙ÌÂÚ Ò Í˙Ï Ò‚˙Á‚‡Ì ̇ ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂΠ̇ ÒÚ
13-14.
- äÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌËÚ ÚÂÏË̇ÎË Ì‡ íÇ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ò‡ χÍË‡ÌË Ò “R-Y, B-Y, Y” ËÎË “Cr, Cb, Y” ‚ÏÂÒÚÓ “PR,
PB, Y” ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ ÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂÎfl. . çÓÏÂ‡ Ë ÏflÒÚÓÚÓ Ì‡ ÚÂÏË̇ÎËÚ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ò‡ ‡Á΢ÌË ‚
Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ íÇ. åÓÎfl Ó·˙ÌÂÚ Ò Í˙Ï ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÚ‡ ̇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ‚Ë. åÓÎfl Ó·˙ÌÂÚ Ò Í˙Ï
ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÚ‡ ̇ ‚‡¯ËflÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ.
11
ë‚˙Á‚‡Ì Í˙Ï ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ (Progressive)
1
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ Í‡·ÂÎË (Ì ҇ Ô‰ÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÌË) Á‡ ‰‡
Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ COMPONENT VIDEO OUT ÚÂÏË̇ÎËÚ ÓÚ
Á‡‰Ì‡Ú‡ ÒÚ‡Ì‡ ̇ DVD ÔÎÂÈ˙‡ ‚ COMPONENT IN
ÚÂÏË̇· ̇ íÇ.
2
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ‡Û‰ËÓ Í‡·ÂÎË Á‡ ‰‡ Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ AUDIO
(˜Â‚ÂÌÓ Ë ·flÎÓ) OUT ÚÂÏË̇ÎËÚ Í˙Ï Á‡‰Ì‡Ú‡ ÒÚ‡Ì‡
̇ DVD Û‰‡ ‚ AUDIO (˜Â‚ÂÌÓ Ë ·flÎÓ) IN
ÚÂÏË̇ÎËÚ ̇ íÇ. ÇÍβ˜ÂÚ íÇ Ë DVD Û‰‡.
äêÄëçõâ
3
äêÄëçõâ
èÂÏËÌÂÚ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ Í‡Ì‡Î‡ ̇ íÇ.
ëàçàâ
áÖãÖçõâ
ÅÖãõâ
ÄÛ‰ËÓ͇·Âθ
äêÄëçõâ
ÅÖãõâ
äêÄëçõâ
ëàçàâ
áÖãÖçõâ
äÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚È Í‡·Âθ
(‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ Ì ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ))
4
ç‡ÒÚÓÈÚ ËÁıÓ‰ÌËflÚ Ì‡ P-SCAN ÓÚ Display Setup
ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ. (ÒÚ 27)
ᇠ‰‡ ‚ˉËÚ ÔÓ„ÂÒË‚ÂÌ ‚ˉÂÓ Ò˄̇Î
ÇË Ò ÌÛʉ‡ÂÚ ÓÚ íÇ ÍÓÈÚÓ ÔÓ‰‰˙ʇ ÔÓ„ÂÒË‚ÌÓ Ò͇ÌË‡Ì ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡. ífl·‚‡ ‰‡ ̇ÒÚÓÈÚÂ
Ë íÇ.
- äÓÌÒÛÎÚË‡ÈÚ ÒÂ Ò ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÚ‡ ̇ ‚‡¯ËflÚ íÇ Á‡ ‰‡ ‡Á·ÂÂÚ ‰‡ÎË ÚÓÈ ÔÓ‰‰˙ʇ ÔÓ„ÂÒË‚ÌÓ
Ò͇ÌË‡ÌÂ. ÄÍÓ Ò ÔÓ‰‰˙ʇ, ÒΉ‚‡ÈÚ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËËÚ ÓÚ íÇ.
- Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ ‚‡¯ËflÚ íÇ, ÏÂÚÓ‰‡ ̇ Ò‚˙Á‚‡Ì ÏÓÊ ‰‡  ‡Á΢ÂÌ ÓÚ ËβÒÚË‡ÌËfl.
LJÊÌÓ
- ä‡Í‚Ó Â ÔÓ„ÂÒË‚ÌÓ Ò͇ÌË‡Ì - "Progressive Scan"?
- èÓ„ÂÒË‚ÌÓÚÓ Ò͇ÌË‡Ì Ëχ ‰‚‡ Ô˙ÚË Ôӂ˜ Ò͇ÌË‡˘Ë ÎËÌËË ,Ò‡‚ÌÂÌÓ Ò Ú‡‰ËˆËÓÌÌÓÚÓ. íÓÈ
Ô‰ÓÒÚ‡‚fl ÔÓ-‰Ó·‡ Ë flÒ̇ ͇ÚË̇.
12
ë‚˙Á‚‡Ì Í˙Ï ‡Û‰ËÓ ÒËÒÚÂχ (2 ͇ÌΠÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎ)
1
Bulgary
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ‡Û‰ËÓ Í‡·ÂÎËÚÂ, Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ AUDIO
(˜Â‚ÂÌ Ë ·flÎ) OUT ÚÂÏË̇ÎËÚ Í˙Ï Á‡‰Ì‡Ú‡ ÒÚ‡Ì‡
̇ DVD ÔÎÂ˙‡ ‚ AUDIO (˜Â‚ÂÌ Ë ·flÎ) IN
ÚÂÏË̇ÎËÚ ̇ ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎfl.
2
ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ͇·ÂÎÂÈ ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇· ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ‚˚ıÓ‰˚
VIDEO, S-VIDEO ËÎË COMPONENT ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌÌ˚ ̇
Á‡‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË DVD-ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÚÂÎfl, Ò ‚ıÓ‰‡ÏË VIDEO,
S-VIDEO ËÎË COMPONENT ̇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÂ Í‡Í ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÓ
̇ ÒÚ. 9-12.
äêÄëçõâ
3
ÇÍβ˜ÂÚ Û‰‡ Ë ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎfl.
ÄÛ‰ËÓ͇·Âθ
äêÄëçõâ
4
ÅÖãõâ
ÅÖãõâ
2-͇̇θÌ˚È
ÒÚÂÂÓÛÒËÎËÚÂθ
ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ input select ·ÛÚÓ̇ Á‡ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ‚˙̯ÂÌ
Û‰ - external input Á‡ ‰‡ ˜ÛÂÚ Á‚ÛÍ ÓÚ ÔÎÂÈ˙È‡.
é·˙ÌÂÚ Ò Í˙Ï ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÚ‡ ̇ ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎfl Á‡
Ôӂ˜ ËÌÙÓχˆËfl.
LJÊÌÓ
- åÓÎfl ̇χÎÂÚ Á‚Û͇ ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ ‚Íβ˜‚‡Ú ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎfl. ÇÌÂÁ‡ÔÌË ÒËÎÌË ¯ÛÏÓ‚Â ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ Ô˘ËÌflÚ
ÔÓ‚‰‡ ̇ ‚ËÒÓÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎËÚ ËÎË Û¯ËÚ ‚Ë.
- åÓÎfl ̇ÒÚÓÈÚ ‡Û‰ËÓ ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ ÓÚ menu screen Ò˙Ó·‡ÁÌÓ ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎfl. (ÒÚ 26)
- èÓÁˈËflÚ‡ ̇ ÚÂÏË̇ÎËÚ ÏÓÊ ‰‡  ‡Á΢̇ ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎfl.
åÓÎfl Ó·˙ÌÂÚ Ò Í˙Ï ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÚ‡ ̇ Ò‡ÏËflÚ ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎ.
13
ë‚˙Á‚‡Ì Í˙Ï Á‚ÛÍÓ‚‡ ÒËÒÚÂχ (Dolby digital, MPEG2 ËÎË DTS ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎ)
1
ÄÍÓ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú ÓÔÚ˘ÂÌ Í‡·ÂÎ (Ì  Ô‰ÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÌ),
Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (OPTICAL) ÚÂÏË̇·
ÓÚ Á‡‰Ì‡Ú‡ ÒÚ‡Ì‡ ̇ DVD ÔÎÂ˙‡ Í˙Ï DIGITAL AUDIO
IN (OPTICAL) ÚÂÏË̇· ̇ ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎfl.
ÄÍÓ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú ÍÓ‡ÍÒˇÎÂÌ Í‡·ÂÎ (Ì  Ô‰ÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÌ),
Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (COAXIAL) ÚÂÏË̇·
Í˙Ï Á‡‰Ì‡Ú‡ ˜‡ÒÚ Ì‡ DVD Û‰‡ Í˙Ï DIGITAL AUDIO
IN (COAXIAL) ÚÂÏË̇· ̇ ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎfl.
2
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ Ò˄̇Π͇·Â· Á‡ ‰‡
Ò‚˙ÊÂÚÂ VIDEO, SVIDEO ËÎË COMPONENT
OUT ÚÂÏË̇Π̇ Á‡‰Ì‡Ú‡ ˜‡ÒÚ Ì‡ DVD
ÔÎÂÈ˙‡ Í˙Ï VIDEO, S-VIDEO ËÎË COMPONENT IN ÚÂÏË̇ÎË Ì‡ ‚‡¯ËflÚ íÇ, ͇ÍÚÓ Â
ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÓ Ì‡ 9 ‰Ó 12 ÒÚ
ËÎË
äÓ‡ÍÒˇθÌ˚È Í‡·Âθ
(‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ Ì ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ)
éÔÚ˘ÂÒÍËÈ Í‡·Âθ
(‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ Ì ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ)
3
ÇÍβ˜ÂÚ Û‰ËÚÂ.
ìÒËÎËÚÂθ Dolby Digital
ËÎË DTS
4
ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ input select ·ÛÚÓ̇ ̇ ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎfl Á‡
‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ external input Á‡ ‰‡ ˜ÛÂÚ Á‚ÛÍ ÓÚ
DVD ÔÎÂÈ˙‡. é·˙ÌÂÚ Ò Í˙Ï ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÚ‡
̇ Ò‡ÏËflÚ ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎ.
LJÊÌÓ
- äÓ„‡ÚÓ Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ DVD ÔÎÂÈ˙‡ Í˙Ï DTS ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎ Ë ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ú DTS ‰ËÒÍ, ̇ÒÚÓÈÚÂ
DTS ̇ On ÓÚ Audio Setup ÏÂÌ˛. ÄÍÓ Ì‡ÒÚÓËÚ ̇ Off, Á‚Û͇ Ìflχ ‰‡ Ò ÔÓfl‚Ë ËÎË ˘Â ÒÂ
˜Û‚‡ ¯ÛÏ.
- åÓÎfl ̇χÎÂÚ Á‚Û͇ ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎfl. ÇÌÂÁ‡ÔÂÌ ÒËÎÂÌ Á‚ÛÍ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ ÔÓ‚‰Ë
‚ËÒÓÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎËÚ ËÎËÛ¯ËÚ ‚Ë.
- åÓÎfl ̇ÒÚÓÈÚ ‡Û‰ËÓ ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ ÓÚ menu screen Ò˙Ó·‡ÁÌÓ ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎfl. (ÒÚ 26)
- èÓÁˈËflÚ‡ ̇ ÚÂÏË̇ÎËÚ ÏÓÊ ‰‡  ‡Á΢̇ ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎfl.
åÓÎfl Ó·˙ÌÂÚ Ò Í˙Ï ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÚ‡ ̇ Ò‡ÏËflÚ ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎ.
- åÓÎfl, ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú ÓÔÚ˘ÂÌ Í‡·ÂÎ, χıÌÂÚ ͇ԇ͇ Á‡ Ô‡ı, ͇ÚÓ „Ó ÔÓÒÚ‡‚flÈÚ ӷ‡ÚÌÓ
ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ Ì „Ó ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÚÂ.
14
Ç˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì ̇ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â
èÂ‰Ë ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ
- ÇÍβ˜ÂÚ íÇ Ë „Ó Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÚ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ Í‡Ì‡Î.
- ÄÍÓ Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ ‚˙̯̇ ‡Û‰ËÓ ÒËÒÚÂχ, ‚Íβ˜ÂÚÂ,
̇ÒÚÓÈÚ fl Ô‡‚ËÎÌÓ.
ëΉ ͇ÚÓ ‚Íβ˜ËÚ Û‰‡ Á‡ Ô˙‚Ë Ô˙Ú Ë Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚÂ
DVD POWER ·ÛÚÓ̇, ˘Â Ò ÔÓfl‚Ë ÒΉÌËflÚ ÂÍ‡Ì.
ÄÍÓ ËÒ͇Ú ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ÂÁËÍ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ ˆËÙÓ‚ËÚÂ
·ÛÚÓÌË. (ÂÍ‡Ì‡ ˘Â Ò ÔÓfl‚Ë Ò‡ÏÓ ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ ‚Íβ˜ËÚ íÇ
Á‡ Ô˙‚Ë Ô˙Ú). ÄÍÓ Ì  ËÁ·‡Ì ÂÁË͇, ÏÓÊÂÚ ‰‡
ÒÏÂÌËÚ ̇ÒÚÓÈ͇ڇ ÏÓÊ ‰‡  ‡Á΢̇ ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ
‚ÍÎ./ËÁÍÎ. Û‰‡.
àÁ·ÂÂÚ ÂÁË͇ ÍÓÈÚÓ Ê·ÂÚÂ. ôÓÏ ‚‰Ì˙Ê ËÁ·ÂÂÚÂ
ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ ÂÁËÍ, ‚Ë ÏÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ ÒÏÂÌËÚÂ Ò Ì‡ÚËÒ͇ÌÂ
̇ ·ÛÚÓÌ ÓÚ Ô‰ÌËflÚ Ô‡ÌÂÎ Á‡ Ôӂ˜ ÓÚ 5 ÒÂÍ, ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ
Ìflχ ‰ËÒÍ ‚ Û‰‡. íÓ„‡‚‡ ˘Â Ò ÔÓfl‚Ë ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ Á‡ ËÁ·Ó
̇ ÂÁËÍ.
Press
Touche
1
2
for English
pour Français
Drücken Sie
3
für Deutsch
Pulsar
4
para Español
Premere
5
per Italiano
Druk op
6
voor Nederlands
Ç˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ
1. ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ OPEN/CLOSE ( ) ·ÛÚÓ̇. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ‡
STANDBY ˘Â Û„‡ÒÂÌ Ë ˘Â Ò ÓÚ‚ÓË „ÌÂÁ‰ÓÚÓ Á‡
‰ËÒÍÓ‚ÂÚÂ.
2. èÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÚ ‚ÌËχÚÂÎÌÓ ‰ËÒ͇ Ò ÂÚËÍÂÚ‡ ̇„ÓÂ.
3. ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ PLAY/PAUSE ( ) ·ÛÚÓ̇ ËÎË OPEN/
CLOSE ( ) Á‡ ‰‡ Ò Á‡Ú‚ÓË „ÌÂÁ‰ÓÚÓ
- äÓ„‡ÚÓ ÒÔÂÚ ‰ËÒ͇, ÔÎ˙È˙‡ Á‡ÔÓÏÌfl Í˙‰Â ÒÔflÎ,
ڇ͇ ˜Â ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ PLAY/PAUSE ( ) ·ÛÚÓ̇  ̇ÚËÒ̇Ú
ÓÚÌÓ‚Ó, ‰ËÒ͇ ˘Â Á‡ÔӘ̠ÓÚ Ú‡Ï Í˙‰ÂÚÓ ÒÚÂ
ÒÔflÎ.
4. ëÔË‡Ì ̇ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ
ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ STOP ( ) ) Á‡ ÒÔË‡ÌÂ.
5. àÁ‚ΘÂÌË ‰ËÒ͇
H‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ OPEN/CLOSE (ÓÚÍ˚Ú¸/Á‡Í˚Ú¸) ( )
6. è‡˙Á‡
ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ PLAY/PAUSE ( ) ËÎË STEP ·ÛÚÓ̇ ÓÚ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÚÓ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏ ̇ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ.
- ÖÍ‡Ì‡ ÒÔË‡, Ìflχ Á‚ÛÍ. ᇠ‰‡ ÔÓ‰˙ÎÊËÚÂ,
̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ PLAY/PAUSE ( ) Á‡ ‰‡ ÔÓ‰˙ÎÊËÚÂ.
7. ç‡Ô‰‚‡Ì ͇‰˙ ÔÓ Í‡‰˙ (·ÂÁ CD)
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ STEP ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
- ë ‚ÒflÍÓ Ì‡ÚËÒ͇Ì ̇ ·ÛÚÓ̇, ÌÓ‚ ͇‰˙ ˘Â ÒÂ
ÔÓfl‚Ë.
- ç Ò ˜Û‚‡ Á‚ËÍ ‚ ÚÓÁË ÂÊËÏ.
- ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ PLAY/PAUSE ( ). Á‡ ‰‡ ÔÓ‰˙ÎÊËÚÂ
ÌÓχÎÌÓÚÓ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ.
- åÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ Ò‡ÏÓ ‚ ÔÓÒÓ͇
̇Ô‰.
8. Ň‚ÌÓ ‰‚ËÊÂÌË ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ
ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ SEARCH (
) Á‡ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚÂ
/
ÒÍÓÓÒÚÚ‡ - 1/8, 1/4 Ë 1/2 ÓÚ ÌÓχÎ̇ڇ ÒÍÓÓÒÚ ÔÓ
‚ÂÏ ̇ Ô‡ÛÁ‡ ËÎË STEP ÂÊËÏ.
- ç Ò ˜Û‚‡ Á‚ÛÍ ‚ ÚÓÁË ÂÊËÏ.
- ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ PLAY/PAUSE ( ) ·ÛÚÓ̇ Á‡ ‰‡ ÒÂ
‚˙ÁÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Ë ÌÓχÎÌÓÚÓ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ.
LJÊÌÓ
- ‡ÍÓ ÔÎÂÈ˙‡  ÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÌ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÒÔflÌ Á‡ Ôӂ˜ ÓÚ
‰̇ ÏËÌÛÚ‡, ·ÂÁ ‰‡ Ô‡‚ËÚ ÌÂ˘Ó Ò Ì„Ó, ˘Â ÒÂ
‚Íβ˜Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ ÒÍËËÌ ÒÂÈ‚˙. ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚÂ
PLAY/PAUSE ( ) ·ÛÚÓ̇ Á‡ ‰‡ ÔÓ‰˙ÎÊËÚÂ
ÌÓχÎÌÓÚÓ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ.
- ‡ÍÓ Â ÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÌ Á‡ Ôӂ˜ ÓÚ 30 ÏËÌ, Û‰‡ ˘Â ÒÂ
Ò‡ÏÓËÁÍβ˜Ë ÓÒ‚ÂÌ ‡ÍÓ Ì  ‚Íβ˜ÂÌ ÏËÍÓÙÓÌ.
- ÄÍÓ Û‰‡  ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÌ ‚ Ô‡ÛÁ‡ Á‡ Ôӂ˜ ÓÚ 5 ÏËÌ,
Û‰‡ ˘Â ÒÔÂ.
- í‡ÁË ÓÁ̇˜‡‚‡ ˜Â  ̇ÚËÒÌ‡Ú Ì‚‡ÎˉÂÌ ·ÛÚÓÌ.
15
Bulgary
éÒÌÓ‚ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ Search Ë Skip
ÙÛÌ͈ËËÚÂ
èÓ ‚ÂÏ ̇ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ÎÂÒÌÓ Ë ·˙ÁÓ ‰‡
ÓÚˉÂÚ ‰Ó ‰Û„‡ „·‚‡ ËÎË ÔÂÒÂÌ, ͇ÚÓ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú ÚÂÁË
ÙÛÌ͈ËË.
í˙ÒÂÌ ÔÂÁ „·‚‡ ËÎË ÔÂÒÂÌ ÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË ËÎË
ÙËθÏÂ
èÓ ‚ÂÏ ̇ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ SEARCH
( / ) ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ÓÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÚÓ Á‡ Ôӂ˜ ÓÚ
‰̇ ÒÂÍÛ̉‡.
DVD
2X, 4X, 64X, 128X
CD
2X, 4X, 8X
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ Á‡
ÂÍ‡Ì‡
èË ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì ̇ DVD/MPEG4
1. èÓ ‚ÂÏ ̇ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ ·ÛÚÓ̇ INFO
ÓÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÚÓ.
2. ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ÒÚÂÎÍË Á‡ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Ê·Ì
Ó·ÂÍÚ.
3. àÁ·ÂÂÚ Ê·ÌËflÚ Ó·ÂÍÚ Ò˙Ò ÒÚÂÎÍËÚ ·ÛÚÓÌË Ë
ÔÓÚ‚˙‰ÂÚÂ Ò ·ÛÚÓ̇ ENTER.
- ÇË ÏÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú ˆËÙÓ‚ËÚ ·ÛÚÓÌË ÓÚ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÚÓ Á‡ ‰ËÂÍÚÂÌ ‰ÓÒÚ˙Ô ‰Ó Á‡„·‚ËÂ,
„·‚‡ Ë ‰.
4. ᇠ‰‡ Ò χıÌ ÂÍ‡Ì‡, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ CANCEL ·ÛÚÓ̇.
èêàåÖóÄçàÖ
LJÊÌÓ
- ÒÍÓÓÒÚËÚ ÓÚ·ÂÎflÁ‡ÌË Á‡ Ú‡ÁË ÙÛ̈ÍËfl
ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ò‡ ‡Á΢ÌË ÓÚ ‡ÎÌËÚ ‚
Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇.
- ç‡Ï‡ ‰‡ Ò ˜Û‚‡ Á‚ÛÍ ‚ ÚÓÁË ÂÊËÏ.
Title
Chapter
èÂÒ͇˜‡Ì ̇ ÔÂÒÌË
èÓ ‚ÂÏ ̇ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ SKIP
or
·ÛÚÓ̇.
- äÓ„‡ÚÓ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ú DVD, ‡ÍÓ Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ SKIP
, ˘Â ÓÚˉÂÚ ‰Ó ÒΉ‚‡˘‡Ú‡ „·‚‡ ËÎË Ì‡
Ô‰˯̇ڇ – SKIP
.
- èË ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì CD, ‡ÍÓ Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ SKIP
,
˘Â ÓÚˉÂÚ ‰Ó ÒΉ‚‡˘‡Ú‡ „·‚‡. ÄÍÓ Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ SKIP
(̇‰flÒÌÓ)
, ˘Â ÓÚˉÂÚ ‰Ó ̇˜‡ÎÓÚÓ Ì‡ ÓÚÍ˙Ò‡. ÄÍÓ
„Ó Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ Ӣ ‚‰Ì˙Ê, ÏÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ ÓÚˉÂÚ ‰Ó
Ô‰˯ÌËflÚ.
16
ᇠ‰ÓÒÚ˙Ô ‰Ó Ê·ÌÓÚÓ Á‡„·‚Ë ÓÚ ‰ËÒÍ,
‡ÍÓ Ëχ ÌflÍÓÎÍÓ Á‡„·‚Ëfl.
èӂ˜ÂÚÓ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â Ò‡ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌË Ì‡ „·‚Ë Á‡
ÔÓ-ÎÂÒÌÓ ÔÂÏË̇‚‡Ì Í˙Ï ‡Á΢ÌË
Ô‡Ò‡ÊË.
èÓÁ‚ÓÎfl‚‡ ‚Ë ‰‡ ÔÂÏËÌÂÚ ̇ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ
ÓÚ Ê·̇ ÔÓÁˈËfl ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂ.
Audio
Subtitle
Shortcut
éÚ̇Òfl Ò Í˙Ï ÂÁË͇ ̇ Á‚Û͇, ‰ËÌ ‰ËÒÍ
ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ëχ ‰Ó 8 ‡Á΢ÌË ÂÁË͇.
àÁ·Ó ‡ ÒÛ·ÚËÚË Ì‡ ‡Á΢ÌË ÂÁËˆË ËÎË ‰‡
„Ë ËÁÍβ˜ËÚ ̇Ô˙ÎÌÓ. åÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚÂ
ÓÚ 32 ÂÁË͇.
ᇠ‰ÓÒÚ˙Ô ‰Ó Ê·ÌaÚa ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Bookmark
ËÎË Angle.
ÌflÍÓË DVD ‰ËÒÍo‚ ËÏ‡Ú Ëӂ˜ ÓÚ Â‰Ì‡
ÙÛÌ͈ËË Á‡ ˙„˙Î Angle ÓÚ ‚ÒflÍa kaÚËÌa.
îÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ Bookmark ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl‚a ÎÂÒÌÓ ‰a
̇ÏËÚe Á‡ÔËÒ ËÎË eÔËÁÓ‰ ÓÚ DVD.
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ
èÓ‚Ú‡flÌ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ
èÓ‚Ú‡flÌ ̇ Ò„‡¯Ì‡Ú‡ ÔÂÒÂÌ, Á‡„·‚Ëfl,
„·‚‡, Ä-Ç ÓÚÍ˙Ò ËÎË ‰Û„Ë ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â.
àÁÔÓ΂‡Ì ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ
1. ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ REPEAT ·ÛÚÓ̇ ̇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÚÓ.
ô Ò ÔÓfl‚Ë ÂÍ‡Ì‡ Á‡ ÔÓ‚Ú‡flÌÂ.
2. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚÂ
Chapter, Title ËÎË A-B, Ë Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ENTER ·ÛÚÓ̇.
- DVD ÔÓ‚Ú‡fl „·‚‡ ËÎË Á‡„·‚ËÂ.
- Chapter - É·‚‡ ( ): Ôo‚Úop ‚ocÔpoËÁ‚o‰ËÏoÈ
˜acÚË.
- Title – ᇄ·‚Ë ( ): Ôo‚Úop ‚ocÔpoËÁ‚o‰ËÏo„o
ÙËθÏa.
- A-B: ÔÓ‚Ú‡fl Ò„ÏÂÌÚ ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇, ÍÓÈÚÓ ÒÚ ËÁ·‡Î.
Press ENTER key
for Disc Menu
T
Enter
Return
Menu
DVD
LJÊÌÓ
- Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇, ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ ÌÂ
‡·ÓÚË.
- åÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú Disc Menu, ˜ÂÁ DISC
MENU ·ÛÚÓ̇ ÓÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÚÓ.
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ Á‡ Á‡„·‚ËÂÚÓ
Off
01
T
01 A - B
ENTER REPEAT
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ A-B èÓ‚Ú‡flÌÂ
1. ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ REPEAT A-B ·ÛÚÓ̇ ‚ ̇˜‡ÎÓÚÓ Ì‡
ÓÚÍ˙Ò‡ ÍÓÈÚÓ ËÒ͇Ú ‰‡ ÔÓ‚ÚÓËÚÂ, ˘Â Ò ÔÓfl‚Ë
(A). B Ò ÓÒ‚ÂÚfl‚‡.
2. ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ REPEAT A-B ·ÛÚÓ̇ ‚ ÚӘ͇ڇ Á‡ Í‡fl.
1. èÓ ‚ÂÏ ̇ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì ̇ DVD ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â,
̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU ·ÛÚÓ̇ ÓÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÚÓ.
2. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ œ/ƒ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Title Menu Ë Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ËÎË ENTER
- ᇠ‰‡ ‚˙ÁÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÌÓχÎÌÓÚÓ
‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ CANCEL ·ÛÚÓ̇.
3. ᇠ‰‡ Ò ‚˙ÌÂÚ ‚ ÌÓχÎÌÓÚÓ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ,
¦/‹
‹
̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ REPEAT ·ÛÚÓ̇ ÓÚÌÓ‚Ó Ë ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ¦
Á‡ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Off Ë Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ENTER.
Press ENTER key
for Title Menu
DVD
Off
Enter
Return
01
T
01 A - B
ENTER REPEAT
Menu
LJÊÌÓ
- Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇, ᇄ·‚ÌÓÚÓ Title Menu
ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ì ‡·ÓÚË.
- Title Menu ˘Â Ò ÔÓfl‚Ë Ò‡ÏÓ ‡ÍÓ Ëχ ÌflÍÓÎÍÓ
Á‡„·‚Ëfl.
LJÊÌÓ
- A-B REPEAT ‚Ë ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl‚‡ ‰‡ ̇ÒÚÓÈÚÂ
ÚӘ͇ (B) ‰ËÂÍÚÌÓ ÒΉ ͇ÚÓ (A) Â
̇ÒÚÓÂ̇.
- Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇, ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ ÏÓÊ ‰‡
Ì ‡·ÓÚË.
17
Bulgary
èË ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì DVD
1. èÓ ‚ÂÏ ̇ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì ̇ DVD ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â,
̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU ·ÛÚÓ̇ ÓÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÚÓ.
2. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ œ/ƒ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Title Menu Ë Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ‹ ËÎË ENTER.
Ň‚ÌÓ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ
í‡ÁË ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Ë ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl‚‡ ‰‡ ÔÓ‚ÚÓËÚ ·‡‚ÌÓ
ÒˆÂÌË, ‚‡ÊÌË Á‡ ‚‡Ò, ͇ÚÓ Ì‡ÔËÏÂ ÒÔÓÚ Ë ‰.
èË ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì ̇ DVD
1. èÓ ‚ÂÏ ̇ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ PLAY/PAUSE
( ) ·ÛÚÓ̇. .
2. ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ SEARCH ( / ) ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ Á‡ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚÂ
ÒÍÓÓÒÚÚ‡ ̇ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì 1/8, 1/4 Ë 1/2 ÓÚ
ÌÓχÎ̇ڇ Ó ‚ÂÏ ̇ PAUSE – Ô‡ÛÁ‡ ËÎË STEP –
͇‰˙ ÔÓ Í‡‰˙ ÂÊËÏ.
îÛÌ͈ËË Á‡
̇Ô‰̇ÎË
燄·ÒflÌ ̇ ‡ÒÔÂÍÚ‡ (EZ View)
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ‡Á΢Ì˚ı
ÙÓχÚÓ‚ (DVD)
ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ EZ VIEW ·ÛÚÓ̇.
- ê‡ÁÏÂ‡ ̇ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ Ò ÒÏÂÌfl ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ ·ÛÚÓ̇  ̇ÚËÒ̇Ú
ÔÓ‰˙ÎÊËÚÂÎÌÓ.
- áÛÏ Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ ‡·ÓÚË ‡Á΢ÌÓ ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ ÒÚ ̇ÒÚÓÈÎ
‡Á΢ÌË Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË ÓÚ Display Setup ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ.
- ᇠ‰‡ ÔÓ‰ÒË„ÛËÚ Ô‡‚ËÎ̇ ÓÔÂ‡ˆËfl ̇ EZ VIEW ,
̇„·ÒÂÚ Ô‡‚ËÎÌËflÚ ‡ÒÔÂÍÚ ‚ Display Setup ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ. (ÒÚ
27)
WIDE SCREEN
EZ VIEW
ÄÍÓ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú 16:9 íÇ
ᇠ16:9 ‡ÒÔÂÍÚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â
- òËÓÍ ÂÍ‡Ì
èÓ͇Á‚‡ Ò˙‰˙ʇÌËÂÚÓ Ì‡ DVD Á‡„·‚Ë ‚ 16:9 ‡ÒÔÂÍÚ
Ò˙ÓÚÌÓ¯ÂÌËÂ.
- ÖÍ‡Ì ̇ԇ҂‡ÌÂ
ÉÓ̇ڇ Ë ‰ÓÎ̇ڇ ˜‡ÒÚ Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ Ò‡ ÓÚflÁ‡ÌË.
èË ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì ̇ 2.35:1 ‡ÒÔÂÍÚ, ˜ÂÌËÚ ÎËÌËË
˘Â ËÁ˜ÂÁ̇Ú. ä‡ÚË̇ڇ ˘Â ËÁ„ÎÂʉ‡Ú ‚ÂÚË͇ÎÌÓ
‡ÁÚ„ÎÂÌË ( Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇, ͇ÚË̇ڇ ÏÓÊ ‰‡
 ̇Ô˙ÎÌÓ ‡Á΢̇).
- áÛÏ Ì‡Ô‡Ò‚‡ÌÂ
ÉÓ̇ڇ, ‰ÓÎ̇ڇ, Îfl‚‡Ú‡ Ë ‰flÒ̇ڇ ˜‡ÒÚ Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ Ò‡
ËÁflÁ‡ÌË Ë ˆÂÌÚ‡Î̇ڇ ˜‡ÒÚ Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡  ۄÓÎÂÏÂ̇.
ᇠ4:3 ‡ÒÔÂÍÚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â
- çÓχÎÌÓ ¯ËÓÍ
èÓ͇Á‚‡ Ò˙‰˙ʇÌËÂÚÓ Ì‡ DVD Á‡„·‚Ë ‚ 16:9 ‡ÒÔÂÍÚ
Ò˙ÓÚÌÓ¯ÂÌËÂ. ä‡ÚË̇ڇ ˘Â ËÁ„ÎÂʉ‡ ıÓËÁÓÌÚ‡ÎÌÓ
‡ÁÔ˙̇ڇ.
- ÖÍ‡Ì ̇ԇ҂‡ÌÂ
Ó̇ڇ Ë ‰ÓÎ̇ڇ ˜‡ÒÚ Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ Ò‡ ÓÚflÁ‡ÌË Ë ÒÂ
ÔÓfl‚fl‚‡ ˆflÎ ÂÍ‡Ì.
ä‡ÚË̇ڇ ˘Â ËÁ„ÎÂʉ‡Ú ‚ÂÚË͇ÎÌÓ ‡ÁÚ„ÎÂÌË
- áÛÏ Ì‡Ô‡Ò‚‡ÌÂ
ÉÓ̇ڇ, ‰ÓÎ̇ڇ, Îfl‚‡Ú‡ Ë ‰flÒ̇ڇ ˜‡ÒÚ Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ Ò‡
ËÁflÁ‡ÌË Ë ˆÂÌÚ‡Î̇ڇ ˜‡ÒÚ Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡  ۄÓÎÂÏÂ̇.
- ÇÂÚË͇ÎÌÓ Ì‡Ô‡Ò‚‡ÌÂ
äÓ„‡ÚÓ 4:3 DVD Ò Ô„ÎÂʉ‡ ̇ 16:9 TV, ˜ÂÌË ÎÂÌÚË
˘Â Ò ÔÓfl‚flÚ ÓÚÎfl‚Ó Ë ‰flÒÌÓ, Á‡ ‰‡ Ì ËÁ„ÎÂʉ‡
͇ÚË̇ڇ ıÓËÁÓÌÚ‡ÎÌÓ ‡ÁÚ„ÎÂ̇.
18
2. ᇠ‰‡ χıÌÂÚ SUBTITLE ËÍÓ̇ڇ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ CANCEL
ËÎË RETURN ·ÛÚÓ̇.
LJÊÌÓ
- í‡ÁË ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Á‡‚ËÒË ÓÚ ÍÓ‰Ë‡ÌËÚ ÂÁËˆË ‚
‰ËÒ͇.
- ADVD ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ÂÚ ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ Ò˙‰˙Ê‡Ú ‰Ó 8
‡Û‰ËÓ ÂÁË͇.
- ᇠ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÌÓ ËÁ·Ë‡Ì ‰ËÌ Ë Ò˙˘Ë ÂÁËÍ,
ÓÚˉÂÚ ̇ “àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ Audio ÂÁËÍ” ÒÚ
25.
àÁ·Ó ̇ ÒÛ·ÚËÚË
åÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ÒÛ·ÚËÚËÚ ·˙ÁÓ Ë ÎÂÒÌÓ Ò
·ÛÚÓ̇ SUBTITLE.
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ SUBTITLE (DVD/MPEG4)
1. ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ SUBTITLE ·ÛÚÓ̇. ÖÁˈËÚ ˘Â Ò ÒÏÂÌflÚ
ˆËÍ΢ÌÓ Ò Ì‡ÚËÒ͇ÌÂÚÓ Ì‡ ·ÛÚÓ̇.
DVD
Off
LJÊÌÓ
îÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ò ‰˙ÊË ‡Á΢ÌÓ ‚
Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇.
SUBTITLE
MPEG4
Subtitle Selection
àÁ·Ë‡Ì ̇ ‡Û‰ËÓ ÂÁË͇
ÇË ÏÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ‡Û‰ËÓ ÂÁË͇ ÎÂÒÌÓ Ò˙Ò
AUDIO ·ÛÚÓ̇.
Ç˙̯ÌË ÒÛ·ÚËÚË ÏÓ„‡Ú
‰‡ Ò ÔÓfl‚flÚ ‚
Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ DivX
‰ËÒ͇.
External Subtitle Off
readme.TXT
Non-standard fonts are not supported
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ AUDIO ·ÛÚÓ̇ (DVD/MPEG4)
Enter
1. ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ AUDIO ·ÛÚÓ̇. ÖÁË͇ ˘Â Ò ÒÏÂÌË ˆËÍ΢ÌÓ
Ò Ì‡ÚËÒ͇ÌÂÚÓ Ì‡ ·ÛÚÓ̇. ÖÁˈËÚ ҇ Ô‰ÒÚ‡‚ÂÌË Ò
‡·‚ˇˆËË.
MPEG4
ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ SUBTITLE
·ÛÚÓ̇ ÔÓ‰˙ÎÊËÚÂÎÌÓ
Off
Á‡ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Ê·ÌËflÚ
ÂÁËÍ Ë Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ENTER .
Return
Menu
SUBTITLE
DVD
ENG DOLBY DIGITAL 5.1CH
ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ Audio ·ÛÚÓ̇
ÔÓ‰˙ÎÊËÚÂÎÌÓ Á‡ ‰‡
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Ê·ÌËflÚ ÂÊËÏ
Ë Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ENTER
2. ᇠ‰‡ χıÌÂÚ SUBTITLE ËÍÓ̇ڇ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ CANCEL
ËÎË RETURN ·ÛÚÓ̇.
èêàåÖóÄçàÖ
- åÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ ÒÏÂÌËÚ Ê·ÌËÚ ÒÛ·ÚËÚË ÓÚ
Disc Menu, ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇. ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚÂ
DISC MENU ·ÛÚÓ̇.
MPEG4
PCM 1/2
AUDIO
AUDIO
- í‡ÁË ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Á‡‚ËÒË ÓÚ ÍÓ‰Ë‡ÌËÚÂ
ÒÛ·ÚËÚË ‚ Û‰‡.
- DVD ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ÂÚ ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ Ò˙‰˙Ê‡Ú ‰Ó 32
ÂÁË͇.
- ᇠ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÌÓ ËÁ·Ë‡Ì ‰ËÌ Ë Ò˙˘Ë ÂÁËÍ,
ÓÚˉÂÚ ̇ “àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ Audio ÂÁËÍ” ÒÚ
25.
19
Bulgary
ÄÍÓ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú 4:3 íÇ
ᇠ16:9 ‡ÒÔÂÍÚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â
- 4:3 Letter Box
èÓ͇Á‚‡Ì ̇ Ò˙‰˙ʇÌËÂÚÓ Ì‡ ‰ËÒ͇ ‚ 16:9 ‡ÒÔÂÍÚ.
óÂÌË ÎËÌËË ˘Â Ò ÔÓfl‚flÚ Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡.
- 4:3 Pan&Scan
ãfl‚‡Ú‡ Ë ‰flÒ̇ڇ ˜‡ÒÚ Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ Ò‡ ËÁflÁ‡ÌË Ë
ˆÂÌÚ‡Î̇ڇ ˜‡ÒÚ Ò ÔÓ͇Á‚‡ ‚ 16:9.
- ÖÍ‡Ì ̇ԇ҂‡ÌÂ
ÉÓ̇ڇ ˜‡ÒÚ Ë ‰ÓÎ̇ڇ ˜‡ÒÚ Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ Ò‡ ËÁflÁ‡ÌË Ë
ÂÍ‡Ì‡ Ò ÔÓfl‚fl‚‡ Ô˙ÎÂÌ. ä‡ÚË̇ڇ ˘Â ËÁ„ÎÂʉ‡
‚ÂÚË͇ÎÌË ‡ÁÚ„ÎÂ̇.
- áÛÏ Ì‡Ô‡Ò‚‡ÌÂ
ÉÓ̇ڇ, ‰ÓÎ̇ڇ, Îfl‚‡Ú‡ Ë ‰flÒ̇ڇ ˜‡ÒÚ Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ Ò‡
ËÁflÁ‡ÌË Ë ˆÂÌÚ‡Î̇ڇ ˜‡ÒÚ Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡  ۄÓÎÂÏÂ̇.
ᇠ4:3 ‡ÒÔÂÍÚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â
- çÓχÎÂÌ ÂÍ‡Ì
èÓ͇Á‚‡Ì ̇ Ò˙‰˙ʇÌËÂÚÓ Ì‡ ‰ËÒ͇ ‚ 4:3 ‡ÒÔÂÍÚ.
- ÖÍ‡Ì ̇ԇ҂‡ÌÂ
ÉÓ̇ڇ ˜‡ÒÚ Ë ‰ÓÎ̇ڇ ˜‡ÒÚ Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ Ò‡ ËÁflÁ‡ÌË Ë
ÂÍ‡Ì‡ Ò ÔÓfl‚fl‚‡ Ô˙ÎÂÌ. ä‡ÚË̇ڇ ˘Â ËÁ„ÎÂʉ‡
‚ÂÚË͇ÎÌË ‡ÁÚ„ÎÂ̇.
- áÛÏ Ì‡Ô‡Ò‚‡ÌÂ
ÉÓ̇ڇ, ‰ÓÎ̇ڇ, Îfl‚‡Ú‡ Ë ‰flÒ̇ڇ ˜‡ÒÚ Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ Ò‡
ËÁflÁ‡ÌË Ë ˆÂÌÚ‡Î̇ڇ ˜‡ÒÚ Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡  ۄÓÎÂÏÂ̇.
ëÏfl̇ ̇ ˙„˙· ̇
͇ÏÂ‡Ú‡
äÓ„‡ÚÓ DVD Ò˙‰˙ʇ ÌflÍÓÎÍÓ ˙„˙· Á‡ ÌflÍÓÈ
ÒˆÂÌË, ÏÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡.
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ ANGLE ·ÛÚÓ̇
(DVD)
ÄÍÓ ‰ËÒ͇ Ëχ ‡Á΢ÌË ˙„ÎË, ANGLE
˘Â Ò ÔÓfl‚Ë Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡.
1. èÓ ‚ÂÏ ̇ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ INFO ÓÚ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÚÓ.
2. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Shortcut.
3. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ¥/Š ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Angle Ë Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ENTER.
éÚ·ÂÎflÁ‚‡Ì Bookmark ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl
í‡ÁË ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Ë ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl‚‡ ‰‡ ÓÚ·ÂÎÂÊËÚÂ
˜‡ÒÚË ÓÚ DVD ڇ͇ ˜Â ‚Ë ÏÓÊÂÚ ÎÂÒÌÓ ‰‡
ÓÚˉÂÚ ‰Ó ÓÚ·ÂÎflÁ‡ÌËÚ ˜‡ÒÚË.
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ ÓÚ·ÂÎflÁ‚‡ÌÂ
ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ (DVD)
1. èÓ ‚ÂÏ ̇ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU ·ÛÚÓ̇
̇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÚÓ.
2. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Shortcut.
DVD
3. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ¥/Š ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Bookmark Ë Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ENTER.
4. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚÂ¥/Š·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ËÎË ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ˆËÙÓ‚ËÚÂ
·ÛÚÓÌË Á‡ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Ê·ÌËflÚ ˙„˙Î.
4/6
4. äÓ„‡ÚÓ ‰ÓÒÚË„ÌÂÚ ‰Ó Ê·̇ڇ ÒˆÂ̇, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚÂ
ENTER ·ÛÚÓ̇. ÑÓ ÚË ÒˆÂÌË ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ Ò ÓÚ·ÂÎÂʇÚ.
1 - -
LJÊÌÓ
- ÄÍÓ ‰ËÒ͇ Ëχ Ò‡ÏÓ Â‰ËÌ ˙„˙Î, ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ Ìflχ
‰‡ ‡·ÓÚË. å‡ÎÍÓ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â ÔÓ‰‰˙Ê‡Ú ‡Á΢ÌË
˙„ÎË.
- Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇, ÚÂÁË ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÏÓÊ ‰‡
Ì ‡·ÓÚflÚ.
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇
ÔÓ‚Ú‡flÌÂ/ÔÂÒ͇˜‡ÌÂ
Replay/Skip ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ (DVD)
ÄÍÓ ËÒ͇Ú ‰‡ ‚ˉËÚ ÌflÍÓfl ÒˆÂ̇, ‚Ë ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
‰‡ Ô„Ή‡Ú ҈Â̇ڇ ÓÚÌÓ‚Ó.
ÄÍÓ Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ INSTANT REPLAY ·ÛÚÓ̇, ˘Â Ò ‚˙ÌÂÚÂ
̇Á‡‰ Ò 10 ÒÂÍ ÓÚ Ò„‡¯Ì‡Ú‡ ÒˆÂ̇.
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ ÔÂÒ͇˜‡ÌÂ
ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ (DVD)
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ڇÁË ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Á‡ ‰‡ ÔÂÏËÌÂÚÂ Ò 10
ÒÂÍ Ì‡Ô‰ ÓÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘‡Ú‡ ÒˆÂ̇.
ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ INSTANT SKIP ·ÛÚÓ̇.
- Ç˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì ̇ ̇Ô‰ Ò 10 ÒÂÍ.
LJÊÌÓ
Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇, ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ ÏÓÊ ‰‡
Ì ‡·ÓÚË.
20
LJÊÌÓ
- Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇, ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ ÏÓÊ ‰‡
Ì ‡·ÓÚË.
àÁ‚ËÍ‚‡Ì ̇ ÓÚ·ÂÎflÁ‡Ì‡ ÒˆÂ̇
1~3. è˙‚ËÚ 1~3 ÒÚ˙ÔÍË Ò‡ Ò˙˘ËÚ ͇ÚÓ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇
ÓÚ·ÂÎflÁ‚‡Ì ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡.
4. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ¥/Š ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ Á‡ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Ê·ÌËÚÂ
ÒˆÂÌË.
1 2 3
5. ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ PLAY/PAUSE (
ÓÚ·ÂÎflÁ‡Ì‡Ú‡ ÒˆÂ̇.
)·ÛÚÓ̇ Á‡ ‰‡ ÓÚˉÂÚ ‰Ó
àÁ˜ËÒÚ‚‡Ì ̇ ÓÚ·ÂÎflÁ‚‡ÌÂ
1~3. è˙‚ËÚ 1~3 ÒÚ˙ÔÍË Ò‡ Ò˙˘ËÚ ͇ÚÓ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇
ÓÚ·ÂÎflÁ‚‡Ì ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ ̇ ÒÚ 20.
4. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ¥/Š ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ Á‡ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Ê·ÌËÚÂ
ÒˆÂÌË Á‡ ËÁÚË‚‡ÌÂ.
5. ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ CANCEL ·ÛÚÓ̇ Á‡ ‰‡ ËÁÚËÂÚÂ
ÓÚ·ÂÎflÁ‚‡ÌÂÚÓ ÌÓÏÂ‡.
1 2 3
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ ÁÛÏ ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡
(DVD)
-
: àÏÂÚÓ ç‡ ÚÂÍy˘Ó ËÁÔ˙ÎÌfl‚‡ÌÌfl Ù‡ÈÎ.
-
: ÚÂÍy˘Ó ‚ÂÏ ̇ ËÁÔ˙ÎÌÂÌËÂ.
-
: ÚÂÍy˘Ó ÂÊÌÏ Ì‡ ËÁÔ˙ÎÌÂÌË : àχ 3 ÂÊËχ
1. èÓ ‚ÂÏ ̇ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ ZOOM ·ÛÚÓ̇
ÓÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÚÓ.ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ENTER.
2. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ œ/ƒ ¦/‹ Á‡ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ˜‡ÒÚÚ‡ ÓÚ
ÂÍ‡Ì‡ ÍÓflÚÓ ËÒ͇Ú ‰‡ Û„ÓÎÂÏËÚÂ.
͇ÚÓ Off
– ËÁÍÎ. , Track – ÔÂÒÂÌ, Folder - Ô‡Ô͇ Ë Random
- ‡Á·˙͇ÌÓ.
- Off: çÓχÎÌÓ
- Track: Repeats – ÔÓ‚Ú‡flÌ ÔÂÒÂÌ.
- Folder: ÔÓ‚Ú‡flÌ ԇÔ͇.
- Random: ê‡Á·˙͇ÌÓ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì ̇
Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ÂÚÂ.
- èÓ ‚ÂÏ ̇ DVD ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚÂ
ENTER Á‡ ‰‡ Û‚Â΢ËÚ 2X/4X/2X/çÓχÎÌÓ
ÔÓÒΉӂ‡ÚÂÎÌÓ.
-
: çÍÓ̇ ̇ MP3 Ù‡ÈÎ .
-
: çÍÓ̇ ̇ CD
-
: çÍÓ̇ ̇
AÛ‰ËÓ Ù‡ÈÎ.
-
: çÍÓ̇ ̇ WMA Ù‡ÈÎ.
Ô‡Ô͇.
-
: çÍȯ ̇ JPEG Ù‡ÈÎ
-
: çÍȯ ̇ AVI Ù‡ÈÎ.
-
: çÍÓ̇ ̇
ÚÂÍy˘aÚa .
àÁ·Ó ̇ Ô‡Ô͇
åÂÌ˛ Á‡ MP3/WMA/JPEG/
MPEG4/CD ÄÛ‰ËÓ
CD ÄÛ‰ËÓ ËÎË ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â Ò MP3/WMA/JPEG
Ò˙‰˙ʇ ÔÂÒÌË ËÎË ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â ÍÓÈÚÓ ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ ÒÂ
Ó„‡ÌËÁË‡ÌË ‚ Ô‡ÔÍË Í‡ÍÚÓ ÔÓ-‰ÓÎÛ. í ҇
ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌË Ì‡ ̇˜Ë̇ ÔÓ ÍÓËÚÓ Ò‡ ÔÓ‰‰ÂÌË ‚
ÍÓÏÔ˛Ú˙.
Stop
éÚ‚ÓÂÚ „ÌÂÁ‰ÓÚÓ Á‡
‰ËÒÍÓ‚ÂÚÂ.
èÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÚ ‰ËÒ͇.
á‡Ú‚ÓÂÚ „ÌÂÁ‰ÓÚÓ.
ÉÌÂÁ‰ÓÚÓ Ò Á‡Ú‚‡fl Ë
ÂÍ‡Ì‡ ÔÓ͇Á‚‡:
Off
è‡Ô͇ڇ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ò ËÁ·Â ‚ ÒÔflÌ ËÎË
‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì ÂÊËÏ.
- ᇠ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ԇÔ͇ڇ χÈ͇
ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ RETURN Á‡ ‰‡ ÓÚˉÂÚ ‰Ó Ô‡Ô͇ڇ χÈ͇.
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ œ/ƒ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ “..” Ë Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ENTER.
- ᇠ‰ ‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ԇÔ͇ ̇ Ò˙˘ÓÚÓ ÌË‚Ó
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ œ/ƒ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ԇÔ͇ Ë Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ENTER.
- ᇠ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ÔÓ‰-Ô‡Ô͇
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ œ/ƒ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ԇÔ͇ Ë Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ENTER.
R oot
W MA
JPEG
P arent Fol der
MP 3
MU S IC
C urrent Fol der
1s t
S ub-Fol ders
2nd
S ON G FILE 1
P eer Fol ders
S ON G FILE 2
S ON G FILE 3
MP E G4 FILE S
21
Bulgary
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ áÛÏ
ÙÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡
MP3/WMA/CD ‡Û‰ËÓ
Ç˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ
1. éÚ‚ÓÂÚ „ÌÂÁ‰ÓÚÓ. èÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÚ ‰ËÒ͇. á‡Ú‚ÓÂÚ „Ó.
- ë‡ÏÓ Â‰ËÌ ÙÓÏ‡Ú ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ò ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡,
ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ ‰ËÒ͇ Ò˙‰˙ʇ MP3 Ë WMA Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Â.
‚¥/Š
Š Á‡ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ÔÂÒÂÌ.
2. ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ›/‚
ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ENTER Á‡ ‰‡ Á‡ÔӘ̠‚˙ÁÔÓÁË‚Âʉ‡ÌÂÚÓ.
Play
Off
00:00:23
B e c a u s e Yo u
...
B e c a u s e Yo u
Cactus
Sad Dayu
Wonderful
Enter
Return
REPEAT
Repeat
èÓ‚Ú‡flÌÂ/ê‡Á·˙͇ÌÓ
‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ
ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ REPEAT ·ÛÚÓ̇ Á‡ ‰‡ ÒÏÂÌËÚ ÂÊËχ. àχ 3
ÂÊËχ ͇ÚÓ Off – ËÁÍÎ. , Track – ÔÂÒÂÌ, Folder - Ô‡Ô͇ Ë
Random - ‡Á·˙͇ÌÓ.
- Off: çÓχÎÌÓ
- Track: Repeats – ÔÓ‚Ú‡flÌ ÔÂÒÂÌ.
- Folder: ÔÓ‚Ú‡flÌ ԇÔ͇.
- Random: ê‡Á·˙͇ÌÓ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì ̇ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ÂÚÂ.
ᇠ‰‡ ‚˙ÁÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÌÓχÎÌÓÚÓ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ,
̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ CANCEL ·ÛÚÓ̇.
CD-R MP3/WMA Ù‡ÈÎ
äÓ„‡ÚÓ Á‡Ô˯ÂÚ MP3 ËÎË WMA Ù‡ÈÎӂ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ,
ÏÓÎfl Ó·˙ÌÂÚ ‚ÌËχÌË ̇ ÒΉÌÓÚÓ.
- LJ¯ËÚ MP3 ËÎË WMA Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Â ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ Ò‡ ISO
9660 ËÎË JOLIET ÙÓχÚ.
ISO 9660 Ë Joliet MP3 ËÎË WMA Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Â Ò‡
Ò˙‚ÏÂÒÚËÏË Ò Microsoft DOS Ë Windows, Ë Ò Apple
Mac. íÓ‚‡ Ò‡ ̇È-˜ÂÒÚÓ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÌËÚ ÙÓχÚË.
- ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ Ì‡ËÏÂÌÛ‚‡Ú ‚‡¯ËÚ MP3 ËÎË WMA Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Â, ÌÂ
Ô‚˯‡‚‡ÈÚ 8 Á͇̇ Ë ‚˙‚‰ÂÚ ‡Á¯ËÂÌË “.mp3,
.wma”.
éÒÌÓ‚ÌË ËÏÂ̇: àÏÂ.mp3. ËÎË àÏÂ.wma. äÓ„‡ÚÓ
ËÁÏËÒÎflÚ Ëχ, Ì Ô‚˯‡‚‡ÈÚ 8 Á͇̇ Ë ÌÂ
ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ Á̇ˆË ͇ÚÓ (.,/,\,=,+).
- àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ‰Â ÍÓÏÔÂÒËfl ÓÚ 128 Kbps ÔË Á‡ÔËÒ‚‡ÌÂ
̇
MP3 Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Â.
䇘ÂÒÚ‚ÓÚÓ Ì‡ MP3 Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ÂÚ Á‡‚ËÒË ÓÚ ÍÓÏÔÂÒËfl/‰Â
ÍÓÏÔÂÒËflÚ‡
ᇠ‰‡ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ Á‚Û͇ Ò ÌÛʉ‡ÂÚ ÓÚ ‰Ë„ËÚ‡ÎÂÌ/‡Ì‡ÎÓ„Ó‚
Ò‡ÏÔ˙Î ÂÈÚ, ÓÚ ÔÓÌ 128 Kbps ‰Ó 160 Kbps. ÄÍÓ
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ÔÓ-‚ËÒÓÍ Í‡ÚÓ 192 Kbps ËÎË Ôӂ˜Â, fl‰ÍÓ ˘Â
‰Ó‚‰ ‰Ó ÔÓ-‰Ó·Ó Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó.
22
- àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ‰Â ÍÓÏÔÂÒËfl ÓÚ ÔÓÌ 64Kbps Á‡ WMA
Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Â.
䇘ÂÒÚ‚ÓÚÓ Ì‡ Á‚Û͇ Á‡ WMA Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ÂÚ Á‡‚ËÒË ÓÚ
ÍÓÏÔÂÒËfl/‰Â ÍÓÏÔÂÒËflÚ‡
ᇠ‰‡ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ Á‚Û͇ Ò ÌÛʉ‡ÂÚ ÓÚ ‰Ë„ËÚ‡ÎÂÌ/‡Ì‡ÎÓ„Ó‚
Ò‡ÏÔ˙Î ÂÈÚ, ÓÚ ÔÓÌ 64Kbps ‰Ó 192Kbps. ÄÍÓ ËÁ·ÂÂÚÂ
ÔÓ-χÎ͇ ÓÚ 64Kbps ËÎË Ì‡‰ 192Kbps Ìflχ ‰‡ ÒÂ
‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰ Ô‡‚ËÎÌÓ.
- ç Ò ÓÔËÚ‚‡ÈÚ ‰‡ ÍÓÔË‡Ú ÎˈÂÌÁË‡ÌË MP3
Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Â
çflÍÓË Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Â Ò‡ ÍËÔÚË‡ÌË Ë Á‡˘ËÚÂÌË ÓÚ ÌÂÁ‡ÍÓÌÌÓ
ÍÓÔË‡ÌÂ. íÂÁË Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Â Ò‡ ÓÚ ÒΉÌËÚ ÚËÔÓ‚Â: Windows
MediaTM (Á‡Ô‡ÁÂ̇ χ͇ ̇ Microsoft Inc) Ë SDMITM
(Á‡Ô‡ÁÂ̇ χ͇ ̇ SDMI Foundation). ç ÏÓÊÂÚ ‰‡
ÍÓÔË‡Ú ÚÂÁË Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Â.
- LJÊÌÓ
ÉÓÌËÚ ÔÂÔÓ˙ÍË Ì ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ Ò ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú ͇ÚÓ
„‡‡ÌˆËfl Á‡ ÚÓ‚‡ ˜Â DVD Û‰‡ ˘Â ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰ MP3
Á‡ÔËÒË. àχÈÚ ‚ Ô‰‚ˉ ˜Â ÌflÍÓË ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„Ëfl Á‡
Á‡ÔËÒ‚‡ÌÂ, ͇ÍÚÓ Ë ÌflÍÓË ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â Ì ‰‡‚‡Ú χÍÒËχÎÌÓ
‰Ó·Ó Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó.
- íÓÁË Û‰ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰ ‰Ó 500 هȷ Ë 500
Ô‡ÔÍË ÓÚ ‰ËÒÍ.
MPEG4 ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ
MPEG4 Ç˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ
ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl
AVI Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Â Ò ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú Á‡ Á‚ÛÍ Ë ‚ˉÂÓ ËÌÙÓχˆËfl.
ë‡ÏÓ AVI ÙÓχڇ Ò “.avi” ‡Á¯ËÂÌË ÏÓÊ ‰‡ ÒÂ
‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰Â.
1. ÓÚ‚ÓÂÚ „ÌÂÁ‰ÓÚÓ. èÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÚ ‰ËÒ͇. á‡Ú‚ÓÂÚ „Ó.
‚ Á‡ ¥/Š
Š ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ avi
2. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ·ÛÚÓÌË ›/‚
Ù‡ÈÎ (DivX/XiviD) Ë
Stop
Off
̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ ENTER ·ÛÚÓ̇.
/MPEG4
T
00:00:00
...
a01_divx51b-8
a02_divx505b-8
a03_divx502sp-8
a04_divx412-8
Enter
Return
Menu
èÓ‚Ú‡flÌ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ
ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ REPEAT ·ÛÚÓ̇ Á‡ ‰‡ ÒÏÂÌËÚ ÂÊËχ.
àχ 4 ÂÊËχ ͇ÚÓ Off, Folder, Title Ë A-B
(‡ÁÒÚÓflÌË ÏÂÊ‰Û ‰‚ ÚÓ˜ÍË, ËÁ·‡ÌÓ ÓÚ
ÔÓÚ·ËÚÂÎfl)
- Folder : ÔÓ‚Ú‡flÌ ̇ AVI هȷ ÓÚ Ô‡Ô͇ڇ.
- Title : ÔÓ‚Ú‡flÌ ̇ Á‡ „·‚ËÂÚÓ ÍÓÂÚÓ Ò ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡.
- A-B : ÔÓ‚Ú‡fl Ò„ÏÂÌÚ ÓÚ Ù‡ÈÎ.
MPEG4 ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÓÔËÒ‡ÌËÂ
(
Skip
Á‡
èÓ͇Á‚‡Ì ̇ ÒÌËÏÍË CD
îÛÌ͈ËË
ëÚ
èÓ ‚ÂÏ ̇ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ
̇ÚËÒÌÂÚÂ
Á‡
‰‡
) ÓÚˉÂÚ 5
ÏËÌ Ì‡Ô‰ ËÎË Ì‡Á‡‰
èÓ ‚ÂÏ ̇ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂ
Search
̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚÂ
Á‡
(
Á‡
) ‰‡ ÔÓÏÂÌËÚÂ
ÒÍÓÓÒÚÚ‡ – 2ï, 4ï, 8ï
-
-
ENTER RETURN
Slow Motion ᇠ‰‡ Ô‚˙ÚËÚ ̇ ÔÓ·‡‚̇ ÒÍÓÓÒÚ 1/8ï, 1/4ï,
Play
1/2ï
P 15
Step Motion ë ̇ÚËÒ͇ÌÂÚÓ Ì‡ ·ÛÚÓ̇,
Play
ÌÓ‚ ͇‰˙ Ò ÔÓ͇Á‚‡
P 15
ZOOM
1. àÁ·ÂÂÚ ԇÔ͇.
‚ · ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡‰‡
2. àÁ·ÂÂÚ ԇÔ͇ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚÂ Ë Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ENTER.
3. ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ INFO ·ÛÚÓ̇ ÓÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÚÓ Á‡ ‰‡
ËÁ·ÂÚ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ ÍÓÂÚÓ ËÒ͇Ú ‰‡ ‚ˉËÚÂ Ë Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚÂ
ENTER.
LJÊÌÓ
- ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ STOP ·ÛÚÓ̇ Á‡ ‰‡ Ò ‚˙ÌÂÚ ̇
ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ.
- äÓ„‡ÚÓ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ú Kodak Picture CD, Û‰‡
ÔÓ͇Á‚‡ ÒÌËÏÍË ‰ËÂÍÚÌÓ.
P 21
2X/4X/2X/çÓχÎÂÌ
- íÂÁË ÙÛÌ͈ËË Ì ‡·ÓÚflÚ ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ MPEG4
هȷ.
CD-R AVI Ù‡ÈÎ
ᇂ˙ڇ̠- Rotation
íÓÁË Û‰ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰ ÒΉÌËÚ هÈÎÓ‚Â
ÙÓχÚË Á‡ AVI Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Â:
- DivX 3.11
- DivX 4 (MPEG-4 Simple Profile)
- DivX 5 (MPEG-4 Ë ‰ÓÔÎ. Qpel Ë GMC Ò˙˘Ó.)
- XviD MPEG-4
íÓÁË Û‰ ÔÓ‰‰˙ʇ ‚Ò˘ÍË ÂÁÓβˆËË, ‰Ó
χÍÒËχÎÌËÚÂ.
DivX3.11 & DivX4 & XviD
Bitrate ÏÓÊ ‰‡ ‚‡Ë‡:
ì‰‡ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ ÔÂÒÍÓ˜Ë
‰ÂÍÓ‰Ë‡Ì ̇ ‚Ò˘ÍË
bitrate Ë ‰‡ Á‡ÔÓ˜ÌÂ
‰ÂÍÓ‰Ë‡Ì ÓÚÌÓ‚Ó
Bitrate Í˙Ï ÌÓχÎÌÓÚÓ.
Bulgary
îÛÌ͈ËË
DivX5
720 x 480 @30fps
720 x 576 @25fps
: Maximum bitrate : 4Mbps
LJÊÌÓ
• çflÍÓÈ MPEG-4 Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Â Ò˙Á‰‡‰ÂÌË Ì‡ ΢ÂÌ
ÍÓÏÔ˛Ú˙ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ì Ò ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ú.
á‡ÚÓ‚‡ Codec Type, Version Ë Higher resolution
̇‰ ÓÔËÒ‡ÌËÚ Ì Ò ÔÓ‰‰˙ʇÚ.
• ì‰‡ ÔÓ‰‰˙ʇ CD-R/RW Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌË ‚ MPEG4 ‚
Ò˙ÓÚ‚ÂÒÚ‚ÂË Ò “ISO9660 ÙÓχڇ”.
: ë ̇ÚËÒ͇ÌÂÚÓ Ì‡ ENTER ·ÛÚÓ̇, ÒÌËÏ͇ڇ ˘Â ÒÂ
Á‡‚˙ÚË Ì‡ 90 „‡‰ÛÒ‡ ÔÓ ˜‡ÒÓ‚ÌËÍÓ‚‡Ú‡ ÒÚÂÎ͇.
Zoom
‚ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ˜‡ÒÚÚ‡
: àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ÒÚÂÎÍËÚ ›/‚
ÓÚ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ ÍÓflÚÓ ËÒ͇Ú ‰‡ Û‚Â΢ËÚÂ.
ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ENTER ·ÛÚÓ̇. ë ‚ÒflÍÓ Ì‡ÚËÒ͇Ì ̇
ENTER, ͇ÚË̇ڇ ˘Â Ò ۂÂÎË˜Ë ‰Ó 2 Ô˙ÚË.
ë·ȉ ¯ÓÛ - Slide Show
•
: ì‰‡ ‚ÎËÁ‡ ‚ ÚÓÁË ÂÊËÏ.
èÂ‰Ë Ì‡˜‡ÎÓÚÓ, Úfl·‚‡ ‰‡ ̇ÒÚÓÈÚ ËÌÚÂ‚‡Î‡.
•
:äÓ„‡ÚÓ ËÍÓ̇ڇ  ËÁ·‡Ì‡ Ë ENTER  ̇ÚËÒ̇Ú,
͇ÚË̇ڇ Ò ÒÏÂÌfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÌÓ ÔË ÓÍÓÎÓ 6 ÒÂÍ
ËÌÚÂ‚‡Î.
•
:ä‡ÚË̇ڇ Ò ÒÏÂÌfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÌÓ Ò ËÌÚÂ‚‡Î ÓÚ
ÓÍÓÎÓ 12 ÒÂÍ.
•
:ä‡ÚË̇ڇ Ò ÒÏÂÌfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÌÓ Ì‡ ËÌÚÂ‚‡Î
ÓÚ 18 ÒÂÍ.
TIMER:
ENTER RETURN
LJÊÌÓ
- Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ ‡ÁÏÂ‡, ‚ÂÏÂÚÓ Á‡ Á‡Âʉ‡Ì ̇
ÒÌËÏ͇ڇ ÏÓÊ ‰‡  ÔÓ-„ÓÎflÏÓ.
- ‡ÍÓ Ì ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ ÌËÚÓ Â‰ËÌ ·ÛÚÓÌ, Ò·ȉ ¯ÓÛÚÓ ˘Â
Á‡ÔӘ̠‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÌÓ ÒΉ ÓÍÓÎÓ 10 ÒÂÍ.
23
CD-R JPEG ‰ËÒÍ
- ë‡ÏÓ “.jpg” Ë “.JPG” Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Â Ò ‡Á¯ËÂÌË ˘Â ÒÂ
‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰‡Ú.
- ÄÍÓ ‰ËÒ‡ Ì  “Á‡Ú‚ÓÂÌ” ˘Â ÓÚÌÂÏ Ôӂ˜ ‚ÂÏ ‰Ó͇ÚÓ
Ò Á‡‰Ë.
- ë‡ÏÓ CD-R ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â Ò JPEG Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Â ‚ ISO 9660 ËÎË
Joliet ÙÓÏ‡Ú ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ Ò ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰‡Ú.
- àÏÂÚÓ Ì‡ JPEG هȷ Ì Úfl·‚‡ ‰‡  ÔÓ-‰˙Î„Ó ÓÚ 8
Á͇̇ ËÎË Ô‡ÁÌË ÏÂÒÚ‡ ËÎË Á̇ˆË (. / = +).
- ë‡ÏÓ Ô‡‚ËÎÌÓ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌË multi-session ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡
Ò ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰‡Ú.
- å‡ÍÒËÏÛÏ 3000 ÒÌËÏÍË ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ Ò Á‡Ô‡ÁflÚ ‚ CD.
- Kodak Picture CD Ò Á‡Âʉ‡Ú ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÌÓ.
- èË ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ì ̇ Kodak Picture CD, Ò‡ÏÓ JPEG
Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ÂÚ ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ Ò ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰‡Ú.
- Kodak Picture CD: JPEG Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ÂÚ ‚ Ô‡Ô͇ڇ ÒÂ
‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ú ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÌÓ.
- Konica Picture CD: àÁ·ÂÂÚ JPEG Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ÂÚ ÓÚ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ.
- Fuji Picture CD: ÄÍÓ ËÒ͇Ú ‰‡ ‚ˉËÚ ÒÌËÏÍËÚÂ, ËÁ·ÂÂÚÂ
JPEG Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ÂÚÂ.
- QSS Picture CD: ì‰‡ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ì ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰ QSS
CD.
- ÄÍÓ ·Ófl ̇ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ÂÚ  ÔÓ-„ÓÎflÏ ÓÚ 500, Ò‡ÏÓ 500
هȷ ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ Ò ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰‡Ú.
ëÏfl̇ ̇ ÏÂÌ˛
̇ÒÚÓÈÍË
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ ÏÂÌ˛
̇ÒÚÓÈÍË
íÓ‚‡ ÏÂÌ˛ ‚Ë ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl‚‡ ‰‡ ̇ÒÚÓÈÚ DVD ÔÎÂ˙‡,
͇ÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ ̇ÒÚÓÈÚ ÂÁË͇, Ó‰ËÚÂÎÒÍË ÍÓÌÚÓÎ,
ÚËχ Ë ‰.
1. ë Û‰‡ ‚ ÒÔflÌ ÂÊËÏ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU ÓÚ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÚÓ.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚÂ Ë Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ŠËÎË ENTER.
Setup
Language Setup
Š
Audio Setup
Š
Display Setup
Š
Parental Setup :
Š
DivX(R) Registration
Enter
Return
Š
Menu
❶ Language Setup: ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ì‡ ÂÁË͇.
❷ Audio Setup : ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ì‡ ÄÛ‰ËÓ ÓÔˆËËÚÂ.
❸ Display Setup : ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ì‡ ÓÔˆËËÚ ̇ ÂÍ‡Ì‡.
❹ Parental Setup : ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ì‡ Ó‰ËÚÂÎÒÍËflÚ ÍÓÌÚÓÎ.
èÓÁ‚ÓÎfl‚‡ ‚Ë ‰‡ ̇ÒÚÓËÚ ÌË‚‡ Á‡
‰‡ Ì ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ò „Ή‡Ú ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â Ò
ÌË‚Ó ÔÓ-ÌËÒÍÓ ÓÚ Ì‡ÒÚÓÂÌÓÚÓ.
❺ Divx(R) Registration : åÓÎfl, „ËÒÚË‡ÈÚ Û‰‡ Ò
„ËÒÚ‡ˆËÓÌÌËflÚ ÍÓ‰ ̇ ‡‰ÂÒ
www.divx.com/vod.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
2. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ‡Á΢ÌËÚ ÙÛÌ͈ËË. ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ŠËÎË
ENTER.
3. ᇠ‰‡ Ò χıÌ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ ÒΉ ̇ÒÚÓÈ‚‡ÌÂÚÓ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚÂ
MENU ·ÛÚÓ̇.
LJÊÌÓ
Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇, ÌflÍÓÈ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÏÓÊÂ
‰‡ Ì ҇ ‰ÓÒÚ˙ÔÌË.
24
ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ì‡ ÂÁË͇
îÛÌ͈ËË
ÄÍÓ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÚ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ Á‡ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË Í‡ÚÓ ‡Û‰ËÓ
ÂÁËÍ Ë ÒÛ·ÚËÚË Ë ‰Û„Ë, Ú ˘Â Ò ÔË·„‡Ú
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÌÓ ÔË ÔÓÒÚ‡‚flÌ ̇ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â.
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ Á‡ ÂÁË͇
1. ë Û‰ ‚ ÒÔflÌ ÂÊËÏ,̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU ·ÛÚÓ̇.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
2. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Setup, Ë Ì‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ŠËÎË ENTER.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
3. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Language Setup, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË
ENTER.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
4. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Player Menu, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË ENTER.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
5. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Ê·ÌËflÚ ÂÁËÍ, ̇ÚË Š ËÎË ENTER.
- ÖÁË͇  ËÁ·‡Ì Ë ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ Ò ‚˙˘‡.
- ᇠ‰‡ Ò χıÌ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU ·ÛÚÓ̇.
button.
1. ë Û‰ ‚ ÒÔflÌ ÂÊËÏ,̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU ·ÛÚÓ̇.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
2. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Setup, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË ENTER.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
3. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Language Setup, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË
ENTER.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
4. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Audio, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ ŠËÎË ENTER.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
5. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Ê·ÌËflÚ ÂÁËÍ, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË
ENTER.
- àÁ·ÂÂÚ “Original” ‡ÍÓ ËÒ͇Ú ‰‡ Ò ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡
ÓË„Ë̇ÎÌËflÚ Ò‡Û‰Ú‡Í.
- ÄÍÓ ËÁ·‡ÌËflÚ ÂÁËÍ Ì Ò Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì Ì‡ ‰ËÒ͇,
ÓË„Ë̇ÎÌËflÚ ÂÁËÍ ˘Â Ò ÔÓfl‚Ë.
- ÖÁË͇ Ò ËÁ·Ë‡ Ë Ò ‚˙˘‡Ú ‰Ó ÂÁËÍÓ‚ÓÚÓ ÏÂÌ˛.
- ᇠ‰‡ Ò χıÌ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU.
LANGUAGE SETUP
Player Menu
Disc Menu
LANGUAGE SETUP
Audio
Player Menu
Menu
Player
Disc Menu
Audio
Subtitle
Setup
DivX Subtitle
Enter
: English
√ English
Français
Deutsch
Español
Italiano
Nederlands
Return
Menu
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ÏÂÌ˛ ‰ËÒ͇
îÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ ÒÏÂÌfl ÂÁË͇ Ò‡ÏÓ Ì‡ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ Ì‡
‰ËÒ͇.
1. ë Û‰ ‚ ÒÔflÌ ÂÊËÏ,̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU ·ÛÚÓ̇.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
2. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Setup, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË ENTER.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
3. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Language Setup, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ ŠËÎË
ENTER.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
4. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Disc Menu ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ ŠËÎË ENTER.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
5. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚÂ, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË ENTER.
- ÄÍÓ ËÁ·‡ÌËflÚ ÂÁËÍ Ì Ò Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì Ì‡ ‰ËÒ͇,
ÓË„Ë̇ÎÌËflÚ ÂÁËÍ ˘Â Ò ÔÓfl‚Ë.
- ÖÁË͇ Ò ËÁ·Ë‡ Ë Ò ‚˙˘‡Ú ‰Ó ÂÁËÍÓ‚ÓÚÓ ÏÂÌ˛.
- ᇠ‰‡ Ò χıÌ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU.
Subtitle
Setup
DivX Subtitle
Enter
Return
1. ë Û‰ ‚ ÒÔflÌ ÂÊËÏ,̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU ·ÛÚÓ̇.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
2. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Setup, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË ENTER.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
3. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Language Setup, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË
ENTER.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
4. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Subtitle, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË ENTER.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
5. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË ENTER.
- àÁ·ÂÂÚ “Automatic” ‡ÍÓ ËÒ͇Ú ‰ËÌ Ë Ò˙˘ ÂÁËÍ
‰‡ Ò ÔÓ͇Á‚‡ ‚ÒÂÍË Ô˙Ú.
- çflÍÓÈ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ì Ò˙‰˙Ê‡Ú ËÁ·‡ÌËflÚ
ÂÁËÍ, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ˘Â Ò ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ ÓË„Ë̇ÎÌËflÚ.
- ÖÁË͇ Ò ËÁ·Ë‡ Ë Ò ‚˙˘‡Ú ‰Ó ÂÁËÍÓ‚ÓÚÓ ÏÂÌ˛.
- ᇠ‰‡ Ò χıÌ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU.
LANGUAGE SETUP
Player Menu
Disc Menu
Player
Menu
Disc
Menu
Audio
Subtitle
Setup
DivX Subtitle
Enter
√ English
Français
: English
Deutsch
Español
Italiano
Nederlands
Return
Menu
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ ÒÛ·ÚËÚË ÂÁË͇
LANGUAGE SETUP
Player Menu
Original
√ English
Français
Deutsch
Español
Italiano
Audio
Subtitle
DivX Subtitle
Setup
Enter
√ Automatic
English
Français
Deutsch
Español
Italiano
Return
Menu
Menu
25
Bulgary
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ ‡Û‰ËÓ ÂÁË͇
❶ Dolby Digital Out
- PCM : äÓÌ‚ÂÚË‡Ì Í˙Ï PCM(2CH) ‡Û‰ËÓ.
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ DivX ÒÛ·ÚËÚË
ÂÁË͇
- Bitstream : àÁıÓ‰ÂÌ Dolby Digital ËÎË DTS ˜ÂÁ
‰Ë„ËÚ‡ÎÂÌ ËÁıÓ‰. àÁ·ÂÂÚ ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ ÒÚÂ
1. ë Û‰ ‚ ÒÔflÌ ÂÊËÏ,̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU ·ÛÚÓ̇.
Ò‚˙Á‡Ì Í˙Ï Dolby Digital ËÎË DTS ‰ÂÍÓ‰Â.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
2. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
LJÊÌÓ
• çflχ ‡Ì‡ÎÓ„Ó‚ ‡Û‰ËÓ ËÁıÓ‰ ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÚÂ
DTS ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â.
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Setup, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË ENTER.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
3. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Language Setup, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË
❷ MPEG-2 Digital Out
ENTER.
- PCM : äÓÌ‚ÂÚË‡ PCM(2CH) ‡Û‰ËÓ.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
4. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
- Bitstream : äÓÌ‚ÂÚË‡ MPEG-2 Digital Bitstream (5.1CH
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ DivX Subtitle, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË
ËÎË 8CH). àÁ·ÂÂÚ Bitstream ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ
ENTER.
ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú Digital Audio Output.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
5. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
❸ DTS
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Ê·ÌËflÚ ÂÁËÍ, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË
àÁ·ÂÂÚ On ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ ÒÚ ҂˙Á‡Ì Í˙Ï DTS ‰ÂÍÓ‰Â.
ENTER.
- ÖÁË͇ Ò ËÁ·Ë‡ Ë Ò ‚˙˘‡Ú ‰Ó ÂÁËÍÓ‚ÓÚÓ ÏÂÌ˛.
- ᇠ‰‡ Ò χıÌ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚÂ
MENU.
- Off : ç ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ ‰Ë„ËÚ‡ÎÂÌ ËÁıÓ‰ÂÌ Ò˄̇Î.
- On : DTS Bitstream
❹ Dynamic Compression
LANGUAGE SETUP
- On : àÁ·Ó ̇ ‰Ë̇Ï˘̇ ÍÓÏÔÂÒËfl.
Player Menu
: English
- Off : ëڇ̉‡ÚÂÌ Ó·Ò„
Disc Menu
: English
Audio
: English
❺ PCM Down Sampling
Subtitle
√ Unicode
Cyrillic
Greek
DivX Subtitle
Setup
Enter
Return
- On : àÁ·Ó ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎfl Ò‚˙Á‡Ì Ò ÔÎÂÈ˙‡
Ì  96KHz Ò˙‚ÏÂÒÚËÏ. Ç ÚÓÁË ÒÎÛ˜‡È 96KHz
Menu
Ò˄̇ÎËÚ ˘Â ·˙‰‡Ú ÍÓÌ‚ÂÚË‡ÌË ‚ 48KHZ.
- Off : àÁ·ÂÂÚ „Ó ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎfl  96KHz
ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ì‡ ‡Û‰ËÓ
ÓÔˆËËÚÂ
Ò˙‚ÏÂÒÚËÏ. ÇÒ˘ÍË Ò˄̇ÎË ˘Â Ò ËÁÎ˙˜‚‡Ú
·ÂÁ ÔÓÏÂÌË.
ÄÛ‰Ë ÓÔˆËËÚ ‚Ë ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl‚‡Ú ‰‡ ̇ÒÚÓÈÚ ‡Û‰ËÓ
Û‰‡ ËÎË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚‡Ú‡ ÒËÒÚÂχ, ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ
ÒËÒÚÂχÚfl ÍÓflÚÓ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÚÂ.
LJÊÌÓ :
ÑÓË ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ PCM Down sampling  Off
1. ë Û‰ ‚ ÒÔflÌ ÂÊËÏ,̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU ·ÛÚÓ̇.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
2. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Setup, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË ENTER.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
3. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Audio Setup, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË
ENTER.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
4. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ desired item, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË
ENTER.
Setup
• çflÍÓÈ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰‡Ú Ò‡ÏÓ
ÔË ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌË Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË.
- ᇠ‰‡ Ò χıÌ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU.
Language Setup
Š
Audio Setup
Š
Display Setup
Š
Parental Setup :
Š
Š
DivX(R) Registration
Enter
Return
Menu
AUDIO SETUP
Dolby Digital Out
: PCM
MPEG-2 Digital Out
: PCM
DTS
: Off
Dynamic Compression : On
PCM Down Sampling
: On
Setup
Enter
26
Return
Menu
èÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌ ÔÓ ÎˈÂÌÁ ̇ Dolby Laboratories.
“Dolby” Ë ‰‚ÓÈÌÓÚÓ D ÒËÏ‚Ó· Ò‡ Á‡Ô‡ÁÂ̇
χ͇ ̇ Dolby Laboratories.
“DTS” Ë “DTS Digital Out” Ò‡ Á‡Ô‡ÁÂ̇ χ͇
̇ Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
èÓ͇Á‚‡Ú Ò ÓÔˆËËÚ ÍÓÈÚÓ ‚Ë ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl‚‡Ú ‰‡ ̇ÒÚÓÈÚÂ
‡Á΢ÌËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ ÙÛÌ͈ËË Ì‡ Û‰‡.
1. ë Û‰ ‚ ÒÔflÌ ÂÊËÏ,̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU ·ÛÚÓ̇.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
2. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Setup, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË ENTER.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
3. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Display Setup, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË
ENTER.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
4. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Ê·ÌËflÚ Ó·ÂÍÚ, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË
ENTER.
• ÄÍÓ íÇ ÒËÒÚÂχڇ ‚Ë Ëχ Ò‡ÏÓ NTSC,
Úfl·‚‡ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ “NTSC ”.
- PAL : ‡ÍÓ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú PAL ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â
Š
Audio Setup
Š
Display Setup
Š
Parental Setup :
Š
- 4:3 Pan&Scan : àÁ·ÂÂÚ Á‡ Ôӂ˜ÂÚÓ íÇ,
ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ ËÒ͇Ú ˆÂÌÚ‡Î̇ڇ ˜‡ÒÚ ÔÓÁˈËfl
16:9 ÂÍ‡Ì. (ç‡È-Îfl‚ÓÚÓ Ë ‰flÒÌÓÚÓ ˘Â Ò‡
ÓÚflÁ‡ÌË)
- 16:9 Wide : åÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ „Ή‡Ú 16:9 ͇ÚË̇
̇ ¯ËÓÍ ÂÍ‡Ì TV.
DISPLAY SETUP
: 16:9 Wide
4:3 Letter Box
4:3 Pan&Scan
Screen Message √ 16:9 Wide
Still Mode
Setup
Black Level
: Off
TV System
: PAL
Video Output
: SCART-RGB
Enter
Return
• ÄÍÓ íÇ ÒËÒÚÂχڇ ‚Ë Ëχ Ò‡ÏÓ PAL-Video,
Úfl·‚‡ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ “PAL”.
DISPLAY SETUP
Menu
❶ TV Aspect (‡ÒÔÂÍÚ)
Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚ ÓÚ ‚‡¯ËflÚ íÇ, ‚Ë ÏÓÊÂÚ ‰‡
̇„·ÒËÚ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ (‡ÒÔÂÍÚ Ò˙ÓÚÌÓ¯ÂÌËÂ).
- 4:3 Letter Box : äÓ„‡ÚÓ ËÒ͇Ú ‰‡ ‚ˉËÚ ÔË
16:9 ‡ÒÔÂÍÚ DVD, ‰ÓË Ë íÇ ‰‡  4:3. óÂÌË
ÎËÌËË ˘Â Ò ÔÓfl‚flÚ Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡.
Aspect
Ratio
TV Aspect
• ÄÍÓ íÇ ÒËÒÚÂχڇ ‚Ë Ëχ Ò‡ÏÓ NTSC,
Úfl·‚‡ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ “NTSC ”.
Š
Setup DivX(R) Registration
Return
❺ TV System
- NTSC : ÄÍÓ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú ÒËÒÚÂχ NTSC.
• ÄÍÓ íÇ ÒËÒÚÂχڇ ‚Ë Ëχ Ò‡ÏÓ PAL-Video,
Úfl·‚‡ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ “PAL”. äÓ„‡ÚÓ ËÁ·ÂÂÚÂ
“PAL”, ËÁıÓ‰ÌËflÚ ÙÓÏ‡Ú Â PAL 60 Hz.
Language Setup
Enter
❹ Black Level
燄·ÒÂÚ flÍÓÒÚÚ‡ ̇ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ (On ËÎË Off)
ç ‡·ÓÚË ‚ ÔÓ„ÂÒË‚ÂÌ ÂÊËÏ.
Menu
TV Aspect
: Auto
Screen Messages
: On
Black Level
: Off
TV System
System
TV
: PAL NTSC
Enter
- Frame : àÁ·ÂÚ Á‡ ‰‡ ‚Ëʉ‡Ú ‰·ÌËÚÂ
·ÛÍ‚Ë ÔÓ-flÒÌÓ ÓÚ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÌ ÂÊËÏ.
❸ Screen Messages
àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ „Ó Á‡ ‰‡ ‚Íβ˜ËÚ ËÎË
ËÁÍβ˜ËÚ Ò˙Ó·˘ÂÌËflÚ‡ ̇ ÂÍ‡Ì‡.
Return
Menu
➏ Video Output
àÁ·ÂÂÚ ‚ˉÂÓ ËÁıÓ‰ÂÌ ÙÓχÚ
- S-Video : àÁ·ÂÂÚ Á‡ ‰‡ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú Video Ë
S-Video Out.
- I-SCAN : ᇠ‰‡ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌÓ
Ò‚˙Á‚‡Ì (525i).
- P-SCAN : ᇠ‰‡ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ú ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌÓ
ÔÓ„ÂÒË‚ÌÓ (525p) Out.
- SCART Output : àÁ·ÂÂÚ Á‡ ‰‡ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÚÂ
Scart Out.
• ÄÍÓ ËÁ·Ó‡ Yes/No (ч/çÂ)Ì  ̇Ô‡‚ÂÌ ÓÚ
ÂÍ‡Ì‡ Á‡ 10ÒÂÍ, ÂÍ‡Ì‡ ˘Â Ò ‚˙Ì Í˙Ï
Ô‰˯ÌÓÚÓ ÏÂÌ˛.
DISPLAY SETUP
TV Aspect
: Wide
Still Mode
: Auto
Screen Messages
Black Level
- Field : àÁ·ÂÚ „Ó ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ Í‡ÚË̇ڇ ÚÂÔÂË
‚ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÌ ÂÊËÏ.
√ PAL
Setup Video Output
❷ Still Mode
íÂÁË ÓÔˆËË ˘Â ‚Ë ÔÓÏÓ„Ì‡Ú ‰‡ ËÁ·Â„ÌÂÚÂ
ÚÂÔÂÂÌ ̇ ͇ÚË̇ڇ ‚ Ô‡ÛÁ‡ ÂÊËÏ Ë
ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ Ò ÔÓ͇Á‚‡Ú ÚÂÍÒÚÓ‚Â Ò ‰·ÂÌ ¯ËÙÚ.
- Auto : Ä‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÌ ÂÊËÏ. ÄÍÓ „Ó ËÁ·ÂÂÚÂ,
Field/Frame ÂÊËχ ˘Â Ò ÍÓÌ‚ÂÚË‡
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÌÓ.
: Wide
Still Mode
TV System
Setup
Video Output
Enter
: On
S-Video
I-SCAN
P-SCAN
√ SCART-RGB
Return
Menu
• äÓÌÒÛÎÚË‡ÈÚ ÒÂ Ò ‚‡¯ËflÚ íÇ Ë
ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÚ‡ ÏÛ Á‡ ÛÔÓÚ·‡ Á‡ ‰‡
‡Á·ÂÂÚ ‰‡ÎË íÇ ÔÓ‰‰˙ʇ ÔÓ„ÂÒË‚ÌÓ
Ò͇ÌË‡ÌÂ.
• ÄÍÓ ÇˉÂÓ ËÁıÓ‰ÌËflÚ Í‡Ì‡Î - Video Output
 ̇ÒÚÓÂÌ „¯ÌÓ, ͇ÚË̇ڇ Ìflχ ‰‡ ÒÂ
ÔÓfl‚Ë.
27
Bulgary
ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ì‡ ÂÍ‡Ì‡
ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ì‡
Ó‰ËÚÂÎÒÍËflÚ ÍÓÌÚÓÎ
ᇠ‰‡ Ò χıÌ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ, ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU ·ÛÚÓ̇.
ç‡ÔËÏÂ ‡ÍÓ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ÌË‚Ó 6, ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â Ò ÂÈÚËÌ„
7,8 Ìflχ ‰‡ ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ Ò ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚‰‡Ú.
îÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ ‡·ÓÚË ‚ Ò˙ÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËÂ Ò DVD-Ú‡ Ë
ÚflıÌÓÚÓ ÌË‚Ó Ì‡ ÂÈÚËÌ„, ÍÓÂÚÓ ‚Ë ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl‚‡ ‰‡
ÍÓÌÚÓÎË‡ÚÂ Í‡Í‚Ë DVD ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ ÒÂ
‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡Ú ̇ Û‰‡. àχ 8 ÌË‚‡ Á‡
‰ËÒÍÓ‚ÂÚÂ.
ç‡ÒÚÓÈ‚‡Ì ̇ ÌË‚Ó
ëÏfl̇ ̇ Ô‡Ó·ڇ
1. ë Û‰ ‚ ÒÔflÌ ÂÊËÏ,̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU ·ÛÚÓ̇.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
2. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Setup, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË ENTER.
1. ë Û‰ ‚ ÒÔflÌ ÂÊËÏ,̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ MENU ·ÛÚÓ̇.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
2. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Setup, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË ENTER.
Language Setup
Š
Audio Setup
Š
Display Setup
Š
Language Setup
Š
Audio Setup
Š
Display Setup
Š
Parental Setup :
Š
Setup DivX(R) Registration
Enter
Š
Menu
Š
Parental Setup :
Setup DivX(R) Registration
Enter
Return
Return
Š
Menu
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
3. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Parental Setup, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚŠËÎË
ENTER.
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
3. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Parental Setup, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË
ENTER. ô Ò ÔÓfl‚Ë ÂÍ‡Ì‡ Á‡ Ô‡Ó·ڇ. Ç˙‚‰ÂÚÂ
ÒÚ‡‡Ú‡ Ô‡Ó·.
Language Setup
Š
Language Setup
Š
Audio Setup
Š
Audio Setup
Š
Display Setup
Š
Display Setup
Š
Parental Setup :
Š
Parental Setup :
Š
Setup DivX(R) Registration
Enter
Return
Setup DivX(R) Registration
Š
Menu
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
4. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Rating Level, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË ENTER.
Enter
Š
Menu
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
4. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Change Password, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š ËÎË
ENTER. Ç˙‚‰ÂÚ ÌÓ‚‡Ú‡ Ô‡Ó·.
PARENTAL SETUP
PARENTAL SETUP
Rating Level
Return
: Kids Safe
Rating Level
Change Password
:Kids Safe
Change Password
Setup
Setup
Enter
Return
Menu
Enter
5. Ç˙‚‰ÂÚ ԇÓ·
- ˘̇ڇ Ô‡Ó·  0000.
Return
Menu
PARENTAL SETUP
Rating Level
PARENTAL SETUP
Rating Level
: Kids Safe
Enter Password
Change Password
Enter Password
Setup
Enter
Setup
Enter
Return
:Kids Safe
Change Password
Menu
‚ ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
6. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ›/‚
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ÌË‚ÓÚÓ ÍÓÂÚÓ ËÒ͇ÚÂ Ë ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ Š
ËÎË ENTER.
ÔËÏÂ) ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ̇ ÅÂÁÓÔ‡ÒÌÓ Á‡ ‰Âˆ‡
Return
Menu
PARENTAL SETUP
Rating Level
:Kids Safe
Change Password
Enter New Password
Setup
PARENTAL SETUP
Enter
Rating
RatingLevel
Level
Change Passwor
Setup
Enter
28
Return
Return
Menu
: Kids Safe
√ Kids Safe
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Level 6
Menu
LJÊÌÓ
ÄÍÓ Á‡·‡‚ËÚ ԇÓ·ڇ, ÔӄΉ̠ÒÂ͈ËflÚ‡
ᇷ‡‚Â̇ Ô‡Ó· ÓÚ óÂÒÚÓ Ò¢ÌË ÔÓ·ÎÂÏË
„·‚‡Ú‡.
ëÔ‡‚͇
2. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ¥/Š ·ÛÚÓÌËÚ ̇„ÓÂ/̇‰ÓÎÛ Á‡ ‰‡
ËÁ·ÂÂÚ Total, ÚÓ„‡‚‡ ̇ÚËÒÌÂÚ ENTER.
é·ÌÓ‚fl‚‡ÌÂ
Bulgary
Ç˙‚‰ÂÌËÂ
Samsung Ô‰·„‡ ÔÓ‰‰˙Ê͇ Á‡ ÒÓÙÚÛÂ‡ Á‡ ‰‡
ÔÓ‰Ó·Ë ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú‡ ̇ Û‰‡, ͇ÚÓ Á‡ ˆÂÎÚ‡
‡Á„Ή‡ÈÚ ËÌÚÂÌ‡Ú Ò‡ÈÚ‡ ̇ ë‡ÏÒÛÌ„ www.samsung.com
èÓ‡‰Ë Ù‡ÍÚ‡ ˜Â ÔÓÒÚÓflÌÌÓ Ò ÔÓfl‚fl‚‡Ú ÌÓ‚Ë
mpeg4 ÍӉˆË, ÔÓ‰Ó·ÂÌËflÚ ‚ ÒÓÙÚÛÂ‡ ‡·ÓÚfl
‰Ó· ˜ÂÁ ‚Á‡ËÏÓ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ë Ò˙Ò Ò‡ÏËÚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Â Ë
ÒÓÙÚÛÂ‡ ̇ Û‰‡.
ä‡Í ‰‡ ̇Ô‡‚ËÚ ‰ËÒ͇ Á‡
Ó·ÌÓ‚fl‚‡ÌÂ
á‡Ô˯ÂÚ ‰ËÒ͇ ̇ Ô‡ÁÂÌ ‰ËÒÍ CD-R ËÎË CDRW
‰ËÒÍ, ÔË ÒΉÌËÚ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË :
1. ífl·‚‡ ‰‡ ËÁÚ„ÎËÚ ÒÓÙÚÛÂ‡ ÓÚ Download Center ̇
Samsung ̇ ‡‰ÂÒ (www.samsung.com).
2. á‡Ô˯ÂÚ ‰ËÒ͇ Ò ‚‡¯ËflÚ ÍÓÏÔ˛Ú˙.
LJÊÌÓ
- î‡ÈÎ ÒËÒÚÂχ CD-ROM ISO Level
- Character set ISO 9660
- îË̇ÎËÁË‡Ì - single session
- ëÍÓÓÒÚ Ì‡ Á‡ÔËÒ ÌËÒ͇
èӈ‰Û‡ ÔÓ Ó·ÌÓ‚fl‚‡ÌÂÚÓ
1. éÚ‚ÓÂÚ „ÌÂÁ‰ÓÚÓ. èÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÚ ‰ËÒ͇. á‡Ú‚ÓÂÚÂ
„ÌÂÁ‰ÓÚÓ. ôò Ò ÔÓfl‚Ë ÂÍ‡Ì‡ Á‡ Ó·ÌÓ‚fl‚‡ÌÂÚÓ.
Ç˙‚‰ÂÌËÂ
- èÓ ‚ÂÏ ̇ Ó·ÌÓ‚fl‚‡ÌÂÚÓ, „ÌÂÁ‰ÓÚÓ ˘Â Ò ÓÚ‚ÓË,
ÏÓÎfl ËÁ‚‡‰ÂÚ ‰ËÒ͇ Ë ËÁ˜‡Í‡ÈÚ 2 ÏËÌ.
- ÄÍÓ Û‰‡  ӷÌÓ‚ÂÌ Ô‡‚ËÎÌÓ, ÚÓÈ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÌÓ ˘Â
Ò ËÁÍβ˜Ë Ë ÔÓÒΠ‚Íβ˜Ë, ͇ÚÓ Ò Á‡Ú‚ÓË
„ÌÂÁ‰ÓÚÓ. äÓ„‡ÚÓ Ò ‚Íβ˜Ë, ̇ ÂÍ‡Ì‡ ˘Â Ò ÔÓfl‚Ë.
3. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ˆËÙÓ‚ËÚ ·ÛÚÓÌË Á‡ ‰‡ ËÁ·ÂÂÚ ÂÁË͇.
Press
Touche
Drücken Sie
Pulsar
Premere
Druk op
1
2
3
4
5
6
for English
pour Français
für Deutsch
para Español
per Italiano
voor Nederlands
LJÊÌÓ
- ÄÍÓ “Select Menu Language” ÌÂ ÒÂ ÔÓfl‚Ë, ÏÓÎfl
Ò‚˙ÊÂÚ Ò Ò˙Ò ÒÂ‚ËÁÂÌ ˆÂÌÚ˙ ̇
ë‡ÏÒÛÌ„.
- ç ̇ÚËÒ͇ÈÚ ·ÛÚÓÌË Ë ËÁÍβ˜ÂÚ Û‰‡ ÓÚ
ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ‡.
- èӈ‰Û‡Ú‡ ÔÓ Ó·ÌÓ‚fl‚‡Ì ÏÓÊ ‰‡ ÒÂ
ÔÓÏÂÌË, ÏÓÎfl Ó·˙˘‡ÈÚ Ò Í˙Ï ËÌÚÂÌÂÚ
ÒÚ‡Ìˈ‡Ú‡ ̇ ë‡ÏÒÛÌ„.
(www.samsung.com).
Ç˙‚‰ÂÌË ˘Â Ò ÔÓflfl‚
‚Ë.
29
óÂÒÚÓ Ò¢‡ÌË ÔÓ·ÎÂÏË
èÂ‰Ë ‰‡ Ò ӷ˙ÌÂÚ Í˙Ï ë‡ÏÒÛÌ„ ÒΉ-ÔÓ‰‡ÊÌËfl ÒÂ‚ËÁ, ̇Ô‡‚ÂÚ ÒΉÌËÚ ÔÓ‚ÂÍË.
èÓ·ÎÂÏ
ê¯ÂÌËÂ
ÑËÒÍ˙Ú ÌÂ ÒÂ
‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡
ì‚ÂÂÚ Ò ˜Â ‰ËÒ͇  ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÂÌ Ò ÂÚËÍÂÚ‡ ̇„ÓÂ.
èÓ‚ÂÂÚ „ËÒÚ‡ˆËÓÌÌËflÚ ÌÓÏÂ ̇ DVD.
5.1 Á‚Û͇ Ì ÒÂ
‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ .
5.1 Á‚Û͇ Ò ‚˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ Ò‡ÏÓ ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ ÒΉ‚‡˘ËÚ ÛÒÎÓ‚Ëfl Ò‡ ËÁÔ˙ÎÌÂÌË:
1) DVD  ҂˙Á‡ÌÓ Ò˙Ò ÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÂÌËfl ÛÒË΂‡ÚÂÎ.
2) ÑËÒÍ˙Ú Â Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì Ò 5.1 ͇̇ÎÂÌ Á‚ÛÍ.
èÓ‚ÂÂÚ ‰‡ÎË Ì‡ ‰ËÒ͇ Ô˯ “5.1 ch”
èÓ‚ÂÂÚ ‰‡ÎË ‚‡¯‡Ú‡ ‡Û‰ËÓ ÒËÒÚÂχ  Ô‡‚ËÎ̇ Ë ‡·ÓÚË.
éÚ Setup ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ Ì‡ÒÚÓËÎ ÎË ÒÚ ̇ Audio output Bitstream?
ëÚ‡Ìˈ‡
5
13-14
26
àÍÓ̇ڇ
ÒÂ
ÔÓfl‚fl‚‡ ̇ ÂÍ‡Ì‡
îÛÌ͈ËËÚ Ì Ò ËÁÔ˙ÎÌfl‚‡Ú Á‡˘ÓÚÓ:
1. DVD ÒÓÙÚÛÂ‡ „Ó Á‡·‡Ìfl‚‡.
2. DVD ÒÓÙÚÛÂ‡ Ì ÔÓ‰‰˙Ê͇ Ú‡ÁË ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl (̇ÔËÏÂ, ˙„ÎË).
3. îÛÌ͈ËflÚ‡ Ì  ‰ÓÒÚ˙Ô̇.
4. ÇË ÒÚ Á‡‰‡ÎË Á‡„·‚Ë ËÎË „·‚‡ ÍÓflÚÓ Ì  ‰ÓÒÚ˙Ô̇.
åÂÌ˛ÚÓ Ì‡ ‰ËÒ͇ Ì ÒÂ
ÔÓ͇Á‚‡ .
èÓ‚ÂÂÚ ‰‡ÎË Ëχ Ú‡ÍÓ‚‡ ÏÂÌ˛
Ç˙ÁÔÓËÁ‚Âʉ‡ÌÂÚÓ Â
‡Á΢ÌÓ ÓÚ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ Ò
̇ÒÚÓÈÍËÚÂ
çflÍÓÈ ÓÚ ÙÛÌ͈ËËÚ ËÁ·‡ÌË ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ Ì ÏÓ„‡Ú ‰‡ ‡·ÓÚflÚ
‰Ó· ‡ÍÓ ‰ËÒÍ˙Ú Ì  ÍÓ‰Ë‡Ì Ò ÍÓÂÒÔÓ̉Ë‡˘‡Ú‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl.
ÖÍ‡Ì‡
Ò˙ÓÚÌÓ¯ÂÌËÂÚÓ ÌÂ
ÒÂ ÔÓÏÂÌfl.
äÓÂÙˈËÂÌÚ‡ ̇ ÂÍ‡Ì‡  ÙËÍÒË‡Ì ̇ ÓÚ DVDs.
27
çË͇Í˙‚ Á‚ÛÍ.
ì·Â‰ÂÚ Ò ˜Â ÒÚ ËÁ·‡Î Ô‡‚ËÎÌËfl ñËÙÓ‚ àÁıÓ‰ ‚ á‚ÛÍÓ‚ àÁ·Ó ÏÂÌ˛ÚÓ.
ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ·ÛÚÓ̇
ÓÚ Ô‰ÌËflÚ Ô‡ÌÂÎ ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ Ìflχ ‰ËÒÍ ‚ Û‰‡ Á‡ ÓÍÓÎÓ
5 ÒÂÍ.
ÇÒ˘ÍË Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË ˘Â Ò ‚˙Ì‡Ú ‰Ó Ù‡·˘ÌËÚÂ.
ç‡ÚËÒÌÂÚ ·ÛÚÓ̇
ÓÚ Ô‰ÌËflÚ Ô‡ÌÂÎ ÍÓ„‡ÚÓ Ìflχ ‰ËÒÍ ‚ Û‰‡ Á‡ ÓÍÓÎÓ
5 ÒÂÍ.
ÇÒ˘ÍË Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË ˘Â Ò ‚˙Ì‡Ú ‰Ó Ù‡·˘ÌËÚÂ. àÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡ÈÚ ҇ÏÓ ÔË
̇ÎÓÊËÚÂÎÌÓÒÚ!
èÓ‚ÂÂÚ Ò˙‰˙ʇÌËÂÚÓ Ì‡ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÚ‡ Á‡ ÛÔÓÚ·‡, ËχÈÍË ‚ Ô‰‚ˉ
ÔÓ·ÎÂχ Ë ÒΉ‚‡ÈÍË ‚˙ÁÏÓÊÌËÚ ¯ÂÌËfl.
ÄÍÓ ÔÓ·ÎÂχ ̇ ÏÓÊ ‰‡ Ò ¯Ë, ÏÓÎfl Ò ҂˙ÊÂÚ ÒÂ Ò ·ÎËÁ˙Í
ÛÔ˙ÎÌÓÏÓ˘ÂÌ ˆÂÌÚ˙ Á‡ Ó·ÒÎÛÊ‚‡ÌÂ.
ì‚ÂÂÚ Ò ˜Â ‰ËÒ͇ Ì  Ï˙ÒÂÌ ËÎË Ì‡‰‡Ò͇Ì.
èÓ˜ËÒÚÂÚ ‰ËÒ͇.
26
ÖÍ‡Ì‡  ·ÎÓÍË‡Î
ᇷ‡‚Â̇ Ô‡Ó·.
ÄÍÓ Ò¢ÌÂÚ ‰Û„
ÔÓ·ÎÂÏ
ä‡ÚË̇ڇ  ÎÓ¯‡ Ë
ÌÂflÒ̇
30
24-28
15
28
2
íÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË
åÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ Ì‡ ÔÓÚ·ÎÂÌËÂ.
O·˘‡
ËÌÙÓχˆËfl
í„ÎÓ
ê‡ÁÏÂË.
AC 110-240 V, 60/50 Hz
9W
1.7 Kg
430mm (W) X 207mm (D) X 37mm (H)
é·ı‚‡Ú ̇ ‡·ÓÚ̇ ÚÂÏÔÂ‡ÚÛ‡.
+5°C to +35°C
é·ı‚‡Ú ̇ ‡·ÓÚ̇ ‚·ÊÌÓÒÚ.
10 % to 75 %
DVD
(DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC)
Bulgary
àÁËÒÍ‚‡Ì Í˙Ï Á‡ı‡Ì‚‡ÌÂÚÓ
ëÍÓÓÒÚ Ì‡ ˜ÂÚÂÌ : 3.49 ~ 4.06 m/sec.
èË·Î. ‚ÂÏ ̇ ËÁÔ˙ÎÌÂÌËÂ
(‰ÌÓÒÚ‡ÌÂÌ, ‰ÌÓÒÎÓÂÌ ‰ËÒÍ) : 135 min.
ÑËÒÍ
CD : 12Cm
ëÍÓÓÒÚ Ì‡ ˜ÂÚÂÌ : 4.8 ~ 5.6 m/sec.
(COMPACT DISC)
å‡ÍÒ. ‚ÂÏ ̇ ËÁÔ˙ÎÌÂÌË : 74 min.
CD : 8Cm
ëÍÓÓÒÚ Ì‡ ˜ÂÚÂÌ : 4.8 ~ 5.6 m/sec.
(COMPACT DISC)
å‡ÍÒ. ‚ÂÏ ̇ ËÁÔ˙ÎÌÂÌË : 20 min.
äÓÏÔÓÁËÚÌÓ ‚ˉÂÓ
1 ͇̇Π: 1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω ÚÓ‚‡)
R(óÂ‚ÂÌ) : 0.7 Vp-p (75 Ω ÚÓ‚‡)
ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó SCART
G(áÂÎÂÌ) : 0.7 Vp-p (75 Ω ÚÓ‚‡)
B(ëËÌ) : 0.7 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
äÓÏÔÓÁËÚÌÓ ‚ˉÂÓ: : 1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω ÚÓ‚‡d)
éÒ‚ÂÚËÚÂÎÂÌ Ò˄̇Îl : 1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω ÚÓ‚‡)
ÇˉÂÓ
ËÁıÓ‰
ñ‚ÂÚÂÌ Ò˄̇Îl : 0.3 Vp-p (75 Ω ÚÓ‚‡)
Y : 1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω ÚÓ‚‡d)
äÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌÓ ‚ˉÂÓ
Pr : 0.70 Vp-p (75 Ω ÚÓ‚‡)
Pb : 0.70 Vp-p (75 Ω ÚÓ‚‡)
S-Video
ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó SCART
2 ͇̇Îl
AÛ‰ÌÓËÁıÓ‰
*˜ÂÒÚÓÚ‡ éÚ„Ó‚Ó
éÒ‚ÂÚËÚÂÎÂÌ Ò˄̇Π: 1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω ÚÓ‚‡)
Ö‰ÌÓˆ‚ÂÚÂÌ Ò˄̇Π: 0.3 Vp-p (75 Ω ÚÓ‚‡d)
2 ͇̇Îl : L(1/L), R(2/R)
L(1/L), R(2/R)
48 kHz Sampling : 4 Hz to 22 kHz
96 kHz Sampling : 4 Hz to 44 kHz
*ë˙ÓÚÌÓ¯ ÂÌËÂ S/N
110 dB
*ÑË̇Ï˘Â̇Âʉ‡Ï
100 dB
*Ô˙ÎÂÌ x‡ÏÓÌ˘ÂÌ Distortion
0.004 %
*: çÓÏË̇Î̇ ÒÔˆËÙË͇ˆËfl
- Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd ÒË Á‡Ô‡Á‚‡ Ô‡‚ÓÚÓ Ì‡ ÔÓÏfl̇ ·ÂÁ Ô‰ËÁ‚ÂÒÚËÂ.
- í„ÎÓÚÓ Ë ‡ÁÏÂËÚ ҇ ÔË·ÎËÁËÚÂÎÌË.
31
ë‚˙ÊÂÚ ÒÂ Ò ëÄåëìçÉ Ì‡‚ÒflÍ˙‰Â ÔÓ Ò‚ÂÚ‡
ÄÍÓ ‚Ë ËχÚ ÌflÍ‡Í‚Ë ‚˙ÔÓÒË ËÎË ÍÓÏÂÌÚ‡Ë Ëχ˘Ë ÓÚÌÓ¯ÂÌË Í˙Ï ë‡ÏÒÛÌ„ ÔÓ‰ÛÍÚËÚ ,
ÏÓÎfl Ó·˙ÌÂÚ Ò Í˙Ï ëÄåëìçÉ „Ëʇ Á‡ ÍÎËÂÌÚ‡ .
Region
North America
Country
CANADA
MEXICO
U.S.A
ARGENTINE
BRAZIL
Latin America
CHILE
COSTA RICA
ECUADOR
EL SALVADOR
GUATEMALA
JAMAICA
PANAMA
PUERTO RICO
REP. DOMINICA
TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
VENEZUELA
COLOMBIA
BELGIUM
CZECH REPUBLIC
DENMARK
FINLAND
FRANCE
Europe
CIS
GERMANY
HUNGARY
ITALIA
LUXEMBURG
NETHERLANDS
NORWAY
POLAND
PORTUGAL
SLOVAKIA
SPAIN
SWEDEN
U.K
Republic of Ireland
Switzerland
RUSSIA
KAZAHSTAN
UZBEKISTAN
UKRAINE
LITHUANIA
LATVIA
ESTONIA
AUSTRALIA
CHINA
HONG KONG
INDIA
Asia Pacific
INDONESIA
JAPAN
MALAYSIA
PHILIPPINES
SINGAPORE
THAILAND
TAIWAN
VIETNAM
SOUTH AFRICA
Middle East & Africa
U.A.E
Customer Care Center
1-800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
01-800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
1-800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
0800-333-3733
0800-124-421
4004-0000
800-726-7864 (SAMSUNG)
0-800-507-7267
1-800-10-7267
800-6225
1-800-299-0013
1-800-234-7267
800-7267
1-800-682-3180
1-800-751-2676
1-800-7267-864
0-800-100-5303
01-8000112112
02 201 2418
844 000 844
Distributor pro Českou republiku :
Samsung Zrt., česka organizační složka
Vyskočilova 4, 14000 Praha 4
38 322 887
09 693 79 554
3260 SAMSUNG or
08 25 08 65 65 (€ 0,15/Min)
01805 - 121213 (€ 0,14/Min)
06-80-SAMSUNG (7267864)
800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
0032 (0)2 201 24 18
0900 20 200 88 (€ 0,10/Min)
231 627 22
0 801 801 881
80 8 200 128
0800-SAMSUNG (726786)
902 10 11 30
08 585 367 87
0870 SAMSUNG (7267864)
0818 717 100
0800-7267864
8-800-200-0400
8-800-080-1188
8-800-120-0400
8-800-502-0000
8-800-77777
800-7267
800-7267
1300 362 603
800-810-5858, 010-6475 1880
3698 - 4698
3030 8282
1800 110011
0800-112-8888
0120-327-527
1800-88-9999
1800-10-SAMSUNG (7267864)
1800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
1800-29-3232
02-689-3232
0800-329-999
1 800 588 889
0860 7267864 (SAMSUNG)
800SAMSUNG (7267864)
8000-4726
Web Site
www.samsung.com/ca
www.samsung.com/mx
www.samsung.com
www.samsung.com/ar
www.samsung.com/br
www.samsung.com/cl
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com.co
www.samsung.com/be
www.samsung.com/cz
www.samsung.com/dk
www.samsung.com/fi
www.samsung.com/fr
www.samsung.de
www.samsung.com/hu
www.samsung.com/it
www.samsung.lu
www.samsung.com/nl
www.samsung.com/no
www.samsung.com/pl
www.samsung.com/pt
www.samsung.com/sk
www.samsung.com/es
www.samsung.com/se
www.samsung.com/uk
www.samsung.com/uk
www.samsung.com/ch
www.samsung.ru
www.samsung.kz
www.samsung.uz
www.samsung.com/ur
www.samsung.lt
www.samsung.com/lv/index.htm
www.samsung.ee
www.samsung.com/au
www.samsung.com.cn
www.samsung.com/hk
www.samsung.com/in
www.samsung.com/id
www.samsung.com/jp
www.samsung.com/my
www.samsung.com/ph
www.samsung.com/sg
www.samsung.com/th
www.samsung.com/tw
www.samsung.com/vn
www.samsung.com/za
www.samsung.com/mea
àÁı‚˙ÎflÌ ̇ Û‰‡
äÓ„‡ÚÓ ¯ËÚ ‰‡ ËÁı‚˙ÎËÚ Û‰‡, Ì „Ó Ô‡‚ÂÚ ‚ ÍÓÌÚÂÈÌÂËÚ Á‡
Ó·ËÍÌÓ‚ÂÌË ÓÚÔ‡‰˙ˆË. ÇÏÂÒÚÓ ÚÓ‚‡ „Ó Á‡ÌÂÒÂÚ ‰Ó ˆÂÌÚ˙ Á‡ ˆËÍÎË‡ÌÂ
̇ ÂÎÂÍÚÓÌË͇ Ë ÂÎÂÍÚÓÌÌË ˜‡ÒÚ. èÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘‡ ËÌÙÓχˆËfl Á‡ ÚÓ‚‡ Â
Ô‰ÓÒÚ‡‚Â̇ Ò ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÚ‡, ͇¯Ó̇ ËÎË ÓÚ ÔÓ‰‡‚‡˜‡. ì‰‡ Â
ÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌ ÓÚ ˆËÍÎËÛÂÏË Ï‡ÚÂËflÎË. ë˙Ò Á‡Ì‡ÒflÌÂÚÓ Ì Û‰‡ ‰Ó
ˆÂÌÚ˙ Á‡ ˆËÍÎË‡ÌÂ, ‚Ë ÔÓ͇Á‚‡Ú ˜Â ÒÚ Á‡„ËÊÂÌ Á‡ ÓÍÓÎ̇ڇ Ò‰‡
Ë ÔËÓ‰‡Ú‡. é·˙ÌÂÚ Ò Í˙Ï ÏÂÒÚÌËÚ ‚·ÒÚË Á‡ ‰‡ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚÂ
ËÌÙÓχˆËfl Á‡ ÏflÒÚÓÚÓ Ì‡ ÍÓÂÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‰‡ ÓÒÚ‡‚ËÚ Û‰‡.
ÅÂÎÂÊÍË
ÅÂÎÂÊÍË
M®SURI DE PRECAUˇIE
1. Montarea
- Pentru recomand™ri privind voltajul, consulta^i eticheta de identificare localizat™ ¶n
spatele playerului.
- Monta^i playerul pe un suport cu orificii de
ventilare corespunz™toare. (7 ~10 cm). Nu
acoperi^i orificiile de ventilare ale componentelor destinate circul™rii aerului.
- Nu ¶nchide^i manual sertarul pentru discuri.
- Nu a≥eza^i echipamentele playerului unele
peste celelalte.
- Dac™ se formeaz™ condens i^n interiorul
playerului, din cauza schimb™rilor bru≥te de
temperatur™, aparatul nu va func^iona corespunz™tor. Dac™ apare aceast™ problem™,
l™sa^i playerul s™ ajung™ la temperatura
camerei, pentru ca piesele din interior s™ se
usuce ≥i s™ devin™ opera^ionale.
4. Disc
- Asigura^i-v™ c™ ¶nchide^i toate echipamentele ¶nainte de a muta playerul ¶n alt
loc.
- Nu cur™^a^i discul cu lichide de cur™^are,
benzen, diluant sau al^i solven^i inflamabili,
care pot deteriora suprafa^a discului.
- •nainte de a conecta alte echipamente la
player, asigura^i-v™ ¶n prealabil c™ le-a^i
oprit.
- Nu atinge^i suprafa^a de citire a discului.
ˇine^i discul de margine sau de gaura din
centru.
- Asigura^i-v™ c™ scoate^i discul ≥i c™
¶nchide^i playerul dup™ utilizare, mai ales
dac™ nu inten^iona^i s™-l mai utiliza^i pentru
o perioad™ mai lung™ de timp.
- Cur™^a^i discul cu mi≥c™ri lente; nu ≥terge^i
ambele suprafe^e ale discului cu aceea≥i
ca…^rp™.
- Cablul de alimentare este utilizat ca mijloc
de deconectare ≥i trebuie s™ fie accesibil ¶n
orice moment.
2. Informa^ii privind siguran^a dvs.
- Acest produs utilizeaz™ o raz™ laser.
Utilizarea comenzilor, a reglajelor sau executarea altor proceduri deca…t cele specificate ¶n prezentul document poate cauza
expunerea la radia^ii periculoase.
- Nu desface^i capacele ≥i nu repara^i personal aparatul. Pentru service, adresa^i-v™ personalului calificat.
3. Aten^ie
- Playerul nu este destinat utiliz™rii comerciale, ci ¶n scopuri personale. Utilizarea
acestui produse este permis™ doar ¶n scopuri personale.
- Aparatul nu trebuie expus la umezeal™ sau
lichide. Nu se vor plasa vase sau obiecte
pline cu lichid deasupra aparatului.
- Interferen^ele cu exteriorul, cum ar fi fulgerele ≥i electricitatea static™, pot afecta
func^ionarea normal™ a playerului. Dac™
apar astfel de interferen^e, opri^i playerul ≥i
porni^i-l din nou de la butonul POWER sau
2
deconecta^i ≥i conecta^i din nou cablul de
alimentare la priz™. Playerul va func^iona
normal.
5. Informa^iiprivind mediu ¶nconjur™tor
- Bateriile utilizate pentru acest produs
con^in chimicale d™un™toare mediului
i^nconjur™tor.
- Casa^i bateriile i^ntr-un mod corespunz™tor,
conform reglement™rilor federale, statale ≥i
locale.
Aceast™ licen^™ este limitat™ utiliz™rii personale ≥i
non-comerciale de c™tre consumatorii finali, pentru
con^inuturi autorizate. Nu se acord™ nici un drept
pentru utilizarea ¶n scopuri comerciale a produsului.
Licen^a nu acoper™ alt™ unitate deca…t cea prezent™
≥i nu se aplic≥ altei unit™^i neautentificate sau ¶n
conformitate cu ISO/OUR 11172-3 sau ISO/OUR
13818-3, utilizat™ sau va…^ndut™ ¶mpreun™ cu aceast™
unitate. Licen^a acoper™ doar utilizarea acestei
unit™^i, pentru a coda/decoda fi≥ierele audio ¶n conformitate cu ISO/OUR 11172-3 sau ISO/OUR. Nu
se acord™ nici un drept sub aceast™ licen^™, pentru
caracteristicile sau func^iile produsului care nu corespund standardelor ISO/OUR 11172-3 sau
ISO/OUR 13818-3.
ATENˇIE : UTILIZAREA COMENZILOR,
REGLAJELOR SAU PROCEDURILOR •N ALTE
MODURI DEC>T CELE SPECIFICATE •N
PREZENTUL DOCUMENT POATE CAUZA
EXPUNEREA LA RADIAˇII PERICULOASE.
CUPRINS
M™suri de precau^ie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
•nainte de ini^ializare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Accesorii
Configurare
Caracteristici generale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Tipuri de discuri ≥i caracteristicile acestora . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Descriere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
-
Prezentarea general™ a telecomenzii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Conexiuni
Telecomand™
Baterii pentru telecomand™ (tip AAA)
Selectarea unei conexiuni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Func^ii de baz™
Redarea unui disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Utilizarea func^iilor C™utare ≥i Salt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Utilizarea func^iei Afi≥aj . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Utilizarea meniurilor pentru disc ≥i pentru titluri . . . . . . . 17
Repetarea red™rii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Manual de utilizare
Cablu
video/audio
Redarea cu ¶ncetinitorul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Func^ii avansate
Reglarea propor^iei dimensiunilor (func^ia EZ VIEW) . . . 18
Monta^i bateriile ¶n telecomand™
1. Scoate^i capacul pentru baterii din spatele tele
comenzii.
2. Introduce^i dou™ baterii AAA.
Asigura^i-v™ c™ bornele pozitive ≥i negative (+ ≥i -)
sunt aliniate corespunz™tor.
3. Monta^i la loc capacul pentru baterii.
Selectarea limbii de dublaj . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Selectarea limbii de subtitrare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Modificarea unghiului camerei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Utilizarea func^iei Reluare instantanee/Salt . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Utilizarea func^iei Semn de carte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Utilizarea func^iei Zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Meniul Clipuri pentru CD-uri Audio
MP3/WMA/JPEG/MPEG4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Selectarea folderelor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Redarea CD-urilor audio/MP3/WMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Redarea MPEG4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Redarea CD-urilor cu imagini. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Modificarea meniului Configurare
Dac™ telecomanda nu func^ioneaz™
corespunz™tor:
- Verifica^i polaritatea +/- a bateriilor
(Dry-Cell)
- Verifica^i dac™ nu s-au desc™rcat
bateriile.
- Asigura^i-v™ c™ senzorul telecomen
zii nu este obturat de obstacole.
- Verifica^i dac™ ¶n raza telecomenzii
exist™ sisteme de iluminat fluores
cente.
Utilizarea meniului Configurare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Configurarea op^iunilor de limb™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Configurarea op^iunilor audio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Configurarea op^iunilor de afi≥are . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Configurarea programelor care necesit™ supravegherea
p™rin^ilor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Referin^e
Actualizare firmware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Depanare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Specifica^ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3
Rumanian
•NAINTE DE
INIˇIALIZARE
CONFIGURARE
Caracteristici generale
.avi.
Not™
Calitate excelent™ a sunetului
Dolby Digital, o tehnologie conceput™ de Dolby
Laboratories, permite o reproducere incredibil™ a sunetului.
- Tipurile de discuri care nu pot fi redate cu ajutorul
• DVD-ROM
• DVD-RAM
Ecran
Pute^i viziona imaginea ¶n formatul obi≥nuit ≥i ¶n modul
panoramic (16:9).
• CD-ROM
• CDV
• CDI
• CVD
Redarea cu ¶ncetinitorul
Pute^i reda o scen™ important™ cu ¶ncetinitorul.
Func^ia Control parental (pentru discurile
DVD)
Func^ia Control parental permite utilizatorilor s™ seteze
nivelul de evaluare necesar, pentru a ¶mpiedica copiii s™
vizioneze materiale video d™un™toare, cum ar fi filmele violente, cu con^inut pentru adul^i etc.
Diferite func^ii de meniu de pe ecran
Pute^i selecta diferite limbi str™ine (de dublaj/de subtitrare)
≥i unghiuri ale imaginii, ¶n timpul vizion™rii filmelor.
Scanare progresiv™
Scanarea progresiv™ ofer™ o imagine mai bun™, dubla…nd
num™rul liniilor de scanare ale imaginii ¶ntre^esute standard.
EZ VIEW (pentru discurile DVD)
Func^ia Easy View permite reglarea imaginii, pentru a o
adapta la dimensiunile ecranului televizorului (16:9 sau
4:3).
Program de vizionare a fotografiilor digitale (în format JPEG)
Pute^i vizualiza fotografiile digitale pe televizor.
Repetare
Pute^i repeta redarea unei melodii sau a unui film prin
ap™sarea butonului REPEAT.
MP3/WMA
Acest aparat poate reda discuri create din fi≥iere
MP3/WMA.
Reluare instantanee (pentru discurile
DVD)
Pute^i utiliza aceast™ func^ie pentru a reda ultimele 10
secunde dinainte de pozi^ia curent™ a unui film.
Salt instantaneu (pentru discurile DVD)
Aceast™ func^ie permite saltul ¶nainte ¶n intervale de 10
secunde
MPEG4
Acest player poate reda formatele MPEG4 dintr-un fi≥ier
4
acestui player.
- Discurile CDG pot reda doar materiale audio, nu ≥i
video.
- Capacitatea de redare depinde de condi^iile de ¶nreg
istrare.
• DVD-R, +R
• CD-RW
• DVD+RW, -RW (V mode)
- Este posibil ca aparatul s™ nu poat™ reda anumite dis
curi CD-R, CD-RW ≥i DVD-R, din cauza tipului de
disc sau a condi^iilor de ¶nregistrare.
PROTECˇIA LA COPIERE
Multe discuri DVD sunt codate cu protec^ie la
copiere.
Din cauza acestei protec^ii, trebuie s™ conecta^i
DVD playerul direct la televizor, nu la un videocasetofon. Conectarea la un videocasetofon duce la
afi≥area unei imagini distorsionate de pe discurile
DVD protejate la copiere.
Acest produs ¶ncorporeaz™ tehnologia de protec^ie
prin drepturi de autor, conform anumitor reglement™ri din S.U.A. ≥i a altor drepturi de proprietate
intelectual™, de^inute de Macrovision Corporation ≥i
de al^i proprietari de drepturi. Utilizarea tehnologiei
cu protec^ie prin drepturi de autor trebuie s™ fie
autorizat™ de Macrovision Corporation,
fiind destinat™ utiliz™rii ¶n scopuri personale ≥i a
altor drepturi de vizionare limitare, cu excep^ia altor
cazuri autorizate de Macrovision Corporation. Este
interzis™ demontarea sau dezasamblarea produsului.
IE≤IRILE PENTRU FUNCˇIA DE
SCANARE PROGRESIV® (525P)
"CONSUMATORII TREBUIE S® REˇIN. FAPTUL C®NU TOATE
TELEVIZOARELE DE •NALT® DEFINIˇIE SUNT COMPATIBILE
INTEGRAL CU ACEST DVD PLAYER ≤I C® POT PROVOCA
AFI≤AREA ARTEFACTELOR •N IMAGINE; •N CAZUL CELOR 525
DE PROBLEME LEGATE DE SCANAREA PROGRESIV®, ESTE
RECOMANDAT CA UTILIZATORUL S® COMUTE CONEXIUNEA
LA IE≤IREA "DEFINIˇIE STANDARD". DAC® AVEˇI •NTREB®RI
LEGATE DE COMPATIBILITATEA TELEVIZORULUI CU ACEST
MODEL DE DVD PLAYER, CONTACTAˇI CENTRUL SAMSUNG
DE SERVICII PENTRU CLIENˇI."
Tipuri de discuri ≥i caracteristicile acestora
Acest DVD player poate s™ redea urm™toarele tipuri de discuri,¶nso^ite de siglele corespunz™toare:
Tipuri (sigle) de discuri Tipuri de ¶nregistrare Dimensiune Max. Playing TimeTimp
maxim de redare
disc
Audio
+
Video
12 Cm
Cu un singur strat,240min.
Cu dou™ straturi, 480min.
8 Cm
Cu un singur strat, 80min.
Cu dou™ straturi, 160 min.
AUDIO-CD
12 Cm
74 min.
8 Cm
20 min.
Audio
- Discurile DVD ofer™ o calitate audio ≥i
video excelent™ , datorit™ sistemului
Dolby Digital ≥i MPEG-2.
- Diferitele func^ii pentru ecran ≥i sunet
pot fi selectate cu u≥urin^™ din meniul
de pe ecran.
- CD-ul este ¶nregistrat sub forma unui
semnal digital cu o calitate superioar™
a sunetului, cu mai pu^ine distorsiuni
≥i cu un grad mai mic de deteriorare
a calit™^ii sunetului de-a lungul timpului.
Marcajele de pe disc
Num™r regional
~
PAL
Num™r regional de redare
Sistem de transmisie PAL ¶n Marea Britanie,
Fran^a, Germania etc.
Disc Dolby Digital
STEREO
DIGITAL
SOUND
Disc stereo
Disc audio digital
DVD playerul ≥i discurile sunt
codate dup™ regiune. Aceste
coduri regionale trebuie s™ corespund™ pentru a putea fi redat discul. Dac™ nu corespund codurile,
discul nu poate fi redat. Num™rul
regional pentru acest player este
afi≥at pe panoul din spate al DVD
playerului
DTS disc
Disc MP3
Trebuie s™ introduce^i un singur disc DVD o
dat™.
Dac™ introduce^i dou™ sau mai multe discuri,
acestea vor face imposibil™ redarea ≥i exist™
riscul defect™rii DVD playerului.
Certificare DivX
Siglele DivX, DivX Certified ≥i siglele
asociate acestora sunt m™rci ¶nregistrate ale DivXNetworks, Inc ≥i sunt utilizate sub licen^™
5
Rumanian
DVD
Caracteristici
Descriere
Comenzi de pe panoul frontal
5
DVD-P370
1 2
6 7
4
3
DVD-P375
1 2
1.
STANDBY/ON (
4
3
5.
stinge indicatorul acestuia ≥i porne≥te DVD playerul.
2.
Indicator buton STANDBY
6.
6
AFI≤AJ
SKIP (
/
) SEARCH
melodie.
SERTARUL PENTRU DISCURI
7.
STOP (
)
Opre≥te opera^ia de redare a discului.
Introduce^i discul aici.
OPEN/CLOSE (
8
Utiliza^i pentru a s™ri ¶napoi/¶nainte peste o scen™ sau o
catorul.
4.
6 7
Aici sunt afi≥a^i indicatorii de func^ionare.
Atunci ca…nd conecta^i aparatul la priz™, se aprinde indi-
3.
6
tarul pentru discuri.
)
Atunci ca…nd ap™sa^i pe butonul STANDBY/ON, se
8
5
)
Ap™sa^i pe acest buton pentru a deschide ≥i ¶nchide ser-
8.
PLAY/PAUSE (
)
Ini^ializeaz™ sau ¶ntrerupe opera^ia de redare a discului.
Afi≥ajul panoului frontal
Timpul total de redare/Afi≥eaz™ diferite mesaje privind opera^ii precum redare, oprire,
i^nc™rcare.
nodSC: Nu a fost introdus nici un disc.
OPEn: Sertarul pentru discuri este deschis.
LOAd: Playerul ¶ncarc™ informa^iile despre disc.
6
Panoul din spate
2
Rumanian
3
2
1
1.
2.
3.
MUF® SCART
- Permite conectarea la un televizor cu muf™ de intrare
SCART.
MUFE DIGITALE DE IE≤IRE AUDIO
- Utiliza^i un cablu optic sau coaxial, pentru a conecta
aparatul la un receiver Dolby Digital compatibil.
- Utiliza^i un cablu digital optic sau coaxial, pentru a
conecta un amplificator A/V care are ¶ncorporat un
decodor Dolby Digital, MPEG2 sau DTS.
MUFE DE IE≤IRE VIDEO COMPONENT
- Utiliza^i acest mufe dac™ ave^i un televizor cu mufe
de intrare video Component. Aceste mufe permit
semnale video PR, PB .i Y.
- Dac™ selecta^i ie≥irea video P-SCAN din meniul
Setup, va fi activat modul de scanare progresiv™.
- Dac™ selecta^i ie≥irea video I-SCAN din meniul
4.
5.
6.
4
5
6
Setup, va fi activat modul de scanare i^ntre.esut™.
MUFE DE IE≤IRE AUDIO
- Conecta^i aceste mufe la mufele de intrare audio ale
televizorului sau ale receiverului audio/video..
MUF® DE IE≤IRE VIDEO
- Utiliza^i un cablu video pentru a conecta la mufa de
intrare video a televizorului.
- Ie≥irea video din meniul Setup trebuie setat™ la
SVideo.
MUF® DE IE≤IRE S-VIDEO
- Utiliza.i cablul S-Video pentru a conecta aceast™
muf™ la mufa SVideo a televizorului, pentru a ob^ine
o calitate mai bun™ a imaginii.
- Ie≥irea video din meniul Setup trebuie setat™ la
SVideo.
Not.
- Consulta^i manualul de utilizare al televizorului pentru a afla dac™ televizorul accept™ func^ia de scanare
progresiv™ (P-SCAN).
Dac™ aceast™ func^ie este acceptat™, consulta^i manualul de utilizare al televizorului referitor la set™rile
func^iei de scanare progresiv™ ¶n sistemul de meniuri al televizorului.
- Este posibil s™ nu apar™ imaginea pe ecran, dac™ DVD playerul este conectat la un televizor sau un
afi≥aj care nu este compatibil cu formatul de mai sus.
- Consulta^i paginile 27, pentru a ob^ine informa^ii suplimentare despre modul de utilizare a meniului de
configurare.
7
Prezentarea general™ a telecomenzii
14
15
1
2
16
3
4
5
6
7
8
17
18
19
5.
Butonul INSTANT REPLAY
Pute^i utiliza aceast™ func^ie pentru a reda ultimele 10
secunde dinainte de pozi^ia curent™ a unui film.
6.
Butoanele SKIP (
)
/
Permite saltul peste un titlu, un capitol sau o melodie.
7.
Butonul STOP (
8.
Butonul MENU
Afi≥eaz™ meniul de configurare a DVD playerului.
9.
œƒ¦‹ butoanele
ENTER /œ
Acest buton are func^ie de comutare.
)
10. Butonul EZ VIEW
Propor^ia dimensiunilor unei imagini poate fi u≥or
reglat™ ¶n func^ie de dimensiunea ecranului televizorului
(16 :9 sau 4 :3).
11. Butonul DISC MENU
Permite activarea meniului pentru discuri.
12. Butonul SUBTITLE
13. Butonul AUDIO
9
Utiliza^i acest buton pentru a accesa diferitele func^ii audio
de pe un disc.
10
11
20
21
12
13
22
23
14. Butonul ZOOM
Permite m™rirea imaginii de pe DVD
15. Butonul OPEN/CLOSE (
)
Permite deschiderea ≥i ¶nchiderea sertarului pentru discuri.
16. Butonul STEP
Permite redarea secven^ial™ a cadrelor.
17. Butonul INSTANT SKIP
Aceast™ func^ie permite saltul ¶nainte ¶n intervale de 10
secunde.
1.
Butonul DVD POWER
Permite pornirea sau oprirea playerului.
2.
Butoanele numerice
3.
Butonul VIDEO SEL
Permite schimbarea modului de ie≥ire video.
4.
Butoanele SEARCH(
)
/
Permit c™utarea i^nainte/i^napoi pe disc.
18. Butonul PLAY/PAUSE (
)
Ini^ializeaz™/i^ntrerupe opera^ia de redare a discului.
19. Butonul RETURN
Pentru a reveni la meniul anterior.
20. Butonul INFO
Afi≥eaz™ modul curent al discului.
21. Butonul CANCEL
Pentru a ie≥i din meniuri sau din afi≥ajele de stare de
pe ecran.
22. Butonul REPEAT A-B
V™ permite s™ repeta^it A-B disc.
23. Butonul REPEAT
V™ permite s™ repeta^i redarea unui titlu, unui capitol, a
unei piste sau a unui disc.
8
CONEXIUNI
Ilustra^iile de mai jos prezint™ exemple de conexiuni utilizate de cele mai multe ori pentru a conecta DVD
playerul la televizor ≥i la alte echipamente.
•nainte de a conecta DVD playerul
- •nchide^i ¶ntotdeauna DVD playerul, televizorul ≥i alte echipamente, ¶nainte de a conecta sau deconecta
cablurile.
- Consulta^i manualul de utilizare a echipamentelor suplimentare pe care le conecta^i, pentru a afla
informa^ii suplimentare despre acestea.
Conectarea la un televizor (SCART)
- Cu ajutorul mufei SCART, conecta^i borna SCART (EXT) din spatele DVD playerului la borna SCART
(IN) a televizorului.
- Dac™ televizorul dvs. nu dispune de muf™ SCART, pute^i selecta una dintre urm.toarele conexiuni alternative:
Conectarea la televizor (VIDEO CVBS)
1
Cu ajutorul cablurilor audio/video, conecta^i mufele de ie≥ire
VIDEO (galben™) ≥i AUDIO (ro≥ie ≥i alb™) din spatele DVD
playerului la mufele de intrare VIDEO (galben™) ≥i AUDIO
(ro≥ie ≥i alb™) ale televizorului.
2
Porni^i DVD playerul ≥i televizorul.
RO≤IE
≤I
ALB®
Audio
Cablu
RO≤IE
ALB®
GALBEN®
Video Cablu
GALBEN®
3
Ap™sa^i pe butonul de selectare a intr™rii de pe telecomanda televizorului, pa…n™ ca…nd apare pe ecranul televizorului
semnalul video de la playerul DVD
Not™
- Dac™ a^i a≥ezat cablul audio prea aproape de cablul de alimentare, este posibil s™ se aud™ un zgomot.
- Dac™ dori^i s™ conecta^i un amplificator, consulta^i pagina despre conectarea amplificatorului. (Consulta^i paginile 14-15)
- Num™rul ≥i pozi^ia mufelor pot varia ¶n func^ie de modelul televizorului. Consulta^i manualul de utilizare al televizorului.
- Dac™ televizorul dispune de o muf™ de intrare audio, conecta.i-o la mufa [AUDIO OUT] de culoare alb™ din sta…nga, din
spatele DVD playerului.
- Dac™ ap™sa^i pe butonul VIDEO SEL. atunci ca…nd DVD playerul este ¶n modul Oprire sau dac™ nu a fost introdus nici un
disc, modul de ie≥ire video se schimb™ dup™ cum urmeaz™: (COMPOSITE/S-Video ➝ I-SCAN ➝ P-SCAN ➝ SCART
RGB)
- Nu conecta^i simultan mufa SCART ≥i mufa de ie≥ire video Component (Y, Pb, Pr), deoarece acestea pot s™ interfereze
≥i s™ afecteze calitatea de la ambele ie≥iri video.
9
Rumanian
Selectarea unei conexiuni
Conectarea la televizor (S-Video)
- Conectarea la televizor cu ajutorul unui cablu S-Video.
- V™ ve^i bucura de imagini de ¶nalt™ calitate. Semnalul S-Video separ™ imaginea ¶n semnale alb-negru (Y)
≥i color (C), pentru a genera imagini mai clare deca…t modul de intrare video obi≥nuit. (Semnalele audio
sunt transmise prin mufa de ie≥iire audio.)
1
Cu ajutorul unui cablu S-Video (nu este inclus), conecta^i
mufa de ie≥ire SVIDEO din spatele DVD playerului la mufa
de intrare S-VIDEO a televizorului.
2
Cu ajutorul cablurilor audio, conecta^i mufele de ie≥ire
AUDIO (ro≥ie ≥i alb™) din spatele DVD playerului la mufele
de intrare AUDIO (ro≥ie≥i alb™) ale televizorului. Porni^i
DVD playerul ≥i televizoru.
RO≤IE
ALB®
3
Ap™sa^i pe butonul de selectare a intr™rii de pe telecomanda televizorului, pa…n™ ca…nd pe ecranul televizorului apare
semnalul video de la DVD player.
Audio Cablu
RO≤IE
S-Video Cablu
(Nu este inclus)
ALB®
4
Seta^i modul de ie≥ire video la S-Video ¶n meniul Display
Setup. (Consulta^i paginile 27)
Not™
- Dac™ dori^i s™ conecta^i un amplificator, consulta^i pagina despre conectarea amplificatorului. (Consulta^i
paginile 1314)
- Num™rul ≥i pozi^ia mufelor pot varia ¶n func^ie de modelul televizorului.
Consulta^i manualul de utilizare al televizorului.
- Nu conecta^i simultan mufa S-Video ≥i mufa de ie≥ire video Component (Y, Pb, Pr), deoarece acestea pot
s™ interfer eze ≥i s™ afecteze calitatea de la ambele ie≥iri video.
10
Conectarea la un televizor (modul ¶ntre^esut)
- Conectarea la televizor cu ajutorul cablurilor video Component.
Rumanian
- V™ ve^i bucura de imagini de ¶nalt™ calitate ≥i culori naturale. Semnalul video Component separ™ imaginea
¶n semnale alb-negru(Y), albastru(PB), ro.u(PR), pentru a oferi cea mai bun™ imagine. (Semnalele audio
sunt transmise prin mufa de ie≥ire audio.)
1
Cu ajutorul unui cablu video Component (nu este inclus),
conecta^i mufa de ie≥ire COMPONENT VIDEO a DVD
playerului la mufa de intrare COMPONENT a televizorului.
2
Cu ajutorul cablurilor audio, conecta^i mufele de ie≥ire
AUDIO (ro≥ie ≥i alb™) din spatele DVD playerului la
mufele de intrare AUDIO (ro≥ie ≥i alb™) ale televizorului.
Porni^i DVD playerul ≥i televizorul.
RO≤IE
3
RO≤IE
Ap™sa^i pe butonul de selectare a intr™rii de pe telecomanda televizorului, pa…n™ ca…nd apare pe ecranul televizorului semnalul video Component de la DVD player.
ALBASTRU
VERDE
ALB®
Audio Cablu
RO≤IE
ALB®
RO≤IE
ALBASTRU
VERDE
Component cablu
(Nu este inclus)
4
Seta≥i modul de ie≥ire video la I-SCAN ¶n meniul Display
Setup. (Consulta≥i paginile 27).
Not™
- Dac™ modul de ie≥ire video este setat incorect pe S-Video, ca…nd au fost conectate cablurile video
Component, ecranul se va colora ¶n ro≥u.
- Dac™ dori^i s. conecta^i un amplificator, consulta^i pagina despre conectarea amplificatorului. (Consulta^i
paginile 13-14)
- Mufa Component a televizorului poate s™ aib™ marcajele “R-Y, B-Y, Y” sau “Cr, Cb, Y”, ¶n loc de “PR,
PB, Y”, i^n func^ie de modelul televizorului. Num™rul ≥i pozi^ia mufelor pot varia ¶n func^ie de modelul
televizorului.
Consulta^i manualul de utilizare al televizorului..
11
Conectarea la un televizor (modul Progresiv)
1
Cu ajutorul unui cablu video Component (nu este inclus),
conecta^i mufa de ie≥ire COMPONENT VIDEO din spatele
DVD Playerului la mufa de intrare COMPONENT a televizorului.
2
Cu ajutorul cablurilor audio, conecta^i mufele de ie≥ire
AUDIO (ro≥ie ≥i alb™) din spatele DVD playerului la mufele
de intrare AUDIO (ro≥ie ≥i alb™) ale televizorului. Porni^i
DVD playerul ≥i televizorul.
RO≤IE
3
Ap™sa^i pe butonul de selectare a intr™rii de pe telecomanda televizorului, pa…n™ ca…nd apare pe ecranul televizorului
semnalul video Component de la DVD player.
RO≤IE
ALBASTRU
VERDE
ALB®
Audio Cablu
RO≤IE
ALB®
RO≤IE
ALBASTRU
VERDE
Component cablu
(Nu este inclus)
4
Seta^i modul de ie≥ire video la P-SCAN ¶n meniul Display
Setup. (Consulta.i paginile 27)
Pentru a putea vedea semnalul video progresiv:
- Consulta^i manualul de utilizare al televizorului pentru a afla dac™ televizorul accept™ func^ia de
scanare progresiv™. Dac™ aceast™ func^ie este acceptat™, consulta^i manualul de utilizare al televizorului referitor la set.rile func^iei de scanare progresiv™ ¶n sistemul de meniuri al televizorului.
- •n func^ie de modelul televizorului, metoda de conectare poate s¶ difere de cea prezentat™ mai sus.
Not™
- Ce este scanarea progresiv™?
Scanarea progresiv™ are de dou™ ori mai multe linii de scanare deca…t metoda de ie≥ire ¶ntre^esut™. Modul
de scanare progresiv™ poate s™ redea o imagine de calitate superioar™.
12
Conectarea la un sistem audio (amplificator pe 2 canale)
1
Rumanian
Cu ajutorul cablurilor audio, conecta^i mufele de ie≥ire
AUDIO (ro≥ie ≥i alb™) din spatele DVD playerului la
mufele de intrare AUDIO (ro≥ie ≥i alb™) ale amplificatorului.
2
Cu ajutorul cablurilor pentru semnal video, conecta^i
mufele de ie≥ire VIDEO, SVIDEO sau COMPONENT din
spatele DVD playerului la mufele de intrare VIDEO, SVIDEO sau COMPONENT ale televizorului, conform
descrierii de la paginile 9-12.
RO≤IE
3
ALB®
Audio Cablu
RO≤IE
Porni^i DVD playerul, televizorul ≥i amplificatorul.
ALB®
Amplicator pe 2 canale
stereo
4
Ap™sa^i pe butonul de selectare a intr™rii de pe amplificator, pentru a selecta modul de intrare extern™, pentru a
putea auzi sunetul transmis de DVD player.
Not™
- Atunci ca…nd porni^i amplificatorul, este recomandat s™ reduce^i volumul. Un sunet puternic
nea≥teptat poate cauza deteriorarea boxelor ≥i v™ poate afecta auzul.
- Seta^i modul audio din ecranul de meniu, ¶n func^ie de modelul amplificatorului. (Consulta^i pagina 27)
- Pozi^ia mufelor poate s™ difere, ¶n func^ie de modelul amplificatorului.
Consulta^i manualul de utilizare al amplificatorului.
13
Conectarea la un sistem audio (Dolby Digital, MPEG2 sau un amplificator
DTS)
1
Dac™ utiliza^i un cablu optic (nu este inclus), conecta^i
mufa de ie≥ire DIGITAL AUDIO (optic™) din spatele DVD
playerului la mufa de intrare DIGITAL AUDIO (optic™) a
amplificatorului.
Dac™ utiliza^i un cablu coaxial (nu este inclus), conecta^i
mufa de ie≥ire DIGITAL AUDIO (coaxial™) din spatele
DVD playerului la mufa de intrare DIGITAL AUDIO (coaxial™) a amplificatorului.
2
Cu ajutorul cablurilor pentru semnal video, conecta^i
mufele de ie≥ire VIDEO, S-VIDEO, COMPONENT din
spatele DVD playerului la mufele de intrare VIDEO, SVIDEO, COMPONENT ale televizorului, conform
≤I
descrierii de la paginile 9-12.
Optic™ Cablu
(Nu este inclus)
3
Coaxial™ Cablu
(Nu este inclus)
Dolby digital ≥i
amplicator DTS
Porni^i DVD playerul, televizorul ≥i amplificatorul.
4
Ap™sa^i pe butonul de selectare a intr™rii de pe amplificator, pentru a selecta modul de intrare extern™, pentru a
putea auzi sunetul transmis de DVD player. Consulta^i
manualul de utilizare al amplificatorului, pentru a seta
modul de intrare audio al acestuia.
Not™
- Atunci ca^nd conecta^i DVD playerul la amplificatorul DTS ≥i reda^i un disc DTS, activa^i modul
DTS din meniul Audio Setup. Dac™ dezactiva^i modul DTS, nu se aude sunetul sau este posibil s™
se aud™ un zgomot puternic.
- Atunci ca…nd porni^i amplificatorul, este recomandat s™ reduce^i volumul. Un sunet puternic
nea≥teptat poate cauza deteriorarea boxelor ≥i v™ poate afecta auzul.
- Seta^i modul audio din ecranul de meniu, ¶n func^ie de modelul amplificatorului. (Consulta^i pagina 27)
- Pozi^ia mufelor poate s™ difere, ¶n func^ie de modelul amplificatorului.
Consulta^i manualul de utilizare al amplificatorului.
- Scoate^i capacul de protec^ie ¶mpotriva prafului ¶nainte de a utiliza cablul coaxial (nu este inclus) ≥i
pune^i din nou capacul dup™ ce utiliza^i cablul.
14
FUNCˇII DE BAZ®
•nainte de a ini^ializa redarea
- Deschide^i televizorul ≥i seta^i modul de intrare
video corespunz™tor, ap™sa…nd pe butonul
TV/VIDEO de pe telecomanda televizorului.
-
Dac™ a^i conectat un sistem audio extern, porni^i
sistemul respectiv ≥i seta.i-l la modul
corespunz™tor de intrare audio.
5. Scoaterea discului
Ap™sa^i pe butonul OPEN/CLOSE (
butonul (
Dup™ ce a^i conectat playerul, la prima ap™sare a butonului
POWER, apare urm™torul ecran: Dac™ dori^i s™ selecta^i
limba, ap™sa^i un buton numeric. (Ecranul de mai jos va
ap™rea doar la prima conectare a playerului.)
Dac™ nu a^i setat limba pentru ecranul de ini^ializare, este
posibil ca set™rile s™ se modifice de fiecare dat™ ca…nd
deschide^i ≥i ¶nchide^i playerul.
Din acest motiv, asigura^i-v™ c™ selecta^i limba pe care dori^i
s™ o utiliza^i.
Dup™ ce selecta^i limba meniului, o pute^i schimba ^ina…nd
ap™sat butonul de pe panoul frontal al aparatului timp de cel
pu^in 5 secunde, dac™ nu a^i introdus nici un disc ¶n player.
Apoi, va ap™rea din nou fereastra SELECT MENU LANGUAGE, de unde pute^i reseta limba de preferat™.
Press
1
for English
Touche
2
pour Français
Drücken Sie
3
für Deutsch
Pulsar
4
para Español
Premere
5
per Italiano
Druk op
6
voor Nederlands
Redare
1. Ap™sa^i pe butonul OPEN/CLOSE (
) . Indicatorul
STAND BY se stinge ≥i se deschide sertarul pentru dis
curi.
2. A≥eza^i un disc ¶n sertar, cu eticheta ¶n sus.
3. Ap™sa^i pe butonul PLAY/PAUSE ( ) sau pe butonul
OPEN/ CLOSE ( ) pentru a ¶nchide sertarul pentru di
curi.
- Atunci ca…nd ¶ntrerupe^i redarea unui disc, playerul
memoreaz™ locul unde a^i oprit discul, iar ca…nd ap™sa^i
din nou pe butonul PLAY/PAUSE (
).
6. •ntreruperea opera^iei de redare
Ap™sa^i pe butonul PLAY/PAUSE ( ) sau STEP de pe
telecomand™, ¶n timpul red™rii.
- Imaginea se opre≥te ≥i nu se mai aude sunetul.
Pentru a relua opera^ia de redare, ap™sa^i din nou pe
).
7. Redarea secven^ial. (cu excep^ia CD-urilor)
Ap™sa^i pe butonul STEP de pe telecomand™, ¶n timpul
red™rii.
- Dup™ fiecare ap™sare a butonului, va ap™rea un nou
cadru.
- •n timpul modului Redare secven^ial™ nu se aude
sunetul.
- Ap™sa^i pe butonul PLAY/PAUSE ( ) pentru a
reveni la modul normal de redare.
- Modul de redare secven^ial™ nu func^ioneaz™ deca…t
¶n direc^ia ¶nainte.
8. Redarea cu ¶ncetinitorul
Ap™sa^i pe butonul SEARCH ( / ) pentru a selecta
una dintre vitezele de redare 1/8, 1/4 ≥i 1/2 i^n modul
Pauz™ sau Redare secven^ial™.
- •n timpul modului de redare cu ¶ncetinitorul nu se
aude sunetul.
- Ap™sa^i pe butonul PLAY/PAUSE ( ) pentru a
reveni la modul normal de redare.
Not™
- Dac™ l™sa^i playerul ¶n modul Oprire mai mult de
un minut f™r™ s™ lansa^i nici o comand™, se va
activa un screen saver. Ap™sa^i pe butonul( )
pentru a reveni la modul normal de redare.
- Dac™ l™sa^i playerul ¶n modul Oprire mai mult de
30 de minute, aparatul se va ¶nchide automat.
(Func^ia de ¶nchidere automat™)
- Playerul se va ¶nchide automat, dac™ ¶l l™sa^i ¶n
modul Pauz™ mai mult de 5 minute.
- Aceast™ pictogram™ (
) indic™ faptul c™ a^i
ap™sat un buton nefunc^ional.
) discul va fi
redat din locul ¶n care a r™mas la oprire.
15
Rumanian
4. Oprirea opera^iei de redare
Ap™sa^i pe butonul STOP ( ) ¶n timpul red™rii discului.
Redarea unui disc
Utilizarea func^iilor C™utare
≥i Salt
•n timpul red™rii, pute^i efectua o c™utare rapid™ a unui capitol
sau a unei piste, cu ajutorul func^iilor C™utare ≥i Salt, pentru a
trece la selec^ia urm™toare.
C™utarea ¶ntr-un capitol sau •ntr-o
pist™
•n timpul red™rii, ^ine^i ap™sat butonul SEARCH ( sau )
de pe telecomand™ timp de ca…teva secunde.
DVD
2X, 4X, 64X, 128X
CD
2X, 4X, 8X
Ca…nd reda^i un disc DVD/MPEG4
1. •n timpul reda…rii, ap™sa^i pe butonul INFO de pe teleco
mand™.
2. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒpentru a selecta elementul dorit.
3. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele ¦/‹ pentru a efectua configurarea
dorit™ ≥i apoi ap™sa^i pe butonul ENTER.
- Pute^i utiliza butoanele numerice de pe telecomand™
pentru a accesa direct un titlu, un capitol sau pentru a
ini^ializa redarea din locul dorit.
4. Pentru a ie≥i din ecran, ap™sa^i din nou pe butonul CAN
CEL.
Not™
- Viteza marcat™ ¶n aceast™ func^ie poate diferi de
viteza
de redare obi≥nuit™.
- •n timpul modului de c™utare nu se aude sunetul
(cuexcep^ia CD-urilor).
Not™
Title
Chapter
Time
Omiterea pistelor
•n timpul red™rii, ap™sa^i pe butonul SKIP (
sau
).
- •n timpul red™rii unui DVD, dac™ ap™sa^i pe butonul SKIP
(
Utilizarea func^iei Afi≥a
Audio
), va fi redat capitolul urm™tor. ac™ ap™sa^i pe butonul
SKIP (
) , redarea se deplaseaz™ la ¶nceputul capitolu
lui. Dac™ ap™sa^i din nou butonul, redarea revine la capi
tolul anterior.
Subtitle
- Atunci ca…nd reda^i un CD ¶n modul Meniu dezactivat, dac™
ap™sa^i pe butonul SKIP (
),redarea se deplaseaz™ la
pista urm™toare. Dac™ ap™sa^i pe butonul SKIP (
Majoritatea discurilor DVD sunt ¶nregistrate
pe capitole, pentru a g™si rapid o anumit™
scen™.
Permite redarea filmului din locul dorit. Pute^i
introduce timpul ini^ial ca punct de referin^™.
Func^ia C™utare timp redare nu func^ioneaz™
pe anumite discuri.
Aceasta se refer™ la limba coloanei sonore a
filmului. ¶n ilustra^ia folosit™ ca exemplu,
coloana sonor™ este redat™ ¶n englez™,
5.1CH. Un disc DVD poate con^ine maxim 8
coloane sonore diferite.
Se refer™ la limbile de subtitrare disponibile
pe disc. Ve^i putea s™ selecta.i limbile de
subtitrare dorite sau, dac™ dori^i, le pute^i
dezactiva de pe ecran. Un disc DVD poate
con^ine maxim 32 de subtitr™ri diferite.
),
redarea se deplaseaz¶ la ¶nceputul pistei. Dac¶ ap™sa^i din
nou butonul, redarea revine la ¶nceputul pistei anterioare.
16
Pentru a accesa titlul dorit, dac™ titlul con^ine
mai multe titluri. De exemplu, dac™ DVD-ul
con^ine mai multe filme, va fi identificat
fiecare film ¶n parte.
Shortcut
Pentru a accesa func^ia Semn de carte sau
Unghi dorit™. Unele discuri DVD permit
vizualizarea din mai multe unghiuri a oric™rei
imagini. Func^ia Semn de carte v™ ajut™ s™
g™si^i rapid ≥i facil o pist™ sau un capitol de
pe DVD.
Utilizarea meniului discului
1. •n timpul red™rii unui disc DVD, ap™sa^i pe butonul MENU
de pe telecomand™.
2. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ pentru a selecta Disc Menu,
apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER .
Press ENTER key
for Disc Menu
Repetarea red™rii
Pute^i repeta o anumit™ pist™, un capitol, un titlu, o
anumit™ sec^iune (A-B) sau ¶ntreg discul.
Atunci ca…nd reda^i un disc DVD
1. Ap™sa^i pe butonul REPEAT de pe telecomand™.
Apare ecranul Repeat.
2. Ap™sa^i pe butonul ¦/‹ pentru a selecta Chapter, Title
sau A-B, apoi ap™sa^i pe butonul ENTER.
- Discul DVD permite redarea repetat™ dup™ capitol sau
titlu.
- Chapter ( ): permite repetarea capitolului redat.
- Title ( ): permite repetarea titlului redat.
- A-B: Permite repetarea segmentului de pe disc selectat
de dvs.
T
Enter
Return
Menu
Not™
- •n func^ie de tipul discului, este posibil ca ecranul Disc Menu s™ nu apar™.
- De asemenea, pute^i utiliza meniul discului, cu
ajutorul butonului DISC MENU de pe telecomand™.
DVD
Off
01
T
01 A - B
ENTER REPEAT
Utilizarea func^iei Repetare A-B
1. Ap™sa^i pe butonul REPEAT A-B ¶n punctul ini^ial de
repetare a red™rii (A). Punctul B va fi eviden^iat automat.
Utilizarea meniului Title
1. •n timpul red™rii unui disc DVD, ap™sa^i pe butonul MENU
de pe telecomand™.
2.. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ pentru a selecta Title Menu,
apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER .
Press ENTER key
for Title Menu
2. Ap™sa^i pe butonul REPEAT A-B ¶n punctul final de
repetare a red™rii (B).
- Pentru a reveni la modul de redare la vitez™ normal™,
ap™sa^i pe butonul CANCEL.
3. Pentru a reveni la modul normal de redare, ap™sa^i din nou
pe butonul REPEAT, apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ¦/‹ pen
tru a selecta op^iunea Off ≥i ap™sa^i pe butonul ENTER.
DVD
Off
Enter
Return
01
T
01 A - B
ENTER REPEAT
Menu
Not™
- •n func^ie de tipul discului, este posibil ca ecranul Title Menu s™ nu apar™.
- Ecranul Title Menu va fi afi≥at doar dac™ discul
con^ine cel pu.in dou™ titluri.
Not™
- Func^ia Repetare A-B nu v™ permite s™ seta^i
punctual (B) dac™ nu au trecut cel pu^in 5
secunde din timpul de redare, dup™ setarea
punctului (A)..
- •n func^ie de tipul discului, este posibil ca func^ia
Repetare s™ nu poat™ fi activat™.
17
Rumanian
Utilizarea meniurilor pentru
disc ≥i pentru titluri
Redarea cu ¶ncetinitorul
Aceast™ func^ie v™ permite s™ reda^i cu ¶ncetinitorul
scenele care con^in transmisiuni sportive, scene de
dans, scene de interpretare la instrumente muzicale
etc., pentru ca dvs. s™ le pute^i observa mai atent.
Reglarea propor^iei dimensiunilor (func^ia EZ VIEW)
Atunci ca…nd reda^i un disc DVD
1. •n timpul red™rii, ap™sa^i pe butonul PLAY/PAUSE (
2. Ap™sa^i pe butonul SEARCH (
) pentru a selecta
/
una dintre vitezele de redare 1/8, 1/4 ≥i 1/2 oi^n modul
PAUSE (•ntrerupere) sau STEP (Redare secven^ial.).
FUNCˇII AVANSATE
).
Pentru reda utiliza…nd propor^iile
dimensiunilor (pentru discuri DVD)
Ap™sa^i pe butonul EZ VIEW.
- Dimensiunea ecranului se modific™ dac™ ap™sa^i butonul ¶n
mod repetat.
- Modul Zoom func^ioneaz™ diferit, ¶n func^ie de setarea pentru
ecran din meniul Display Setup.
- Pentru o utilizare corespunz™toare a butonului EZ VIEW, tre
buie s™ seta^i corect propor^iile dimensiunilor din meniul
Display Setup. (Consulta.i paginile 27-29).
WIDE SCREEN
EZ VIEW
Dac™ utiliza^i un televizor cu ecran
16:9
Pentru discurile cu propor^iile dimensiunilor de 16:9
- WIDE SCREEN
Afi≥eaz™ con^inutul titlurilor de pe DVD ¶n format 16 :9.
- SCREEN FIT
Atunci ca…nd reda^i un disc cu propor^ia dimensiunilor de
2.35 :1, vor disp™rea barele negre din partea superioar™ ≥i
cea inferioar™ a ecranului. Imaginea va ap™rea lungit™ pe
vertical™. (¶n func^ie de tipul discului, este posibil ca barele
negre s™ nu dispar™ complet.)
- ZOOM FIT
Marginile de sus, de jos, din sta…nga ≥i din dreapta sunt
t™iate, iar por^iunea central™ a ecranului este m™rit™.
Pentru discurile cu propor^iile dimensiunilor de 4:3
- Normal Wide
Afi≥eaz™ con^inutul titlurilor de pe DVD ¶n format 16 :9.
Imaginea va ap™rea lungit™ pe orizontal™.
- SCREEN FIT
Marginea superioar™ ≥i marginea inferioar™ vor fi t™iate, iar
imaginea este afi≥at™ pe tot ecranul.
Imaginea va ap™rea lungit™ pe vertical™.
- ZOOM FIT
Marginile de sus, de jos, din sta…nga ≥i din dreapta sunt
t™iate, iar por^iunea central™ a ecranului este m™rit™.
- Vertical Fit
Atunci ca…nd viziona^i un disc DVD de 4:3 pe un televizor
16:9, ¶n sta^nga ≥i ¶n dreapta ecranului vor ap™rea dou™
bare negre, pentru a preveni lungirea imaginii pe orizontal™.
18
4 :3
Pentru discurile cu propor^iile dimensiunilor de 16:9
- 4:3 Letter Box
Afi≥eaz™ con^inutul titlurilor de pe DVD ¶n format 16 :9. ¶n
partea superioar™ .i cea inferioar™ a ecranului vor ap™rea cele
dou™ bare negre.
- 4:3 Pan Scan
Marginile sta…nga-dreapta ale imaginii sunt t™iate, iar
por^iunea central™ a ecranului 16:9 este m™rit™.
- SCREEN FIT
Marginea superioar™ ≥i marginea inferioar™ vor fi t™iate, iar
imaginea este afi≥at™ pe tot ecranul. Imaginea va ap™rea lun
git™ pe vertical™.
- ZOOM FIT
Marginile de sus, de jos, din sta…nga ≥i din dreapta sunt t™iate,
iar por^iunea central™ a ecranului este m™rit™.
Pentru discurile cu propor^iile dimensiunilor de 4:3
- Normal Screen
Afi≥eaz™ con^inutul titlurilor de pe DVD ¶n format 4 :3.
- SCREEN FIT
Marginea superioar™ ≥i marginea inferioar≥ vor fi t≥iate, iar
imaginea este afi≥at™ pe tot ecranul. Imaginea va ap™rea lun
git™ pe vertical™.
- ZOOM FIT
Marginile de sus, de jos, din sta…nga ≥i din dreapta sunt
t™iate, iar por^iunea central™ a ecranului este m™rit™.
Not™
Func^ia poate fi utilizat™ diferit, ¶n func^ie de tipul
discului redat.
2. Pentru a elimina pictograma AUDIO de pe ecran, ap™sa^i pe
butonul CANCEL sau RETURN.
Not™
- Aceast™ func^ie depinde de limbile pentru dublare codate pe
disc ≥i este posibil s™ nu poat™ fi activat™.
-
Un disc DVD poate s™ con^in™ maxim 8 limbi pentru dublare.
-
Pentru a activa aceea≥i limb™ pentru dublare la fiecare redare a
discului DVD respectiv, consulta^i sec.iunea “Utilizarea limbii
pentru dublare” de la pagina on page 25.
Selectarea limbii de subtitrare
Pute^i selecta rapid ≥i u≥or limba de subtitrare
dorit™, de la butonul SUBTITLE.
Utilizarea butonului SUBTITLE (pentru DVD/MPEG4)
1. Ap™sa^i pe butonul SUBTITLE Limbile de subtitrare sunt
afi≥ate sub form™ de abrevieri.
DVD
Subtitrarea se modific™ dac™
ap™sa^i butonul ¶n mod repetat.
Off
SUBTITLE
MPEG4
Subtitle Selection
External Subtitle Off
readme.TXT
Va ap™rea op^iunea de
subtitrare extern™, ¶n
func^ie de discul DivX.
Non-standard fonts are not supported
Selectarea limbii de dublaj
Pute^i selecta rapid ≥i u≥or limba de dublare dorit™,
de la butonul AUDIO.
Utilizarea butonului AUDIO (pentru
DVD/MPEG4)
1. Ap™sa^i pe butonul AUDIO. Sursa audio se modific™ dac™
ap™sa^i butonul ¶n mod repetat. Limbile pentru dublare sunt
afi≥ate sub form™ de abrevieri.
DVD
Atunci ca…nd reda^i un disc,
ENG DOLBY DIGITAL 5.1CH
pute^i selecta ¶ntre canalele
audio Stereo, Dreapta sau
Sta…nga.
AUDIO
Ap™sa^i pe butonul AUDIO
de pe telecomand™ ¶n mod
repetat, pentru a selecta
sursa audio dorit™ pentru
fi≥ierul MPEG4 ≥i apoi
ap™sa^i pe ENTER .
MPEG4
PCM 1/2
AUDIO
Ap™sa^i pe butonul SUBTITLE de pe telecomand™ ¶n
mod repetat, pentru a
selecta limba de subtitrare
dorit™ pentru fi≥ierul
MPEG4 ≥i apoi ap™sa^i pe
ENTER.
Enter
Return
Menu
MPEG4
Off
SUBTITLE
2. Pentru a elimina pictograma SUBTITLE de pe ecran, ap™sa^i
pe butonul CANCEL sau RETURN.
Not™
- Trebuie s™ schimba^i limba de subtitrare din ecranul
Disc Menu, ¶n func^ie de tipul discului. Ap™sa^i pe
butonul DISC MENU.
- Aceast™ func^ie depinde de limbile de subtitrare codate
pe disc ≥i este posibil s™ nu poat™ fi activat™ pe toate
discurile DVD.
- Un disc DVD poate s™ con^in™ maxim 32 limbi de subtitrare.
- Pentru a activa aceea≥i limb™ de subtitrare la fiecare redare a dis
cului DVD respectiv, consulta^i sec^iunea “Utilizarea limbii de sub
titrare” de la pagina 25.
19
Rumanian
Dac™ utiliza^i un televizor cu ecran
Utilizarea func^iei Semn de
carte
Modificarea unghiului
camerei
Dac™ un disc DVD con^ine mai multe unghiuri pentru o anumit™ scen™, pute^i selecta func^ia Unghi.
Utilizarea func^iei Unghi (DVD)
Dac™ discul con^ine mai multe unghiuri, semnul
ANGLE apare pe ecran.
Aceast™ func^ie v™ permite s™ marca^i sec^iunile de
pe un disc DVD,pentru a le putea g™si rapid ¶n
situa^ii ulterioare.
Utilizarea func^iei Semn de carte
(pentru DVD)
1. •n timpul red™rii, ap™sa^i pe butonul INFO de pe teleco
mand™.
2. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ pentru a selecta Shortcut.
3. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele ¦/‹ pentru a selecta Angle, apoi
ap™sa^i pe butoanele ENTER.
1. •n timpul red™rii, ap™sa^i pe butonul INFO de pe teleco
mand™l.
2. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ pentru a selecta Shortcut.
4. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele ¦/‹ sau utiliza^i butoanele numerice
de pe telecomand™,pentru a selecta unghiul dorit.
4/6
DVD
3. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele ¦/‹ pentru a selecta Angle, apoi
ap™sa^i pe butoanele ENTER.
4. Atunci ca…nd a^i g™sit o scen™ pe care dori^i s™ o marca^i,
ap™sa^i pe butonul ENTER. Pute^i marca maxim trei scene
o dat™.
Not™
- Dac™ discul con.ine un singur unghi, func^ia nu
va putea fi activat™. În prezent, num™rul dis
curilor care accept™ aceast™ func^ie este foarte
mic.
- •n func^ie de tipul discului, este posibil ca aceste
func^ii s™ nu poat™ fi activate.
Utilizarea func^iei Reluare
instantanee/Salt
Utilizarea func^iei Reluare instantanee (DVD)
Dac™ a^i pierdut o scen™, o pute^i reda din nou cu
ajutorul acestei func^ii.
1 - -
Not™
- •n func^ie de tipul discului, este posibil ca
func^ia Semn de carte s™ nu poat™ fi activat™.
Reapelarea unei scene marcate
1~3. Primii1~3 pa≥i pentru aceast™ opera^ie sunt identici celor
descri≥i ¶n sec^iunea “Utilizarea func^iei Bookmark” de la
pagina 20.
4. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele ¦/‹ pentru a selecta o scen™
marcat™.
Dac™ ap™sa^i pe butonul INSTANT REPLAY, imaginea este
derulat™ ¶napoi cu 10 secunde ≥i este redat™ din acel punct.
Utilizarea func^iei Salt instantaneu
(DVD)
Utiliza^i aceast™ func^ie pentru a omite aproximativ
10 secunde din scena curent™.
Ap™sa^i pe butonul INSTANT SKIP.
- Vor fi omise urm™toarele 10 secunde din redare..
Not™
•n func^ie de tipul discului, este posibil ca aceste
func^ii s™ nu poat™ fi activate.
20
1 2 3
5.
Ap™sa^i pe butonul PLAY/PAUSE (
scena marcat™.
) pentru a s™ri la
≤tergerea unui semn de carte
1~3. Primii1~3 pa≥i pentru aceast™ opera^ie sunt identici celor
descri≥i ¶n sec^iunea “Utilizarea func^iei Bookmark” de la
pagina20.
4.
Ap™sa^i pe butoanele ¦/‹ pentru a selecta num™rul
semnului de carte pe care dori^i s™-l ≥terge^i.
1 2 3
-
: Numele fi≥ierului ¶n curs de redare.
-
: Timpul curent de redare.
-
Utilizarea func^iei Zoom
Utilizarea func^iei Zoom (pentru
DVD)
1. •n timpul red™rii, ap™sa^i pe butonul ZOOM de pe teleco
mand™.Ap™sa^i pe butonul ENTER.
2. Ap™sa^i pe butonul œ/ƒ sau pe ¦/‹ pentru a selecta
zona din imagine pe care dori^i s™ o m™ri^i.
- •n timpul red™rii discului, ap™sa^i pe ENTER pentru a
apropia imaginea la 2X/4X/2X/Normal ¶n aceast™
ordine.
: Modul curent de redare : Exist™ patru moduri de
redare. Acestea pot fi selectate pe ra…nd, prin
butonului REPEAT.
ap™sarea
- Dezactivat : Modul normal de redare.
- Pist™: Permite repetarea pistei curente.
- Folder: Permite repetarea folderlui curent.
- Aleatoriu: Fi≥ier in the disc will be played in
random order.
-
: Pictograma pentru
fi≥iere MP3.
-
: Pictograma pentru
fi≥iere Audio.
-
: Pictograma pentru
fi≥iere WMA.
-
: Pictograma pentru
Foldere
-
: Pictograma pentru
fi≥iere JPEG.
-
: Pictograma pentru
Foldere current
-
: Pictograma pentru fi≥iere AVI
Selectarea folderelor
Folderul poate fi selectat ¶n modul Oprire sau
Redare.
- Pentru a selecta folderul p™rinte
Ap™sa^i pe butonul RETURN pentru a v™ deplasa la folderul
ƒ pentru a selecta “..”
p™rinte sau ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
≥i ap™sa^i pe ENTER pentru a v™ deplasa la folderul p™rinte.
Meniul Clipuri pentru CDuri Audio/MP3/WMA/JPEG/
MPEG4
CD-urile Audio sau discurile cu fi≥iere
MP3/WMA/JPEG/MPEG4 con^in melodii individuale
≥i/sau imagini care pot fi organizate ¶n foldere, ca ¶n
ilustra^ia de mai jos. Acestea sunt similare modului
de organizare ¶n foldere a fi≥ierelor de pe calculator.
- Pentru a selecta folderul de acela≥i niver
ƒ pentru a selecta folderul dorit,
Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
apoi ap™sa^i pe ENTER.
- Pentru a selecta subfolderul
ƒ pentru a selecta folderul dorit,
Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
apoi ap™sa^i pe ENTER.
R oot
W MA
JPEG
P arent Fol der
MP 3
Deschide^i sertarul pentru
discuri.
Introduce^i discul.
•nchide^i sertarul pentru
discuri.
Acesta se i^nchide ≥i va
ap™rea ecranul al™turat.
Off
MU S IC
C urrent Fol der
1s t
S ub-Fol ders
2nd
S ON G FILE 1
P eer Fol ders
S ON G FILE 2
S ON G FILE 3
MP E G4 FILE S
21
Rumanian
5. Ap™sa^i pe butonul CANCEL pentru a ≥terge num™rul sem
nului de carte.
Redarea CD-urilor
audio/MP3/WMA
1. Deschide^i sertarul pentru discuri. Introduce^i discul.
¶nchide^i sertarul pentru discuri.
- Dac™ un disc con^ine fi≥iere MP3 ≥i WMA, pute^i reda
fi≥iere de un singur tip.
ƒ/¦
¦/‹
‹ pentru a selecta un fi≥ier
2. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
audio.Ap™sa^i pe ENTER pentru a ini^ializa redarea fi≥ieru
lui audio.
Off
Play
00:00:23
B e c a u s e Yo u
...
B e c a u s e Yo u
Cactus
Sad Dayu
Wonderful
Enter
Return
REPEAT
Repeat
Redarea repetat™/aleatorie
Ap™sa^i pe butonul REPEAT pentru a modifica modul de
radare. Exist™ patru astfel de moduri: Dezactivat, Pist™, Folder
≥i Aleatoriu.
- Dezactivat: Modul normal de redare
- Pist™: Permite repetarea fi≥ierului audio redat.
- Folder: Permite redarea fi≥ierelor audio care au aceea≥i
extensie ca a folderului curent.
- Aleatoriu: Fi≥ierele audio care au aceea≥i extensie vor fi
redate ¶n ordine aleatorie.
Pentru a reveni la modul normal de redare, ap™sa^i pe butonul
CANCEL.
Disc CD-R cu fi≥iere MP3/WMA
Atunci ca…nd ¶nregistra^i fi≥iere MP3 sau WMA pe un disc
CD-R, respecta^i urm™toarele recomand™ri.
- Fi≥ierele MP3 sau WMA trebuie s™ fie ¶n formatul ISO 9660
sau JOLIET.
Fi≥ierele MP3 ≥i WMA cu formatul ISO 9690 ≥i Joliet sunt
compatibile cu sistemele de operare DOS ≥i Windows de la
Microsoft, precum ≥i cu sistemul de operare Mac de la Apple.
Acesta este cel mai utilizat format.
- Atunci ca…nd introduce^i numele fi≥ierelor MP3 sau WMA,
trebuie s™ nu dep™≥i^i 8 caractere ≥i s™ introduce^i “.mp3,
.wma” ca extensie a fi≥ierelor.
Formatul generic al numelui: Titlu.mp3. or Titlu.wma. Atunci
ca…nd introduce^i titlul, asigura^i-v™ c™ are maxim 8 caractere,
c™ nu con^ine spa^ii ≥i evita^i utilizarea caracterelor speciale,
cum ar fi: (.,/,\,=,+).
- Utiliza^i o rat™ de transfer pentru decomprimare de minim
128 Kbps atunci ca…nd ¶nregistra^i fi≥iere MP3.
De obicei, calitatea sunetului pentru fi≥ierele MP3 depinde de
rata de compresie/decompresie pe care o selecta^i. Pentru
un sunet de calitate CD audio, este necesar™ o rat™
analogic™/digital™, respectiv conversia ¶n formatul MP3, la o
rat™ cuprins™ ¶ntre 128 ≥i 160 Kbps.
22
Cu toate acestea, dac™ selecta^i rate de compresie mai mari,
cum ar fi 192 Kbps sau mai mari, sunt rare cazurile ¶n care calitatea sunetului este superioar™. Pe de alt™ parte, fi≥ierele cu o
rat™ de decomprimare mai mic™ de 128 Kbps nu vor fi redate
corespunz™tor.
- Utiliza^i o rat™ de transfer pentru decomprimare de minim
64 Kbps atunci ca…nd ¶nregistra^i fi≥iere WMA.
De obicei, calitatea sunetului pentru fi≥ierele WMA depinde
de rata de compresie/decompresie pe care o selecta^i.
Pentru un sunet de calitate CD audio, este necesar™ o rat™
analogic™/digital™, respectiv conversia ¶n formatul WMA, la o
rat™ cuprins™ ¶^ntre 64 ≥i 192 Kbps. Pe de alt™ parte, fi≥ierele
cu o rat™ de decomprimare mai mic™ de 64 Kbps sau mai
mare de 192 Kbps nu vor fi redate corespunz™tor.
- Nu ¶ncerca^i s™ ¶nregistra^i fi≥iere MP3 protejate la
copiere.
Anumite fi≥iere “securizate” sunt criptate ≥i protejate prin
cod, pentru a preveni copierea ilegal™. Aceste fi≥iere sunt de
urm™toarele tipuri:
Windows MediaTM (marc™ ¶nregistrat™ a Microsoft Inc) ≥i
SDMITM (marc™ ¶nregistrat™ a SDMI Foundation). Aceste
fi≥iere nu pot fi copiate.
- Important:
Recomand™rile de mai sus nu pot reprezenta o garan^ie c™
DVD playerul va reda fi≥ierele ¶nregistrate ¶n format MP3 ≥i
nici nu asigur™ calitatea sunetului. Trebuie s™ re^ine^i c™ anu
mite tehnologii ≥i metode pentru ¶nregistrarea fi≥ierelor MP3
pe discuri CD-R nu permit redarea optim™ a acestor fi≥iere pe
DVD player (calitate inferioar™ a sunetului ≥i, ¶n anumite
cazuri, incapacitatea playerului de a reda aceste fi≥iere).
- Acest player poate reda maxim 500 de fi≥iere ≥i 500 de
foldere pe un singur disc.
Redarea MPEG4
Func^ia Redare MPEG4
Fi≥ierele AVI sunt utilizate pentru stocarea datelor video ≥i
audio. Pot fi redate doar fi≥ierele ¶n format AVI cu extensia
“.avi”.
1. Deschide^i sertarul pentru discuri. Introduce^i discul.
¶nchide^i sertarul pentru discuri.
ƒ sau pe ¦/‹
‹ pentru a selecta
2. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
un fi≥ier AVI(DivX/XviD) ≥i apoi ap™sa^i pe butonuENTER.
Off
Stop
/MPEG4
T
00:00:00
...
a01_divx51b-8
a02_divx505b-8
a03_divx502sp-8
a04_divx412-8
Enter
Return
Menu
Repetarea red™rii
Ap™sa^i pe butonul REPEAT pentru a modifica modul de
redare. Exist™, 4 moduri de redare: Dezactivat, Folder ≥i
Titlu,Specifica^i o sec^iune A-B (o distan^™ ¶ntre dou™ puncte
stabilite de utilizator)
- Folder: permite redarea fi≥ierelor i^n format AVI care au
aceea≥i extensie ca a folderului curent.
- Titlu: permite repetarea titlului redat.
- A-B: permite repetarea segmentului din fi≥ierul selectat de
dvs.
F
A
v
-
Descrierea func^iei MPEG4
(
Salt
sau
Redarea CD-urilor cu imagini
Descriere
Pagina de referin^™
•n timpul red™rii, ap™sa^i pe
sau
pentru a
) deplasa redarea ¶nainte sau
¶napoi cu 5 minute.
-
•n timpul red™rii, ap™sa^i pe
C™utare
butonul SEARCH (
sau
) ≥i din nou pe acest buton,
( \ sau ) pentru a m™ri viteza de c™utare.
Redarea cu
¶ncetinitorul
V™ permite s™ c™uta^i la o
vitez™ mai mare ¶n fi≥ierul
AVI. (2X, 4X, 8X)
V™ permite s™ c™uta^i la o
vitez™ mai mic™ ¶n fi≥ierul
AVI. (1/8X, 1/4X, 1/2X)
1. Selecta^i folderul dorit.
ƒ pentru a selecta un fi≥ier foto
2. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
din meniul de clipuri ≥i apoi ap™sa^i pe butonul ENTER.
3. Ap™sa^i pe butonul INFO de pe telecomand™, pentru a
selecta meniul pe care dori^i s™-l vizualiza^i ≥i apãsa^i pe
butonul ENTER.
-
ENTER RETURN
P 15
Redare
secven^ial™
Dup™ fiecare ap™sare a
butonului STEP, va ap™rea
un nou cadru.
P 15
ZOOM
2X/4X/2X/Normal în aceastã ordine
P 21
- posibil ca aceste func^ii s™ nu poat™ fi activate, ¶n func^ie
de fi≥ierul MPEG4.
Not™
- Ap™sa^i pe butonul STOP pentru a reveni la meniul
de clipuri.
- Atunci ca…nd reda^i un CD cu imagini Kodak,
playerul afi≥eaz™ pozele direct ≥i nu ¶n meniul
de clipuri.
Rotation
: Dup™ fiecare ap™sare a butonului ENTER, fotografia
se rote≥te cu 90 de grade ¶n sens orar.
Fi≥ierele AVI de pe discuri CD-R
Acest player poate reda urm™toarele formate de compresie
video în formatul de fi≥ier AVI:
- Con^inuturi DivX 3.11
- Con^inuturi DivX 4 (Bazate pe MPEG-4 Simple Profile)
- Con^inuturi DivX 5 (MPEG-4 simple profile ≥i
caracteristici suplimentare, cum ar fi cadre bidirec^ionale.
Sunt suportate ≥i tehnologiile Qpel ≥i GMC.)
- Con^inuturi XviD compatibile cu MPEG-4.
DivX3.11 & DivX4 & XviD
Este posibil ca rata de bi^i
s™ oscileze:
Este posibil ca dispozitivul
s™ omit™ por^iunile cu rat™
de bi^i mare ≥i s™ ¶nceap™
decodarea din nou, dup™
ce valoarea acesteia revine
la normal.
Rumanian
Func^ie
DivX5
720 x 480 la 30fps
720 x 576 la 25fps
: Rata de bi^i maxim™:
4Mbps
Not™
• Este posibil ca unele fi≥iere MPEG4 create pe un
calculator personal s™ nu fie redate. Aceasta este
cauza pentru care nu sunt acceptate un tip de
codec, o versiune sau o rezolu^ie ulterioar™.
• Acest player accept™ discurile CD-R/RW ¶nregistrate
¶n formatul MPEG4, care corespunde formatului
“ISO9660”.
Zoom
ƒ pentru a selecta zona din
: Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
imagine pe care dori^i s™ o m™ri^i sau mic≥ora^i.
Ap™sa^i pe butonul ENTER. Dup™ fiecare ap™sare a
butonului ENTER, imaginea este m™rit™ de aproximativ dou™ ori.
Slide Show
•
: Playerul intr™ ¶n modul de redare a diapozitivelor.
• •nainte de a ini^ializa modul de redare a diapozitivelor, trebuie s™ seta^i intervalul de a≥teptare dintre fotografii.
•
: Dac™ selecta^i pictograma al™turat™ ≥i ap™sa^i pe
butonul ENTER, fotografiile se succed automat la un
interval de 6 secunde.
•
: Imaginile se schimb™ automat la un interval de
aproximativ 12 secunde.
•
: Imaginile se schimb™ automat la un interval de
aproximativ 18 secunde.
Timer :
ENTER RETURN
Not™
- •n func^ie de dimensiunea fi≥ierului, este posibil ca
intervalul de timp dintre fotografii s™ difere de cel
men^ionat ¶n manual.
- Dac™ nu ap™sa^i nici un buton, redarea diapozitivelor va fi ini^ializat™ automat dup™ un interval
prestabilit de 10 secunde.
23
Disc CD-R cu fi≥iere JPEG
- Pot fi utilizate doar fi≥ierele cu extensia ".jpg" ≥i ".JPG"..
- Dac™ sesiunea discului nu este ¶nchis™, ini^ializarea opera^iei
de redare va dura mai mult ≥i este posibil s™ nu poat™ reda
toate fi≥ierele..
- Pot fi redate doar discurile CD-R cu fi≥iere JPEG ¶n formatul
ISO 9660 sau Joliet.
- Numele fi≥ierului JPEG nu poate dep™≥i 8 caractere ≥i nu
trebuie s™ con^in™ spa^ii goale sau caractere speciale (. / =
+).
- Poate fi redat doar un disc cu mai multe sesiuni ¶nregistrate
consecutiv.Dac™ pe discul cu mai multe sesiuni exist™ un
segment gol, discul va putea fi redat pa…n™ la segmentul
respectiv.
- Pe un CD pute^i stoca un num™r maxim de 3000 de imagini.
- Este recomandat s™ utiliza^i CD-uri Kodak Picture.
- Atunci ca…nd reda^i un CD Kodak Picture, pot fi redate doar f
i≥ierele JPEG din folderul cu fotografii.
- CD Kodak Picture: Fi≥ierele JPEG din folderul cu fotografii
pot fi redate automat.
- CD Konica Picture: Dac™ dori^i s™ vizualiza^i o imagine,
selecta^i fi≥ierele JPEG din meniul de clipuri.
- CD Fuji Picture: Dac™ dori^i s™ vizualiza^i o imagine, selecta^i
fi≥ierele JPEG din meniul de clipuri.
- CD QSS Picture: Este posibil ca playerul s™ nu poat™ reda
CD-urile QSS Picture.
- Dac™ un disc con.ine peste 500 de fi≥iere, vor putea fi redate
doar 500 de fi≥iere JPEG.
- Dac™ un disc con^ine peste 500 de fi≥iere, vor putea fi redate
doar fi≥ierele JPEG din 500 de foldere.
MODIFICAREA MENIU LUI CONFIGURARE
Utilizarea meniului
Configurare
Meniul Setup v™ permite s™ personaliza^i DVD playerul
pute^i s™ selecta^i diferite preferin^e de limb™, s™ configura^i
un nivel de evaluare parental™ ≥i chiar s™ regla.i playerul i^n
func^ie de tipul de ecran al televizorului.
1. Atunci ca…nd playerul este ¶n modul Stop, ap™sa^i pe butonul
ƒpen
MENU de pe telecomand™. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
tru a selecta Setup, apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe
ENTER.
Language Setup
‹
Audio Setup
‹
Display Setup
‹
Parental Setup :
‹
DivX(R) Registration
‹
❶ Language Setup: Permite configurarea limbii.
❷ Audio Setup : Permite configurarea op^iunilor de sunet.
❸ Display Setup : Permite configurarea op^iunilor de
afi≥are. Utiliza^i aceast™ func^ie pentru a selecta tipul de
ecran dorit pentru vizionare ≥i pentru a selecta op^iunile
de afi≥are.
❹ Parental Setup : Permite configurarea nivelului de evalu
are a programelor care necesit™ supravegherea
p™rin^ilor. Aceast™ func^ie permite utilizatorilor s™ seteze
nivelul de evaluare necesar, pentru a ¶mpiedica copiii s™
vizioneze materiale video d™un™toare, cum ar fi filmele
violente, cu con^inut pentru adul^i etc.
❺ Divx(R) Registration : Utiliza^i codul de ¶nregistrare pen
tru a ¶nregistra playerul cu for
matul DivX(R) Video On Demand.
Pentru detalii suplimentare, acce
sa^i site-ul www.divx.com/vod.
ƒ pentru a accesa diferitele
2. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
func^ii.Ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe butonul ENTER pen
tru a accesa diferitele func^ii secundare.
3. Pentru a ie≥i din ecranul de configurare dup. finalizare,
ap™sa^i din nou pe butonul MENU.
Not™
•n func^ie de tipul discului, este posibil ca set™ rile
din meniul de configurare s™ nu poat™ fi activate.
24
Dac™ seta^i dinainte meniul playerului, meniul discului,
limba de dublare ≥i limba de subtitrare, acestea vor ap™rea
de fiecare dat™ ca…nd viziona^i un film.
Utilizarea limbii din meniul playerului
1. Atunci ca…nd aparatul este ¶n modul Stop, ap™sa^i pe
butonul MENIU.
ƒ pentru a selecta Setup,apoi
2. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta Language
3. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
Setup, apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta Player Menu,
4. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta limba dorit™,
5. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
- Este selectat™ limba, iar ecranul revine la meniul
Language Setup.
- Pentru a ie≥i din meniul de configurare, ap™sa^i pe
butonul MENU.
Selectarea limbii pentru dublare
1. Atunci ca…nd aparatul este ¶n modul Stop, ap™sa^i pe
butonul MENIU.
ƒ pentru a selecta Setup,apoi
2. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta Language
3. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
Setup, apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta Audio, apoi
4. Ap™sa^pe butoanele œ/ƒ
ap™sa^i pe butoanele‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta limba dorit™,
5. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
.
- Dac™ limba selectat™ nu este ¶nregistrat™ pe disc, va fi
selectat™ limba ini^ial™ a ¶nregistr™rii.
- Este selectat™ limba, iar ecranul revine la meniul
Language Setup.
- Pentru a ie≥i din meniul de configurare, ap™sa^i pe
butonul MENU
LANGUAGE SETUP
LANGUAGE SETUP
Utilizarea limbii de subtitrare
Utilizarea limbii de meniu a discului
Aceast™ func^ie schimb. limba textului doar dac. pe ecran
apare meniul discului.
1. Atunci ca…nd aparatul este ¶n modul Stop, ap™sa^i pe
butonul MENIU.
ƒ pentru a selecta Setup,apoi
2. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER..
ƒ pentru a selecta Language
3. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
Setup, apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta Disc Menu,
4. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta limba dorit™,
5. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
- Dac™ limba selectat™ nu este ¶nregistrat™ pe disc, va fi
selectat™ limba ini^ial™ a ¶nregistr™rii.
- Este selectat™ limba, iar ecranul revine la meniul
Language Setup.
- Pentru a ie≥i din meniul de configurare, ap™sa^i pe
butonul MENU.
1. Atunci ca…nd aparatul este ¶n modul Stop, ap™sa^i pe
butonul MENIU.
ƒ pentru a selecta Setup,apoi
2. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta Language
3. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
Setup, apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta Subtitle, apoi
4. Ap™sa^pe butoanele œ/ƒ
ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta limba dorit™,
5. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
- Selecta^i ”Automatic” dac™ dori^i ca limba de subtitrare
s™ fie identic™ cu limba pentru dublare selectat™.
- Este posibil ca anumite discuri s™ nu con^in™ limba pe
care o selecta^i ca limb™ ini^ial.; i^n acest caz, discul va
utiliza setarea original™ pentru limb™.
- Este selectat™ limba, iar ecranul revine la meniul
Language Setup.
- Pentru a ie≥i din meniul de configurare, ap™sa^i pe
butonul MENU.
LANGUAGE SETUP
LANGUAGE SETUP
25
Rumanian
Configurarea op^iunilor de
limb™
Utilizarea limbii de subtitrare DivX
1. Atunci ca…nd aparatul este i^n modul Stop, ap™sa^i pe
butonul MENIU.
ƒ pentru a selecta Setup,apoi
2. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta Language
3. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
Setup, apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta DivX Subtitle,
4. Ap™sa^pe butoanele œ/ƒ
apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta limba dorit™,
5. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
- Este selectat™ limba, iar ecranul revine la meniul
Language Setup.
❶ Dolby Digital Out
- PCM : Efectueaz™ conversii ¶n format PCM (2 canale).
- Bitstream : Emite semnalul Dolby Digital prin ie≥irea digi
tal™. Selecta^i Bitstream atunci ca^nd realiza^i
conexiunea la un decodor Dolby Digital.
Not™
• Nu se aude sunetul analogic la redarea unui disc codat
¶n formatul de sunet DTS.
❷ MPEG-2 Digital Out
- PCM : Efectueaz™ conversii ¶n format PCM (2 canale).
- Bitstream : Realizeaz™ conversii ¶n format MPEG-2 Digital
Bitstream (5.1 canale sau 8 canale). Selecta^i
Bitstream atunci ca…nd utiliza^i ie≥irea audio
- Pentru a ie≥i din meniul de configurare, ap™sa^i pe
butonul MENU.
digitale.
LANGUAGE SETUP
Player Menu
: English
Disc Menu
: English
Audio
: English
Selecta^i op^iunea.On: atunci ca…nd realiza^i conexiunea la
un decodor DTS.
√ Unicode
Cyrillic
Greek
Subtitle
DivX Subtitle
❸ DTS
- Off : Nu emite semnal digital.
- On : Emite doar flux de bi^i DTS prin ie≥irea digital™
❹ Dynamic Compression
- On : Pentru selectarea compresiei dinamice.
- Off : Pentru a selecta intervalul standard.
❺ PCM Down Sampling
Configurarea op^iunilor
audio
- On : Selecta^i aceast™ op^iune atunci ca…nd amplificatorul
Op^iunile audio v™ permit s™ configura^i dispozitivul
audio ≥i set™rile pentru sunet, ¶n func^ie de sistemul
audio utilizat.
conectat la player nu este compatibil cu frecven^a pe
96 KHz. •n acest caz, semnalele cu frecven^a de 96
KHz vor fi convertite ¶n semnale la frecven^a de 48
KHz.
- Off : Selecta^i aceast™ op^iune atunci ca…nd amplificatorul
1. Atunci ca…nd aparatul este ¶n modul Stop, ap™sa^i pe
butonul MENIU.
ƒ pentru a selecta Setup,apoi
2. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta Audio Setup,
3. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta limba dorit™,
4. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
conectat la player nu este compatibil cu frecven^a pe
96 KHz. •n acest caz, toate semnalele vor fi redate
f™r™ modific™ri
Not™ :
Chiar dac™ func^ia PCM Down Sampling este
dezactivat™
• Anumite discuri pot emite doar semnale audio
Language Setup
‹
Audio Setup
‹
Display Setup
‹
Parental Setup :
‹
DivX(R) Registration
‹
AUDIO SETUP
Dolby Digital Out
: PCM
MPEG-2 Digital Out
: PCM
DTS
: Off
Dynamic Compression : On
PCM Down Sampling
26
: On
e≥antionate prin ie≥irile digitale.
• Pentru a ie≥i din meniul Setup, ap™sa^i pe
butonul MENU.
Produs sub licen^a Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby”
≥i simbolul dublu-D sunt m™rci ¶nregistrate ale
Dolby Laboratories.
“DTS” ≥i “DTS Digital Out” sunt m™rci ¶nregistrate ale Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
Op^iunile de afi≥are v™ permit s™ seta^i diferitele func^ii
video ale playerului.
1. Atunci ca…nd aparatul este ¶n modul Stop, ap™sa^i pe
butonul MENIU.
ƒ pentru a selecta Setup,apoi
2. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta Display Setup,
3. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta limba dorit™,
4. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
❸ Screen Messages
Utiliza^i aceast™ func^ie pentru a activa sau
dezactiva mesajele de pe ecran.
❹ Black Level
Ajusteaz™ luminozitatea ecranului. (On sau Off)
nu func^ioneaz™ ¶n modul Progressive.
❺ TV System
- NTSC : •n cazul utiliz™rii discurilor NTSC
• Dac™ televizorul dvs. dispune doar de intrare
video PAL, trebuie s™ selecta^i “PAL”. Atunci
ca…nd selecta^i intrarea “PAL”, formatul de ie.ire
video ¶ntre^esut va deveni ie≥ire PAL la 60 Hz.
• Dac™ televizorul dvs. dispune doar de modul
NTSC, trebuie s™ selecta^i “NTSC”.
Language Setup
‹
Audio Setup
‹
Display Setup
‹
Parental Setup :
‹
DivX(R) Registration
‹
❶ TV Aspect
•n func^ie de tipul televizorului pe care-l ave^i, pute^i
regla setarea pentru dimensiunile ecranului (pro
por^iile dimensiunilor).
- 4:3 Letter Box : Selecta^i dac™ dori^i s™ vede^i
o propor^ie a dimensiunilor de 16:9 la redarea
DVD-urilor, chiar dac™ televizorul dvs. are o
propor^ie a dimensiunilor de 4:3. I^n partea
superioar™ ≥i inferioar™ a ecranului vor ap™rea
dou™ bare negre.
- 4:3 Pan&Scan : Selecta^i aceast™ op^iune pentru ecranele televizoarelor obi≥nuite, atunci
ca…nd dori^i s™ vede^i partea central™ a unui
ecran de 16:9. (Marginile din sta…nga ≥i din
dreapta imaginii vor fi t™iate.)
- 16:9 Wide : Pute^i vizualiza imaginea complet™
de 16:9 pe un televizor cu ecran lat.
DISPLAY SETUP
TV Aspect
4:3 Letter Box
4:3 Pan&Scan
Screen Message √ 16:9 Wide
Still Mode
- PAL : •n cazul utiliz™rii discurilor PAL
• Dac™ televizorul dvs. dispune doar de intrare
video NTSC, trebuie s™ selecta^i “NTSC”.
• Dac™ televizorul dvs. dispune doar de intrare
PAL, trebuie s™ selecta^i “PAL”.
DISPLAY SETUP
TV Aspect
: Wide
Still Mode
: Auto
Screen Messages
: On
Black Level
TV System
Video Output
: Off
NTSC
√ PAL
➏ Video Output
Selecta^i ie≥irea video.
- S-Video : Selecta^i aceast™ op^iune dac™ dori^i
s™ utiliza^i ie≥irile Video ≥i SVideo.
- I-SCAN : Selecta^i aceast™ op^iune pentru a utiliza ie≥irea ¶ntre^esut™ Component (525i).
- P-SCAN : Selecta^i aceast™ op^iune pentru a
utiliza ie≥irea Progresiv™ (525p).
- Ie≥ire SCART-RGB : Selecta^i aceast™ op^iune
atunci ca…nd dori^i s™ utiliza^i ie≥irea Scart.
• Dac™ nu selecta^i una dintre op^iunile Yes/No
din submeniul Display Setup ¶ntr-un interval
de 10 secunde, ecranul revine la meniul ante
DISPLAY SETUP
rior.
: Off
TV Aspect
TV System
: PAL
Still Mode
: Auto
Video Output
: SCART-RGB
Screen Messages
: On
Black Level
Black Level
TV System
❷ Still Mode
Aceste op^iuni vor ajuta la prevenirea jocului
imaginii ¶n modul de ¶ntrerupere a red™rii ≥i vor
m™ri calitatea textului cu caractere mici.
- Auto : Atunci ca…nd selecta^i func^ia Auto,
ca…mpul/cadrul va fi convertit automat.
- Field : Selecta^i aceast™ func^ie dac™ apare
efectul de joc al imaginii ¶n modul Auto.
- Frame : Selecta^i aceast™ func^ie dac™ dori^i s™
m™ri^i claritatea textului cu caractere mici ¶n
modul Auto.
Video Output
: Wide
S-Video
I-SCAN
P-SCAN
√ SCART-RGB
• Consulta^i manualul de utilizare al televizorului pentru a afla dac™ televizorul accept™
func^ia de scanare progresiv™. Dac™ aceast™
func^ie este acceptat™, consulta^i manualul
de utilizare al televizorului referitor la set™rile
func^iei de scanare progresiv™ ¶n sistemul de
meniuri al televizorului.
• Dac™ ie≥irea video nu este setat™
corespunz™tor, este posibil ca ecranul s™ se
blocheze.
27
Rumanian
Configurarea op^iunilor de
afi≥are
Configurarea programelor
care necesit™ supravegherea p™rin^ilor
Pentru a ie≥i din meniul de configurare, ap™sa^i pe
butonul MENU. De exemplu, dac™ selecta^i maxim
nivelul 6, nu vor fi redate discurile de nivel 7 ≥i 8.
Func^ia Control paternal func^ioneaz™ ¶mpreun™ cu
DVD-urile c™rora li s-a atribuit un nivel de evaluare
care v™ permite s™ controla^i tipurile de DVD-uri
vizionate de membrii familiei dvs. Pe un disc exist™
pa…n™ la 8 niveluri de evaluare.
Setting Up the Rating Level
1. Atunci ca…nd aparatul este ¶n modul Stop, ap™sa^i pe
butonul MENIU.
ƒ pentru a selecta Setup,apoi
2. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER..
Language Setup
‹
Audio Setup
‹
Display Setup
‹
Parental Setup :
‹
DivX(R) Registration
‹
Changing the Password
1. Atunci ca…nd aparatul este ¶n modul Stop, ap™sa^i pe
butonul MENIU.
ƒ pentru a selecta Setup,apoi
2. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
Language Setup
‹
Audio Setup
‹
Display Setup
‹
Parental Setup :
‹
DivX(R) Registration
‹
ƒ pentru a selecta Parental
3. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
Setup, apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta Parental
3. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
Setup, apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
Language Setup
‹
Audio Setup
‹
Display Setup
‹
Language Setup
‹
Parental Setup :
‹
Audio Setup
‹
DivX(R) Registration
‹
Display Setup
‹
Parental Setup :
‹
DivX(R) Registration
‹
ƒ pentru a selecta Rating Level,
4. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
ƒ pentru a selecta Change
4. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
Password, apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
Introduce^i noua parol™.Introduce^i din nou parola™.
PARENTAL SETUP
PARENTAL SETUP
Rating Level
: Kids Safe
Rating Level
Change Password
5. Introduce^i parola.
- •n mod prestabilit, parola setat™ este 0000.
PARENTAL SETUP
Rating Level
:Kids Safe
Change Password
PARENTAL SETUP
Rating Level
:Kids Safe
Change Password
: Kids Safe
Enter Password
Change Password
Setup
Enter Password
Enter
Return
Menu
Setup
Enter
Return
PARENTAL SETUP
Menu
Rating Level
ƒ pentru a selecta nivelul de eval
6. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele œ/ƒ
uare dorit, apoi ap™sa^i pe butoanele ‹ sau pe ENTER.
de ex.) Setarea Kids Safe.
PARENTAL SETUP
Rating Level
√ Kids Safe
Change Passwor
Level 2
Level
Level
Level
Level
28
3
4
5
6
:Kids Safe
Change Password
Enter New Password
Setup
Enter
Return
Menu
Not™
Dac™ a^i uitat parola, consulta^i sec^iunea “Dac™
a^i uitat parola” din ghidul de depanare.
REFERINˇE
2. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele ¦/‹ pentru a selecta Total, apoi
ap™sa^i pe butoanele ENTER.
Rumanian
Actualizare firmware
Introducere
Samsung sus^ine actualizarea software periodic™,
pentru ¶mbun™t™^irea la zi a performan.elor aparatului,
prin intermediul site-ului Web (www.samsung.com)
Aceasta deoarece continu™ s™ apar™ noi codecuri
mpeg4. •mbun™t™^irile efectuate depind de software-ul
de actualizare pe care ¶l utiliza^i, precum ≥i de
software-ul instalat ¶n DVD player ¶nainte de
actualizare.
Realizarea unui disc de actualizare
•nregistra^i fi≥ierul desc™rcat pe un disc CD-R sau CDRW nou, cu ajutorul urm™toarelor set™ri:
1. Trebuie s™ desc™rca^i un fi≥ier nou prin portalul Download
Center de pe site-ul Web Samsung (www.samsung.com).
2. •nregistra^i acest fi≥ier pe discul CD-RW din calculatorul
dvs.
Not™
- Nivelul sistemului de fi≥iere ISO de pe CDROM
- Setul de caractere ISO 9660
- Finalizat, o singur™ sesiune
- Vitez™ mic™ de ¶nregistrare
Procedura de actualizare
1. Deschide^i sertarul pentru discuri. Introduce^i discul.
•nchide^i sertarul pentru discuri. Apare ecranul de actu
alizare firmware.
Este ini^ializat procesul de
actualizare firmware
- •n cursul ¶nregistr™rii, se va deschide automat sertarul
pentru discuri. Dup™ ce scoate^i discul, a≥tepta^i
aproximativ 2 minute.
- Dac™ playerul a fost actualizat cu succes, acesta se va
¶nchide ≥i se va deschide, dup™ ¶nchiderea automat™ a
sertarului pentru discuri. Dup™ pornirea playerului, va fi
afi≥at urm™torul ecran.
3. Ap™sa^i pe butoanele numerice pentru a selecta limba dorit™.
Press
Touche
Drücken Sie
Pulsar
Premere
Druk op
1
2
3
4
5
6
for English
pour Français
für Deutsch
para Español
per Italiano
voor Nederlands
Not™
- Dac™ nu apare ecranul “Select Menu Language”,
contacta^i centrul de servicii Samsung.
- Nu ap™sa^i nici un buton ≥i nu deconecta^i cablul
de alimentare ¶n timpul procesului de actualizare.
- Este posibil ca procedura de actualizare s™ se
modifice, accesa^i site-ul Web (www.samsung.com).
Pe ecran apare mesajul de
actualizare firmware
29
Depanare
•nainte de a solicita asisten^™ (depanare), verifica^i urm™toarele lucruri
Problem™
Ac^iune
Pagina
Nu pute^i efectua nici
o opera^ie cu ajutorul
telecomenzii
• Verifica^i bateriile telecomenzii.
S-ar putea s™ fie nevoie s™ le ¶nlocui^i.
• Ac^iona^i telecomanda de la o distan^™ mai mic™ de 7 metri.
• Scoate^i bateriile ≥i ^ine^i ap™sat un buton sau mai multe timp de ca…teva secunde,
pentru a consuma microprocesorul telecomenzii ≥i pentru a-l reseta Monta^i din
nou bateriile ≥i ¶ncerca^i s™ ac^iona^i din nou telecomanda
P3
Discul nu este redat
• Asigura^i-v™ c™ a^i introdus discul cu eticheta ¶n sus.
• Verifica^i codul regional al discului DVD.
P5
Nu este generat sunetul pe 5.1 canale
• Sunetul pe 5.1 canale este generat, dac™ sunt ¶ntrunite urm™toarele condi^ii :
1) DVD playerul este conectat la amplificatorul corespunz™tor
2) Discul a fost ¶nregistrat pe formatul de sunet cu 5.1 canale.
• Verifica^i dac™ discul redat con^ine pe exterior marcajul “5.1 ch”.
• Verifica^i dac™ sistemul audio este conectat ≥i func^ioneaz™ corespunz™tor.
• •n meniul de configurare, a^i setat ie≥irea audio la Bitstream?
Pe ecran apare pictograma
.
Pe ecran nu apare meniul
discului
Modul de redare difer™
de cel selectat ¶n meniul
de configurare
P13-14
P26
• •n acest punct, nu se pot finaliza func^iile ≥i ac^iunile, deoarece:
1. Software-ul DVD-ului nu permite acest lucru.
2. Software-ul DVD-ului nu permite func^ia respectiv™ (de ex. unghiurile).
3. Func^ia respectiv™ nu este disponibil™ momentan
4. A^i solicitat un titlu, un capitol sau un timp de scanare ¶n afara intervalului.
• Verifica^i dac™ discul con^ine un meniu.
• Este posibil ca anumite func^ii selectate ¶n meniul de configurare s™ nu fie activate corespunz™tor dac™ discul nu este codat cu func^ia corespunz™toare.
P24~28
Nu pute^i modifica propor^iile dimensiunilor
• Propor^iile dimensiunilor sunt fixe pe discurile DVD.
Nu se aude sunetul.
• Asigura^i-v™ c™ a^i selectat ieºirea digital™ corespunzãtoare din meniul Audio
Options.
P26
Ecranul este blocat
• Ap™sa^i pe butonul
(de pe panoul frontal) timp de cel pu^in 5 secunde, dac™
nu a^i introdus nici un disc. Toate set™rile vor reveni la configura^ia din fabric™.
P15
Dac™ a^i uitat parola
• Ap™sa^i pe butonul
(de pe panoul frontal) timp de cel pu^in 5 secunde, dac™
nu a^i introdus nici un disc. Toate set™rile, inclusiv parola, vor reveni la
configura^ia din fabric™. Nu utiliza^i aceste set™ri deca…t dac™ este absolut necesar
Dac™ ¶nta…mpina^i alte
probleme
Imaginea este zgomotoas™ sau distorsionat™
30
P27
P28
• Consulta^i cuprinsul ≥i c™uta^i sec^iunea din manualul de instruc^iuni care con^ine
explica^ii legate de problema curent™ ≥i urma^i din nou procedura
• Dac™ tot nu pute^i rezolva problema, adresa^i-v™ celui mai apropiat centru service
autorizat.
• Asigura^i-v™ c™ discul nu este murdar sau zga…riat.
• Cur™^a^i discul.
P2
Specifica^ii
Consum de energie
Informa^ii
generale
Greutate
Dimensiuni
Intervalul func^ional de temperatur™
Intervalul func^ional de umiditate
DVD
(DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC)
AC 110-240V ~ 50/60 Hz
9W
1.7 Kg
430mm (L) X 207mm (I) X 37mm (•)
Rumanian
Cerin^e de alimentare
de la +5°C la +35°C
de la10 % la 75 %
Viteza de citire: : 3.49 ~ 4.06 m/sec.
Timpul aproximativ de redare
(disc pe o singur™ parte, cu un singur strat) : 135 min.
Disc
CD : 12Cm
Viteza de citire: : 4.8 ~ 5.6 m/sec.
(COMPACT DISC)
Timpul maxim de redare: : 74 min.
CD : 8Cm
Viteza de citire: : 4.8 ~ 5.6 m/sec.
(COMPACT DISC)
Timpul maxim de redare: : 20 min.
Composite Video
Pe 1 canal : 1.0 Vp-p (sarcin™ 75 Ω)
R(Ro≥u) : 0.7 Vp-p (sarcin™ 75 Ω)
G(Verde) : 0.7 Vp-p (sarcin™ 75 Ω)
Muf™ SCART
B(Albastru) : 0.7 Vp-p (sarcin™ 75 Ω)
Composite Video : 1.0 Vp-p (sarcin™ 75 Ω)
Semnal de luminan^™ : 1.0 Vp-p (sarcin™ 75 Ω)
Ie≥ire
Semnal de color : 0.3 Vp-p (sarcin™ 75 Ω)
Video
Y : 1.0 Vp-p (sarcin™ 75 Ω)
Component Video
Pr : 0.70 Vp-p (sarcin™ 75 Ω)
Pb : 0.70 Vp-p (sarcin™ 75 Ω)
S-Video
Muf™ SCART
Pe 2 canale
Ie≥ire
audio
Semnal de luminan^™ : 1.0 Vp-p (sarcin™ 75 Ω)
Semnal de crominan^™ : 0.3 Vp-p (sarcin™ 75 Ω)
Pe 2 canale : S(1/S), D(2/D)
S(1/S), D(2/D)
E≥antionare la 48 kHz : de la 4 Hz la 22 kHz
*Frequency Response
E≥antionare la 96 kHz : de la 4 Hz la 44 kHz
*Rata S/N
110 dB
Intervalul dinamic*
100 dB
*Distorsiunea total™
0.004 %
*: Specifica^ii nominale
- Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd ¶≥i rezerv™ dreptul de a modifica specifica^iile, f™r™ ¶n≥tiin^area ¶n prealabil.
- Valorile de greutate ≥i dimensiunile sunt aproximative.
31
Contacta^i centrele SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE
Dac™ ave^i ¶ntreb™ri sau comentarii referitoare la produsele Samsung, contacta^i centrul
Samsung pentru asisten^™ clien^i.
Region
North America
Country
CANADA
MEXICO
U.S.A
ARGENTINE
BRAZIL
Latin America
CHILE
COSTA RICA
ECUADOR
EL SALVADOR
GUATEMALA
JAMAICA
PANAMA
PUERTO RICO
REP. DOMINICA
TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
VENEZUELA
COLOMBIA
BELGIUM
CZECH REPUBLIC
DENMARK
FINLAND
FRANCE
Europe
CIS
GERMANY
HUNGARY
ITALIA
LUXEMBURG
NETHERLANDS
NORWAY
POLAND
PORTUGAL
SLOVAKIA
SPAIN
SWEDEN
U.K
Republic of Ireland
Switzerland
RUSSIA
KAZAHSTAN
UZBEKISTAN
UKRAINE
LITHUANIA
LATVIA
ESTONIA
AUSTRALIA
CHINA
HONG KONG
INDIA
Asia Pacific
INDONESIA
JAPAN
MALAYSIA
PHILIPPINES
SINGAPORE
THAILAND
TAIWAN
VIETNAM
SOUTH AFRICA
Middle East & Africa
U.A.E
Customer Care Center
1-800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
01-800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
1-800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
0800-333-3733
0800-124-421
4004-0000
800-726-7864 (SAMSUNG)
0-800-507-7267
1-800-10-7267
800-6225
1-800-299-0013
1-800-234-7267
800-7267
1-800-682-3180
1-800-751-2676
1-800-7267-864
0-800-100-5303
01-8000112112
02 201 2418
844 000 844
Distributor pro Českou republiku :
Samsung Zrt., česka organizační složka
Vyskočilova 4, 14000 Praha 4
38 322 887
09 693 79 554
3260 SAMSUNG or
08 25 08 65 65 (€ 0,15/Min)
01805 - 121213 (€ 0,14/Min)
06-80-SAMSUNG (7267864)
800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
0032 (0)2 201 24 18
0900 20 200 88 (€ 0,10/Min)
231 627 22
0 801 801 881
80 8 200 128
0800-SAMSUNG (726786)
902 10 11 30
08 585 367 87
0870 SAMSUNG (7267864)
0818 717 100
0800-7267864
8-800-200-0400
8-800-080-1188
8-800-120-0400
8-800-502-0000
8-800-77777
800-7267
800-7267
1300 362 603
800-810-5858, 010-6475 1880
3698 - 4698
3030 8282
1800 110011
0800-112-8888
0120-327-527
1800-88-9999
1800-10-SAMSUNG (7267864)
1800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
1800-29-3232
02-689-3232
0800-329-999
1 800 588 889
0860 7267864 (SAMSUNG)
800SAMSUNG (7267864)
8000-4726
Web Site
www.samsung.com/ca
www.samsung.com/mx
www.samsung.com
www.samsung.com/ar
www.samsung.com/br
www.samsung.com/cl
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com/latin
www.samsung.com.co
www.samsung.com/be
www.samsung.com/cz
www.samsung.com/dk
www.samsung.com/fi
www.samsung.com/fr
www.samsung.de
www.samsung.com/hu
www.samsung.com/it
www.samsung.lu
www.samsung.com/nl
www.samsung.com/no
www.samsung.com/pl
www.samsung.com/pt
www.samsung.com/sk
www.samsung.com/es
www.samsung.com/se
www.samsung.com/uk
www.samsung.com/uk
www.samsung.com/ch
www.samsung.ru
www.samsung.kz
www.samsung.uz
www.samsung.com/ur
www.samsung.lt
www.samsung.com/lv/index.htm
www.samsung.ee
www.samsung.com/au
www.samsung.com.cn
www.samsung.com/hk
www.samsung.com/in
www.samsung.com/id
www.samsung.com/jp
www.samsung.com/my
www.samsung.com/ph
www.samsung.com/sg
www.samsung.com/th
www.samsung.com/tw
www.samsung.com/vn
www.samsung.com/za
www.samsung.com/mea
Semnul afi≥at pe produs sau ¶n documenta^ia aferent™ indic™ faptul c™ acest produs nu trebuie
aruncat ¶mpreun™ cu celelalte de≥euri menajere, la finalul ciclului de via^™. Pentru a preveni eventualele daune asupra mediului sau a s™n™t™^ii, din cauza ¶nl™tur™rii necontrolate a produsului, separa^i produsul de alte tipuri de reziduuri ≥i recicla^i-l, dac™ este posibil, pentru a ¶ncuraja refolosirea
resurselor materiale.Utilizatorii casnici trebuie s™ contacteze distribuitorul de la care au achizi^ionat
produsul sau administra^ia local™, pentru detalii privind locul ≥i modalitatea de depozitare a acestui
produs, ¶n vederea recicl™rii sale corespunz™toare.Utilizatorii corpora^ionali trebuie s™ contacteze
furnizorul ≥i s™ verifice termenii ≥i condi^iile contractului de achizi^ie. Produsul nu trebuie depozitat
al™turi de alte reziduuri comerciale.
Rumanian
Casarea ≥i reciclarea acestui produs
(Echipamente electrice ≥i electronice scoase din uz)
(Valabil pentru Uniunea European™ ≥i celelalte ^™ri europene cu sisteme separate de colectare)
Memo
Memo
ELECTRONICS
AK68-01301N